With commit 17ceb774a1 ("rpi_arm64: Enable MBEDTLS/LWIP/WGET and
WGET_HTTPS"), we can drop the tests for switching from the legacy stack
to lwIP.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
sdhci_brcmstb_init_2712() reads host->mmc->host_caps to decide whether
to force card-detect for a non-removable eMMC, or to route the CD signal
for a removable SD card. At the time this function runs from
sdhci_bcmstb_probe(), however, host->mmc->host_caps is still zero, that
field is only populated later by the MMC uclass, after the driver's
probe returns. mmc_of_parse() has already filled plat->cfg.host_caps
from the device tree by this point, so check that field instead.
Without the fix, every BCM2712 SDHCI instance takes the else branch and
writes SDIO_CFG_SD_PIN_SEL = SDIO_CFG_SD_PIN_SEL_CARD (0x02), including
the non-removable eMMC on boards such as CM5 on Home Assistant Yellow.
The SDIO_CFG block lies outside the SDHCI core's reset scope, so this
value persists across SDHCI_RESET_ALL into the next stage. On the
BCM2712, having SD_PIN_SEL set to "SD" when the Linux kernel performs
its first set_power(MMC_POWER_UP) write racily prevents the SDHCI
POWER_ON bit from latching (see [1] for the whole backstory) - the
voltage bits stick but POWER_ON drops - which wedges the first CMD0 the
full 10 s software timeout. On Home Assistant Yellow this manifested as
a ~20 s eMMC probe delay on roughly one in two Linux boots when U-Boot
was the previous stage. Booting directly from the Pi firmware (no U-Boot
in between) left SD_PIN_SEL at its default and did not exhibit the race.
Reading plat->cfg.host_caps lets init_2712 see the "non-removable"
property and take the correct branch, leaving SD_PIN_SEL untouched for
the eMMC.
[1] https://github.com/home-assistant/operating-system/pull/3700#issuecomment-4430229511
Fixes: 10127cdbab ("mmc: bcmstb: Add support for bcm2712 SD controller")
Signed-off-by: Jan Čermák <sairon@sairon.cz>
Reviewed-by: Ivan T. Ivanov <iivanov@suse.de>
CI: https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-stm/-/pipelines/30256
- Add support dynamic A/B bank bootup for STM32MP15
- Increase SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN for stm32mp15_defconfig to fix boot with optee-4.10.0
- Enable Arm SMC watchdog for STM32MP1
- Update part number for TM32MP251/3 SoC's family
For this configuration, the watchdog (iwdg1) is secured and managed by
OP-TEE. Add an watchdog node with arm,smc-wdt compatible, and disable
iwdg2 node which is then no more used.
Signed-off-by: Yann Gautier <yann.gautier@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
No watchdog was enabled for STM32MP13 platform. Add the required flags to
support it. As done for STM32MP15 (in SCMI config) and STM32MP2x, we use
the Arm SMC watchdog. The required nodes were already present in Linux
imported DT files (stm32mp13.dtsi & stm32mp135f-dk.dts).
To enable this SMC watchdog on other platforms based on STM32MP13, check
that both the following flags are enabled in the dedicated config file:
CONFIG_WDT=y
CONFIG_WDT_ARM_SMC=y
And that there is a node in Linux board DT that enables the feature, as
it is done in stm32mp135f-dk.dts:
&arm_wdt {
timeout-sec = <32>;
status = "okay";
};
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Signed-off-by: Yann Gautier <yann.gautier@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Enable the arm watchdog over SMC driver. This allows using a secure
watchdog, based on IWDG1 peripheral and managed by OP-TEE.
The driver will be probed if a watchdog node with "arm,smc-wdt"
compatible is enabled.
Signed-off-by: Lionel Debieve <lionel.debieve@foss.st.com>
Signed-off-by: Yann Gautier <yann.gautier@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Factorize FWU multi-bank support code common to STM32MP1 and
STM32MP2 platforms into a dedicated shared source file.
No functional change intended.
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Following commit 4300f9f4c5 ("board: st: stm32mp25: support dynamic
A/B bank bootup"), this patch enables automatic detection of the active
A/B bank on STM32MP15 platforms by retrieving partition GUIDs from FWU
metadata.
This ensures the system correctly identifies the bootable partitions
even in multi-bank scenarios, falling back to a standard bootable flag
scan if the UUIDs are missing.
To enable A/B bank bootup on STM32MP15 boards, add the following Kconfig
options to the stm32mp15[_basic]_defconfig:
CONFIG_FWU_MULTI_BANK_UPDATE=y
CONFIG_FWU_MDATA=y
CONFIG_FWU_NUM_BANKS=2
CONFIG_FWU_NUM_IMAGES_PER_BANK=3
CONFIG_CMD_FWU_METADATA=y
CONFIG_FWU_MDATA_V2=y
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
The bcm2835 SDHCI driver sets up the MMC host configuration via
sdhci_setup_cfg(), but does not parse generic MMC device tree
properties.
As a result, properties such as bus-width are ignored. On Raspberry Pi
Compute Module 4, the eMMC node describes an 8-bit bus, but U-Boot
initialized the device as 4-bit.
Call mmc_of_parse() before sdhci_setup_cfg() so that generic MMC
properties are folded into the host configuration before the MMC core
selects the bus width.
Before this change, mmc info reported:
Bus Speed: 52000000
Bus Width: 4-bit
After this change, mmc info reports:
Bus Speed: 52000000
Bus Width: 8-bit
Tested on Raspberry Pi Compute Module 4 with onboard eMMC.
Signed-off-by: Liel Harel <liel.harel@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com> # on the CM4 as well
Enable LWIP and HTTPS on the Raspberry Pi arm64 platform to be able to
use it in the boot process.
Signed-off-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Matthias Brugger <mbrugger@suse.com>
The 'brcm,bcm2712-hdmi0' compatible string is used on RPi5.
There appears to be no change that impacts early boot output
on the display controller so add the RPi5 compatible string.
Signed-off-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Matthias Brugger <mbrugger@suse.com>
A file like rm-cfg.yaml accidentally left in the source tree root
shadows the board-specific copy. binman builds the wrong YAML, the
resulting rm-cfg.bin may match a different SoC, and we end up with
the following error:
k3_system_controller sysctrler: k3_sysctrler_start:
Boot Notification response failed. ret = -110
Move the board directory ahead of the srctree root so that the
most-specific match wins.
Signed-off-by: Wadim Egorov <w.egorov@phytec.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Our official domain is now u-boot-project.org, so update all in-tree
references to use the correct domain.
Reviewed-by: Tony Dinh <mibodhi@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Currently the sequence to enable caches for the A53/A72 core on K3
devices looks as follows:
1. Map entire DDR banks
2. Setup page tables (done by mmu_setup)
3. Enable MMU
4. Unmap reserved-memory regions
5. Enable caches
However there is a brief period of execution between #3 and #4 where the
core can issue speculative accesses to the entire DDR space (including
the reserved-memory regions) despite the caches being disabled.
A firewall exception is triggered whenever such speculative access is
made to secure DDR region of TFA or OP-TEE. This patch fixes the issue
by re-ordering the sequence as follows:
1. Map entire DDR banks
2. Setup page tables
3. Unmap reserved-memory regions
4. Enable MMU
5. Enable caches
Fixes: f1c694b8fd ("mach-k3: map all banks using mem_map_from_dram_banks")
Reported-by: Suhaas Joshi <s-joshi@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Anshul Dalal <anshuld@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Currently mmu_setup for ARMv8 performs two functions, first it sets up
the page tables based the memory map provided by the board and then it
enables the MMU.
However for some platforms runtime fixes to the generated page tables
are required before the MMU can be enabled, such as K3 family of SoCs.
Therefore this patch moves the enablement of the MMU out of mmu_setup
and to a standalone mmu_enable function to give more granular control to
the platforms.
Note that no functional changes are intended from this patch.
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Anshul Dalal <anshuld@ti.com>
babae80169 removed bootm_size from ti_common.env to allow K3 boards
to process images larger than 256MB, but preserved it in
ti_armv7_keystone2.env for ARMv7 Keystone2 boards. AM57xx (also ARMv7)
was not covered by that preservation.
Without bootm_size, env_get_bootm_size() falls back to gd->ram_size,
causing initrd_high to be computed as the top of all RAM. On ARM32
boards with more RAM than the DMA zone (e.g. AM572x IDK with 2GiB),
this places the ramdisk above 0xafe00000 (HighMem), which is not
directly accessible by the kernel after MMU setup, causing a silent
crash.
With bootm_size=0x10000000, initrd_high is constrained to
0x80000000 + 0x10000000 = 0x90000000, keeping the ramdisk in the
DMA zone and allowing the kernel to access it correctly.
Fixes: babae80169 ("include: env: ti_common: remove bootm_size")
Reviewed-by: Neha Malcom Francis <n-francis@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Moteen Shah <m-shah@ti.com>
When fpga load is called with a misaligned buffer address, the
versal_align_dma_buffer() function shifts the pointer forward to the
next aligned boundary and uses memcpy() to copy the data. Since the
destination is ahead of the source and the regions overlap, memcpy()
produces undefined behavior; in practice U-Boot's generic memcpy()
copies forward, repeating the first ARCH_DMA_MINALIGN-aligned chunk
throughout the buffer.
Replace memcpy() with memmove() which correctly handles overlapping
regions by copying backwards when the destination is ahead of the
source.
Fixes: 26e054c943 ("arm64: versal: fpga: Add PL bit stream load support")
Signed-off-by: Pranav Tilak <pranav.vinaytilak@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20260507113359.3665220-1-pranav.vinaytilak@amd.com
This is Renesas R-Car X5H support for U-Boot on its RSIP Cortex-M33 core
in addition to already support U-Boot on Cortex-A720AE core. The first
two patches also switch X5H to OF_UPSTREAM.
Add support for building U-Boot for Cortex-M33 RSIP core in Renesas
R-Car Gen5 R8A78000 X5H SoC. The main goal is to start U-Boot on the
Cortex-M33 RSIP core, which initializes the hardware and then starts
the Cortex-M33 SCP and Cortex-A720 cores which run the SCP firmware
and applications software respectively. The SCP is responsible for
platform resource management, and is used to start other CPU cores.
The Cortex-M33 build contains its own r8a78000_ironhide_cm33_defconfig
which configures the build for aarch32 instruction set compatible with
the ARMv8M core. The build also uses -cm33 DT and -u-boot.dtsi which
are derived from their non-CM33 counterparts, and add CM33 specifics.
The arch/arm/mach-renesas/u-boot-rsip.lds is derived from generic
arch/arm/cpu/u-boot.lds with adjustments to cater to the RSIP core,
those are entrypoint before vectors, __data_start/__data_end symbols
for data-only relocation, and placement of BSS into read-write SRAM
area.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Add target to generate u-boot-elf.shdr for R-Car Gen5 Cortex-M33
RSIP core. The resulting .shdr SREC file can be written into the
HF at offset 0.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Add target to generate u-boot-elf.scif for R-Car Gen5 Cortex-M33
RSIP core. The resulting .scif SREC file can be loaded using the
SCIF loader to start U-Boot on the RSIP core.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Point every direct user of SCMI clock protocol at CPG node instead
of SCMI clock protocol node. Point every direct user of SCMI reset
and power domain protocol at a matching newly introduced MDLC node
instead of the SCMI reset and power domain protocol nodes.
This allows the CPG and MDLC remap drivers bound to CPG node and MDLC
nodes to remap between DT clock, reset and power domain IDs and SCMI
clock, reset and power domain IDs. This makes U-Boot on R-Car X5H
compatible with multiple SCP firmware versions. Currently supported
versions of SCP firmware are 4.28, 4.31 and 4.32.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Select the R8A78000 power domain and reset driver on R-Car Gen5 X5H
SoC by default. The power domain and reset driver is used to remap
DT power domain and reset IDs to SCMI power domain and reset IDs,
which is necessary to support multiple SCP firmware versions with
varying SCMI clock IDs across versions.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Add Renesas R-Car R8A78000 X5H MDLC power domain and reset driver,
which serves as a remap driver between DT power domain and reset IDs
and SCMI power domain and reset IDs in case U-Boot runs on Cortex-A,
and as a direct hardware access driver for RSIP.
The R-Car X5H SCP firmware uses different SCMI power domain and
reset IDs in different versions of the SCP firmware, which makes
this remapping necessary. The SCMI base protocol version is updated
for each new SCP firmware version, it is therefore possible to
determine which SCP firmware version is running on the platform
from the base protocol and then determine which remapping table to
use for DT power domain and reset ID to SCMI power domain and reset
ID remapping.
Currently supported versions are SCP 4.28, 4.31, 4.32 .
The DT power domain and reset ID to SCMI power domain and reset ID
remap and call mechanism is simple. Unlike SCMI clock protocol driver,
the SCMI reset and power domain protocol drivers register only a single
device. This driver looks up that single device, obtains its reset or
power domain ops, sets up struct reset_ctl or struct power_domain with
remapped SCMI ID, and invokes operations directly on the device.
In case of RSIP, all power domains are already enabled by BootROM or
early SoC initialization code, the driver therefore only acts as a
stub for the power domain part. The reset part operates as a direct
hardware access reset driver.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Select the R8A78000 clock driver on R-Car Gen5 X5H SoC by default.
The clock driver is used to remap DT clock IDs to SCMI clock IDs,
which is necessary to support multiple SCP firmware versions with
varying SCMI clock IDs across versions.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Add Renesas R-Car R8A78000 X5H CPG clock driver, which serves as a
remap driver between DT clock IDs and SCMI clock IDs in case U-Boot
runs on the Cortex-A, and as a trivial clock driver for RSIP.
The R-Car X5H SCP firmware uses different SCMI clock IDs in different
versions of the SCP firmware, which makes this remapping necessary.
The SCMI base protocol version is updated for each new SCP firmware
version, it is therefore possible to determine which SCP firmware
version is running on the platform from the base protocol and then
determine which remapping table to use for DT clock ID to SCMI clock
ID remapping.
Currently supported versions are SCP 4.28, 4.31, 4.32 .
The DT clock ID to SCMI clock ID remap and call mechanism is a bit
complex. The driver looks up the SCMI clock protocol device on probe
and stores pointer to it in private data. On each clock request which
has to be remapped, the device sequence ID of this SCMI clock protocol
device is incremented by the remapped SCMI clock ID + 1 and used to
look up matching clock device by sequence number. If the device is
found, it is converted to clock, which can be used in regular clock
operations. This look up has to be done because the SCMI clock driver
registers a subdevice for each clock, and this look up is the only way
to find the correct SCMI clock subdevice. Since the SCMI device and
the clock subdevices are registered in the same function, we can depend
on the device sequence numbers to be monotonically incrementing, with
SCMI clock protocol device being sequence number N, the first SCMI
clock subdevice being sequence number N+1 and so on.
In case of RSIP, all clocks are already enabled by BootROM or early
SoC initialization code, the driver therefore only acts as a stub.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
The R-Car Gen5 R8A78000 X5H uses HSCIF as default serial console
interface. Select CFG_HSCIF to make debug UART code also configure
serial console interface as HSCIF instead of SCIF in case the
CONFIG_DEBUG_UART would be enabled.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Use macro SCP_CLOCK_ID_CLK_S0D6_PERE_MAIN for SCMI clock 1691
instead of hardcoding the number in DT. No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Enable OF_UPSTREAM to use upstream Linux kernel DT source as a base
for U-Boot control DT. Retain currently present parts of the DT which
are not yet part of upstream Linux kernel DT in -u-boot.dtsi files
until they get replaced by upstream equivalents. Add renesas/ prefix
to the DEFAULT_DEVICE_TREE as part of the switch.
Unused i2c2..i2c8 nodes have been removed, and will become available
once upstream Linux kernel DT adds those nodes.
The DRAM_RSV_SIZE has been updated to cover first 518 MiB of DRAM,
which are reserved for firmware and other use.
Note that all DT parts in -u-boot.dtsi are not considered stable DT
bindings and may change before they land in Linux kernel and become
stable DT ABI.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
- Add myself as Maintainer of NVMe
- fix command ID wraparound handling
- apple: Check memalign return value
- Staticize and constify driver ops
- Fix PRP list pointer arithmetic for chained transfers
Endpoints should not be disabled on bus reset inside UDC driver,
otherwise a race condition will happen between gadget driver. Gadget
driver will free the requests and disable endpoints in disconnect ops.
Also remove outdated comment about it in usba_ep_disable().
Signed-off-by: Zixun LI <admin@hifiphile.com>
Reviewed-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@kernel.org>
Fixes: 59310d1ecb ("usb: gadget: introduce 'enabled' flag in struct usb_ep")
Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20260515-udc_ep-v2-1-cd335b4e62e4@hifiphile.com
[mkorpershoek: removed empty newline between Fixes: and sob]
Signed-off-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@kernel.org>
The PRP setup code advances prp_pool using u64 pointer
arithmetic:
prp_pool += page_size;
This increments the pointer by page_size * sizeof(u64)
bytes instead of page_size bytes, resulting in invalid
PRP list addresses when multiple PRP list pages are
required.
The issue becomes visible for large transfers, typically
above 2 MiB when MDTS > 9.
Fix it by using byte-wise pointer arithmetic when
advancing to the next PRP list page.
Signed-off-by: Prashant Kamble <prashant.kamble223@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Neil Armstrong <neil.armstrong@linaro.org>
Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20260518022535.17197-1-prashant.kamble223@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <neil.armstrong@linaro.org>
Pull request efi-2026-07-rc3
CI: https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-efi/-/pipelines/30152
Documentation:
* For reset command describe when the -edl option is available and fix a
typo.
UEFI:
* If efi_allocate_pages() is with EFI_ALLOCATE_ADDRESS fails, return
EFI_NOT_FOUND.
* Fix HII keyboard layout pointer computation and extend HII keyboard
layout tests.
Others:
* In reset command online help show -edl option only when enabled.
UBI updates for 2026.07-rc3
Fix from Peter:
- fs: ubifs: remove dead code
Fixes: d5888d509c ("fs: ubifs: fix bugs involving symlinks in ubifs_findfile")
(hs. correct the commit ID)
This code is dead because it appears after an infinite loop; remove it.
Fixes: d5888d509c ("fs: ubifs: fix bugs involving symlinks in ubifs_findfile")
Signed-off-by: Peter Collingbourne <peter@pcc.me.uk>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@nabladev.com>
hs: corrected the commit ID
The HII database test for keyboard layouts register two package lists with
two keyboard layouts each, but the test verifies only the GUID of the first
keyboard layout.
This does not catch the bugs happening with the keyboard layouts after the
first one in a package.
Verify all the keyboard layout GUIDs in the unit test to prevent this.
Signed-off-by: Vincent Stehlé <vincent.stehle@arm.com>
Cc: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Cc: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The EFI_HII_KEYBOARD_LAYOUT field `layout_length' is expressed in bytes,
but we add it to the `layout' pointer with (scaled) pointer arithmetic.
When adding an HII keyboard package with multiple keyboard layouts, this
results in only the first layout being added correctly; fix it.
Fixes: 8d3b77e36e ("efi: hii: add keyboard layout package support")
Signed-off-by: Vincent Stehlé <vincent.stehle@arm.com>
Cc: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Cc: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: AKASHI Takahiro <akashi.tkhro@gmail.com>
The option is only available when CONFIG_SYSRESET_QCOM_PSCI is enabled,
so let's make that explicit in the boot cmd documentation.
Due to the implementation in drivers/sysreset/sysreset-uclass.c
do_reset() function, all options to the reset command are passed to all
sysreset drivers' sysreset_ops.request_arg callback (including -w) which
is only available when CONFIG_SYSRESET_CMD_RESET_ARGS=y. -w, however,
works also without this option.
Fixes: ef06c5d76f ("cmd: boot: Add '-edl' option to reset command documentation")
Signed-off-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
"Do warm WARM" doesn't mean anything, I'm assuming the intent was to say
"Do WARM reset" so reword.
Fixes: 34e452dd02 ("doc: usage: Group all shell command docs into cmd/ sub-directory")
Signed-off-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
edl is implemented in the sysreset_ops.request_arg callback of the
qcom-psci sysreset driver. That callback is only called from
sysreset_request_arg() which is compiled only when
CONFIG_SYSRESET_CMD_RESET_ARGS=y.
Therefore, only show the edl option if that symbol is enabled.
It is in a separate if block because any option but -w will only be
handled when CONFIG_SYSRESET_CMD_RESET_ARGS=y as seen with the
implementation in do_reset() in drivers/sysreset/sysreset-uclass.c.
Fixes: ef06c5d76f ("cmd: boot: Add '-edl' option to reset command documentation")
Signed-off-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Return EFI_NOT_FOUND for EFI_ALLOCATE_ADDRESS overlap
When efi_allocate_pages() is called with EFI_ALLOCATE_ADDRESS, UEFI
expects EFI_NOT_FOUND if the requested address range is already
allocated or unavailable. U-Boot currently returns
EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES when efi_update_memory_map() detects an overlap
after a successful lmb_alloc_mem(), which does not match
EFI_ALLOCATE_ADDRESS semantics.
Return EFI_NOT_FOUND for EFI_ALLOCATE_ADDRESS requests that fail due
to an overlapping EFI memory descriptor, while keeping
EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES for other allocation types.
The UEFI specification [1] specifies that
EFI_BOOT_SERVICES.AllocatePages must return EFI_NOT_FOUND when the
requested address range is unavailable or already allocated;
EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES applies to non‑address‑specific allocation
failures.
[1] https://uefi.org/specs/UEFI/2.10_A/07_Services_Boot_Services.html
Signed-off-by: Harsimran Singh Tungal <harsimransingh.tungal@arm.com>
The UEFI specification does not clearly specify the behavior.
But let's follow the EDK II precedent here.
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Booting image generated with
make an7581_evb_defconfig
will results in
U-Boot 2026.04-00924-gfb815bd8793b (Apr 27 2026 - 15:08:30 +0300)
CPU: Airoha AN7581
DRAM: 512 MiB
Core: 35 devices, 19 uclasses, devicetree: separate
MMC: mmc@1fa0e000: 0
Loading Environment from MMC... *** Warning - No block device, using default environment
Loading Environment from MTD... *** Warning - get_mtd_device_nm() failed, using default environment
BUG at drivers/mtd/mtdcore.c:898/__put_mtd_device()!
BUG!
resetting ...
This happens because no any mtd partition defined in dts/mtdparts.
Disabling of ENV_IS_IN_MTD fixes an issue.
Signed-off-by: Mikhail Kshevetskiy <mikhail.kshevetskiy@iopsys.eu>
This enables U-Boot loading from any 4K aligned address.
It makes U-Boot debugging a bit simpler.
Signed-off-by: Mikhail Kshevetskiy <mikhail.kshevetskiy@iopsys.eu>
The smbios_get_val_si() function may get called for a sysinfo
property for which there is no mapping to a devicetree property.
Avoid a NULL pointer dereference in this case by skipping the
read of the mapped property from the device tree.
Fixes: 83b28b55d7 ("smbios: add support for dynamic generation of Type 9 system slot tables")
Signed-off-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Raymond Mao <raymondmaoca@gmail.com>
Set the ops structure as static const. The structure is not accessible
from outside of this driver and is not going to be modified at runtime.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Use select_i2c_ch_pca9547() only when CONFIG_FSL_USE_PCA9547_MUX
is set, but several call in board/nxp/lx2160a/lx2160a.c invoke
it unconditionally,
or using unrelated Kconfigs (CONFIG_EMC2305, CONFIG_VID).
Compilation with LX2160A target that omits the mux therefore fails with
error: implicit declaration of function 'select_i2c_ch_pca9547'
Add a static inline stub with -EOPNOTSUPP for the
!CONFIG_FSL_USE_PCA9547_MUX case so all cases compile cleanly.
Adapted from the convention used by include/scmi_nxp_protocols.h for
SCMI subprotocol stubs.
There is no functional change for NXP boards: all eight upstream
LX2160A defconfigs (lx2160ardb / lx2160aqds / lx2162aqds and their
secure / stmm / verified_boot variants) already set
CONFIG_FSL_USE_PCA9547_MUX=y, so the real declaration wins.
The purpose is to support new boards that do not use the PCA9547.
Signed-off-by: Vincent Jardin <vjardin@free.fr>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
The shared LX2160A board file calls helpers that only exist when
their subsystem is enabled. Gate them on the matching CONFIG_*:
- pci_init() under CONFIG_PCI.
- fdt_fixup_mc_ddr() and fsl_rgmii_init() under CONFIG_FSL_MC_ENET.
- qixis_*() and the QIXIS branch of checkboard() under
CONFIG_FSL_QIXIS; cpu_name(buf) moves out so the non-QIXIS path
still prints "Board: <name>".
- EVENT_SPY_SIMPLE on init_func_vid moves inside the
CONFIG_VOL_MONITOR_LTC3882_READ guard (was outside, dangling
symbol when LTC3882 off).
#if / #ifdef, not IS_ENABLED(), because the helpers are themselves
conditionally compiled.
While here, lx2160a_common.h: fix BOOT_TARGET_DEVICES_MMC
1 arg vs 2 args and gate the MMC target on CONFIG_CMD_MMC,
not CONFIG_MMC.
No functional change for NXP boards: LX2160ARDB, LX2160AQDS, or
LX2162AQDS, but mainly build clean up in order to support
other NXP lx2160a boards without those HW dependencies.
Signed-off-by: Vincent Jardin <vjardin@free.fr>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
base and size arrays can both contain up to total_memory_banks
elements.
This commit fixes the for loop condition to ensure that it does
not attempt to read past the end of both arrays.
Signed-off-by: Francois Berder <fberder@outlook.fr>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
base and size arrays can both contain up to total_memory_banks
elements.
This commit fixes the for loop condition to ensure that it does
not attempt to read past the end of both arrays.
Signed-off-by: Francois Berder <fberder@outlook.fr>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
The RDB doesn't support NAND boot at all, remove the config for it.
Apparently, it was introduced by commit dd84058d24 ("kconfig: add
board Kconfig and defconfig files") which ran some scripts. Maybe that
script was wrong or the source boards.cfg was wrong. In any case, there
is no NAND flash on the RDB.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <mwalle@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Nowadays, u-boot can build the pbl image itself. Refer to that image in
the documentation. Also fix some typos.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <mwalle@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
The RCW was just supporting SPI boot. Add a second one for the SDcard
boot. While at it, use the same naming scheme as for the other NXP
boards.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <mwalle@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Switch to the upstream device tree, which already includes the UART
nodes we need for the DM.
We also need to increase malloc area before relocation otherwise you'll
get the following error and the board panics:
DRAM: Initializing....using SPD
alloc space exhausted ptr 414 limit 400
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <mwalle@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Remove any empty function which is just called by the board code. There
is no need to define this function at all.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <mwalle@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
board_eth_init() is dead code since commit e524f3a449 ("net: Remove
eth_legacy.c"). Remove it.
I'm not sure, all the shenanigans are covered by the new DM-version. The
MDIO mux and iomux controls probably are. The fman configuration
probably isn't. OTOH, nobody cared for years and the called
fm_info_set_phy_address() was also removed years ago.
This also removes fdt_fixup_board_enet() for the ls1043a and ls1046a
because it relies on the local variable "mdio_mux" being initialized by
the board_eth_init().
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <mwalle@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Commit cc2bf624eb ("net: fm: Remove non-DM_ETH code") removed the call
to board_ft_fman_fixup_port(). Thus remove the dead code in the board
files.
I'm not sure, all that DT shenanigans are covered by the new DM-version
of the fman code, but it seems no one complained for the past 4 years.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <mwalle@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Since commit 7917c2e356 ("spi: fsl_espi: fix din offset") MTD is
basically broken because any read transaction will get wrong data. While
the commit in question will fix simple transfers (where both
SPI_XFER_BEGIN and SPI_XFER_END is set), it will break the most common
case, where opcode and address is send first and then data comes as a
second transfer.
This basically reverts commit 7917c2e356 ("spi: fsl_espi: fix din
offset") and make the fix particular for this simple case. Instead of
providing two buffers for reading and writing, just malloc one which is
used for both. This will work because the data is first written on the
SPI bus and then it will be read (and overwite the written data) into
the same buffer.
Suggested-by: Tomas Alvarez Vanoli <tomas.alvarez-vanoli@hitachienergy.com>
Fixes: 7917c2e356 ("spi: fsl_espi: fix din offset")
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <mwalle@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
For non-secure boot environments pamu_init() isn't called but the CAAM
will still call sec_config_pamu_table() -> config_pamu() which then uses
an uninitialized ppaact variable. In fact, that variable is initialized
with 0, so the config_pamu() will happily assume the structure is there
and will operate on that memory. Call pamu_init() in the non-secure boot
case, too.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <mwalle@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Commit 6c171f7a18 ("common: board: make initcalls static") broke the
call to cpu_init_r. That is because PPC is already defined to 1, see:
powerpc-linux-gnu-gcc -dM -E - < /dev/null
This will conflict with the CONFIG_IS_ENABLED(PPC). Change it to
IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_PPC).
Fixes: 6c171f7a18 ("common: board: make initcalls static")
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <mwalle@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
The combined boot firmware firmware-aquila-am69-gp.bin depends on
tiboot3-am69-gp-aquila.bin, which in turn requires the GP variant
of the TI system firmware blob (ti-fs-firmware-j784s4-gp.bin).
Fix the combined boot firmware image build by adding the missing binman
nodes.
Fixes: f62d4535cf ("arm: dts: k3-am69-aquila: add combined boot firmware image")
Signed-off-by: Emanuele Ghidoli <emanuele.ghidoli@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Francesco Dolcini <francesco.dolcini@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Neha Malcom Francis <n-francis@ti.com>
The last users of this legacy i2c stack have been removed or converted
to a modern part of the stack instead. Remove this code and references
to it.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@nabladev.com>
Set the ops structure as static. The structure is not accessible
from outside of this driver.
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@nabladev.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
The virtio_blk_do_single_req function returns ulong, which normally is
the processed size, but in an error case can be the actual error. Use
the special IS_ERR_VALUE macro to test for error.
Addresses-Coverity-ID: CID 645833 (DEADCODE) & CID 645834 (NO_EFFECT)
Signed-off-by: Christian Pötzsch <christian.poetzsch@kernkonzept.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Apple's M3 SoC is similar to M1 and M2 but uses a different memory map.
The main difference is that RAM starts at 0x100_0000_0000 like on t600x
and t602x (M1 and M2 Pro/Max/Ultra). Otherwise IO blocks have been
rearranged.
U-boot's existing drivers are compatible with the hardware and M3 device
trees will carry "apple,t8103-*" compatible strings. Only
apple-atcphy-reset might need a new compatible due to USB4 / DisplayPort
changes the Linux driver has to deal with.
Signed-off-by: Janne Grunau <j@jannau.net>
Acked-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
Janne Grunau <j@jannau.net> says:
The Linux device trees for Apple silicon devices cover now most of the
hardware as u-boot's internal device trees for M1 devices. Linux has in
addition device trees M2 and M1 and M2 Pro/Max/Ultra devices which were
never added in u-boot.
The most common use case for u-boot on Apple silicon devices does not
use DTBs from u-boot but passes runtime modified device trees from an
earlier boot loader (m1n1).
This change regresses support for the SPI on M1 and M1 Pro/Max notebooks
as SPI keyboard support is not in upstream Linux. This regression is in
my opinion acceptable due to the limited use of u-boot's DTBs for these
targets.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20260507-apple-dt-upstream-v2-0-35181f2b0509@jannau.net
The device tree on Apple silicon devices is passed from a previous
bootloader stage. The bootloader fills in dynamic information so
u-boot can not use its own device tree.
As documented in doc/board/apple/m1.rst it is possible to build boot
bundles (bootloader + device tree + gzipped u-boot binary). These are
useful for testing.
Instead of using u-boot's own device trees for M1 (t8103) devices use
upstream device trees from dts/upstream/src/arm64/apple. The u-boot
device trees have not seen updates since 2022. The upstream linux device
trees have feature parity for the M1 devices. In addition linux has
device trees for M1 Pro/Max/Ultra, M2 and M2 Pro/Max/Ultra devices.
Keep t8103-j274 as default device tree to avoid further updates.
Signed-off-by: Janne Grunau <j@jannau.net>
Acked-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
Remove outdated apple,pinctrl.yaml. The dts/upstream contains the
current version of this binding.
Signed-off-by: Janne Grunau <j@jannau.net>
Acked-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
These SoCs are supported since 2022/2023 but were never added to the
documentation. The devices very similar to the equivalent M1 devices.
The biggest difference is that the M2 and M2 Pro/Max based laptops no
longer use SPI for the keyboard.
Signed-off-by: Janne Grunau <j@jannau.net>
Acked-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
The main use case for u-boot on Apple silicon based devices is to
provide an EFI based bootloader for operating systems. This uses a
generic u-boot image with DTBs passed from an earlier boot loader
(m1n1). Use the generic board name "mac" for this purpose.
Signed-off-by: Janne Grunau <j@jannau.net>
I'm one of the co-maintainers of Apple silicon support in the Linux
kernel and have contributed to u-boot's Apple SoC support.
Signed-off-by: Janne Grunau <j@jannau.net>
Acked-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
The files weren't added to MAINTAINERS but clearly belong to Apple
silicon (M1) support.
Signed-off-by: Janne Grunau <j@jannau.net>
Acked-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
Add nodes to the binman configuration to create single binaries that
combine tiboot3-am69-*-aquila.bin, tispl.bin and u-boot.img into
firmware-aquila-am69-*.bin, with the proper offsets.
These binaries can be used to flash U-Boot via a single binary of three,
as it is done now.
Signed-off-by: Ernest Van Hoecke <ernest.vanhoecke@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Neha Malcom Francis <n-francis@ti.com>
Acked-by: Francesco Dolcini <francesco.dolcini@toradex.com>
The Cadence SD6HC (SDHCI spec v4.20+) controller uses a soft PHY whose
DLL delay characteristics vary with PVT (Process, Voltage, Temperature)
and board-level trace routing.
A static delay value programmed via device tree for SD High Speed mode is
insufficient because the optimal sampling point varies per board, SD card,
and operating conditions. Runtime calibration is required.
While the SD Physical Layer Specification does not mandate tuning for
SD HS mode (only for UHS-I SDR50/SDR104), the Cadence SD6HC PHY
requires runtime calibration of its receive data delay line to find a
valid sampling window under constrained clock conditions.
The tuning is triggered from the set_ios_post callback because at that
moment hardware has committed the new bus width, clock frequency, and speed
mode to the controller registers. This ensuring the tuning sequence runs
at the correct SD HS operating conditions.
The tuning is gated by a device tree property "cdns,sd-hs-tuning" so
that only boards requiring runtime calibration opt in. When enabled,
the driver performs a 40-tap DLL sweep using CMD19 to find the largest
consecutive passing window, then programs the midpoint into
PHY_DLL_SLAVE_CTRL_REG.
To enable on a board, add to the MMC node in device tree:
&mmc {
cdns,sd-hs-tuning;
};
Signed-off-by: Tze Yee Ng <tze.yee.ng@altera.com>
The following compilation error occurs when environment variable
KBUILD_OUTPUT is not set :
drivers/reset/stm32/stm32-reset-mp21.c:8:10: fatal error: stm32-reset-core.h: No such file or directory
8 | #include <stm32-reset-core.h>
| ^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
As stm32-reset-core.h is located in same directory than stm32-reset-mp21.c,
we should use #include "stm32-reset-core.h".
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Raphaël Gallais-Pou <rgallaispou@gmail.com>
Enable automatic detection of the active A/B bank by retrieving
partition GUIDs from FWU metadata.
This ensures the system correctly identifies the bootable partitions
even in multi-bank scenarios, falling back to a standard bootable flag
scan if the UUIDs are missing.
To enable A/B bank bootup on stm32mp25 boards, add the following Kconfig
options to the stm32mp25_defconfig:
CONFIG_FWU_MULTI_BANK_UPDATE=y
CONFIG_FWU_MDATA=y
CONFIG_FWU_NUM_BANKS=2
CONFIG_FWU_NUM_IMAGES_PER_BANK=3
CONFIG_CMD_FWU_METADATA=y
CONFIG_FWU_MDATA_V2=y
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Introduce fwu_mdata_get_image_guid() to retrieve a specific image GUID
from the FWU metadata based on the bank index and image type GUID.
This allows identifying the correct partition in multi-bank (A/B)
scenarios, ensuring the correct image is targeted depending on the
current bank.
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Extend the 'part' command unit tests to include partition lookup via
UUID.
This ensures that the 'number', 'start', and 'size' subcommands
consistently handle UUIDs as partition identifiers, maintaining
parity with the name-based lookup functionality.
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The 'part' command currently allows looking up a partition only by its
number or name.
Extend the 'number', 'start', and 'size' subcommands to support looking
up the partition via its UUID. Unlike names, UUIDs guarantee unique
partition identification, avoiding ambiguity.
The logic is updated to check if the provided string is a valid UUID
before falling back to a name-based search. The help strings for these
subcommands are updated accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add unit tests for the 'part' command, specifically for the 'number',
'start', and 'size' subcommands.
These tests establish a baseline for the current partition lookup
functionality by name. This foundation will be used by subsequent
patches to extend the command, ensuring consistent behavior as new
features are introduced.
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The STM32MP13 default environment only handles MMC and serial/USB boot.
When TF-A reports BOOT_FLASH_SPINAND the boot_device variable is set to
'spi-nand' but bootcmd_stm32mp never redirects boot_targets to ubifs0,
so distro_bootcmd falls through to MMC/USB.
This change mirrors the STM32MP15 logic:
- Add a BOOT_TARGET_UBIFS entry to BOOT_TARGET_DEVICES so that
bootcmd_ubifs0 is defined (ubi part UBI; ubifsmount ubi0:boot).
- Add the 'spi-nand' / 'nand' clause to bootcmd_stm32mp so that
boot_targets is set to 'ubifs0' when booting from NAND.
Signed-off-by: Austin Shirley <austin@deadband.dev>
Cc: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Cc: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: uboot-stm32@st-md-mailman.stormreply.com
In parse_config(), devname is dynamically allocated by sscanf().
When sscanf() fails to fill enough fields (rc < 3), devname is freed and
the loop continues to the next line. However, if the next call to sscanf()
fails to match (rc == 0), devname is not written and still holds the stale
freed pointer. The subsequent free(devname) then operates on
already-freed memory.
Fix this by resetting devname to NULL before each sscanf() call, so
that a non-matching call leaves a NULL pointer and the subsequent
free() becomes a harmless no-op.
Reported-by: Coverity Scan
Link: https://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot/2026-April/614161.html
Signed-off-by: Kory Maincent <kory.maincent@bootlin.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Add the workaround proposed for J784S4 errata i2437 (link) for SE
clock-gating turning off too early. Without this, a hardware bug present
in C7120 leads to C7120 CPU hanging.
Link: https://www.ti.com/lit/pdf/sprz536
Signed-off-by: Neha Malcom Francis <n-francis@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Udit Kumar <u-kumar1@ti.com>
Add the workaround proposed for J721S2 errata i2437 (link) for SE
clock-gating turning off too early. Without this, a hardware bug present
in C7120 leads to C7120 CPU hanging.
Link: https://www.ti.com/lit/pdf/sprz530
Signed-off-by: Neha Malcom Francis <n-francis@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Udit Kumar <u-kumar1@ti.com>
Add a helper macro to write and verify a 32-bit value to a memory-mapped
register. This is essential for hardware errata workarounds that require
confirmation that register writes have taken effect before proceeding with
initialization.
Signed-off-by: Udit Kumar <u-kumar1@ti.com>
When encountering a symlink pointing to an absolute path, ubifs_findfile
would return the target of the symlink as the result instead of resolving
any following components in the original path. Fix it by following the
same code path that is used for relative paths except that we set the
next inode to the root if we see a leading slash.
The existing code used memcpy and sprintf to copy the symlink target
into a fixed size stack buffer and was therefore vulnerable to buffer
overflows with a sufficiently long symlink target. Fix it by using a
heap buffer for the temporary path during path resolution.
Signed-off-by: Peter Collingbourne <peter@pcc.me.uk>
Fixes: 9d7952e4c6 ("ubifs: Add support for looking up directory and relative symlinks")
The PKCS#11 signing tests in ftest.py call tools.run('softhsm2-util', ...)
directly (and the equivalent for pkcs11-tool and p11-kit), even though
the test setup has already constructed the corresponding Bintool
instances. As Quentin Schulz observed on v1, the bintool wrapper for
these tools is currently used only as an "is this installed?" probe.
Route the eight remaining call sites in ftest.py through
<bintool>.run_cmd(...), which the Bintool base class already provides.
The change is test-side only; no production binman code calls these
tools.
Suggested-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The Sphinx-generated bintools.rst currently produces an empty section
for this bintool, since its class docstring is only a single line and
so the body under the heading is blank.
Extend the docstring with a short description of what softhsm2-util
does and how binman uses it, so the generated documentation has useful
content.
Suggested-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The Sphinx-generated bintools.rst currently produces an empty section
for this bintool, since its class docstring is only a single line and
so the body under the heading is blank.
Extend the docstring with a short description of what pkcs11-tool does
and how binman uses it, so the generated documentation has useful
content.
Suggested-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The Sphinx-generated bintools.rst currently produces an empty section
for this bintool, since its class docstring is only a single line and
so the body under the heading is blank.
Extend the docstring with a short description of what p11-kit does and
how binman uses it, so the generated documentation has useful content.
Suggested-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When using a worktree '.git' actually is a file and pygit2
init_repository() does not like that. The intention is not to create
a new git repo anyway so use normal constructor instead of
init_repository().
Signed-off-by: Ludwig Nussel <ludwig.nussel@siemens.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When creating the RSDT and the XSDT table they contain no entries.
The table size therefore must equal the header size.
Without this change a NULL deference has been observed in
acpi_find_table() when running `ut dm` on sandbox64_defconfig
executed via `sudo ./u-boot -D`.
Fixes: 94ba15a3f1 ("x86: Move base tables to a writer function")
Fixes: 7e586f6907 ("acpi: Put table-setup code in its own function")
Fixes: ab5efd576c ("x86: acpi: Adjust order in acpi_table.c")
Fixes: 867bcb63e7 ("x86: Generate a valid ACPI table")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Update dm_test_acpi_ctx_and_base_tables() in test/dm/acpi.c to expect
sizeof(struct acpi_table_header) for the initial table length (instead
of sizeof(*rsdt) / sizeof(*xsdt)), and to compute the checksum over
header->length bytes rather than the full struct size:
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The dwc3_free_one_event_buffer() function incorrectly called free()
on event buffer structures allocated with devm_kzalloc(). This
caused heap corruption and a synchronous abort when exiting
fastboot mode via "fastboot continue".
Device-managed memory is automatically freed when the device is
removed, so manual deallocation causes the heap allocator to access
corrupted metadata.
Fixes: 884b10e86a ("usb: dwc3: core: fix memory leaks in event buffer cleanup")
Signed-off-by: Balaji Selvanathan <balaji.selvanathan@oss.qualcomm.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+usb@mailbox.org>
The symbol USB_EMUL is how sandbox has access to USB. It's
implementation however enforces a few other requirements. It must have
SCSI enabled, and in turn that means it must have BLK enabled. Finally,
we should not be using SANDBOX itself as a symbol to decide what to
build or not build here, as SANDBOX is selected for COMPILE_TEST builds
as well and so may not have enabled the sandbox specific USB support.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+usb@mailbox.org>
As exposed by "make randconfig", we have an issue with the dependencies
for RESET_RZG2L_USBPHY_CTRL. As this functionally depends on
REGULATOR_RZG2L_USBPHY, express this dependency directly in Kconfig as
well.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
The USB_RENESAS_USBHS functionality can only work with DM_USB_GADGET
enabled, so express this dependency in Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
test_fit.py declares a local make_fname closure that is byte-identical
to fit_util.make_fname. Drop the local copy and call the shared helper
at all seven call sites so there is one definition to maintain.
No behavioural change. Both implementations return
os.path.join(ubman.config.build_dir, basename).
Signed-off-by: Aristo Chen <aristo.chen@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Commit 70101c3217 ("virtio: mmio: Return error codes on probe
failures") returns -ENODEV where it would return 0 before. That path is
apparently hit in qemu and breaks boot device discovery
(virtio_bootdev_hunt() expects only ENOENT). So return -ENOENT in
that path instead.
The remaining two error returns in the function are untouched as I
don't know where they play a role.
Signed-off-by: Ludwig Nussel <ludwig.nussel@siemens.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Kuan-Wei Chiu <visitorckw@gmail.com>
A number of our boards no longer boot with v2026.04, ironically as a
result of the effort to ensure 8-byte alignment of the dtb passed to
the kernel and getting rid of the fdt_high=0xffffffff.
The problem exists when the FIT image does specify a (properly
aligned) load address to use for the fdt. For example, we have
fdt-am335x-boneblack.dtb {
description = "Flattened Device Tree blob";
data = /incbin/(...);
...
load = <0x88000000>;
}
Now, with v2026.04 and depending on just exactly where that data ends
up, in a good case we see
Loading fdt from 0x8a8c6e10 to 0x88000000
Booting using the fdt blob at 0x88000000
Working FDT set to 88000000
Loading Kernel Image to 86008000
WARNING:
The 'fdt_high' environment variable is set to ~0. This is known to cause
boot failures due to placement of DT at non-8-byte-aligned addresses.
This system will likely fail to boot. Unset the 'fdt_high' environment
variable and submit a fix upstream.
Using Device Tree in place at 88000000, end 8801af2f
Working FDT set to 88000000
Starting kernel ...
[ 0.000000] Booting Linux on physical CPU 0x0
and the board boots (though with that ominous warning). However,
modifying the .its file a little, e.g. just removing the word "blob"
from the description, we end up with
Loading fdt from 0x8a8c6e14 to 0x88000000
Booting using the fdt blob at 0x9df94718
Working FDT set to 9df94718
Loading Kernel Image to 86008000
WARNING:
The 'fdt_high' environment variable is set to ~0. This is known to cause
boot failures due to placement of DT at non-8-byte-aligned addresses.
This system will likely fail to boot. Unset the 'fdt_high' environment
variable and submit a fix upstream.
Failed to reserve memory for fdt at 0x9df94718
FDT creation failed!
resetting ...
Notice how the "Loading fdt from" line still claims to load the fdt to
that 0x88000000 address, but since this "else if" clause looks at the
source address (buf) and comes before the "else if (load != data)"
clause, we end up doing the "allocate another buffer to use as target"
instead of actually copying to 0x88000000, but then the "fdt_high=~0"
logic in boot_relocate_fdt() obviously fails to do an lmb-reservation
of that area, and the boot fails.
When there's no load= property in the fdt node, this should not change
anything. But when there is, it is the alignment of that target which
is relevant, not the alignment of the fdt blob within the FIT
image. With this patch applied, we instead get the expected
Loading fdt from 0x8a8c6e14 to 0x88000000
Booting using the fdt blob at 0x88000000
Working FDT set to 88000000
Loading Kernel Image to 86008000
WARNING:
The 'fdt_high' environment variable is set to ~0. This is known to cause
boot failures due to placement of DT at non-8-byte-aligned addresses.
This system will likely fail to boot. Unset the 'fdt_high' environment
variable and submit a fix upstream.
Using Device Tree in place at 88000000, end 8801af2f
Working FDT set to 88000000
Starting kernel ...
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <ravi@prevas.dk>
Fixes: 8fbcc0e0e8 ("boot: Assure FDT is always at 8-byte aligned address")
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Coverity Scan defects are observed in fdtdec_apply_bloblist_dtos(),
since the live FDT taken from the bloblist is passed to libfdt helpers
which consume header size/offset fields:
- fdt_open_into()
- fdt_pack()
Validate the bloblist FDT with fdt_check_full() before calling
fdt_open_into() and again after applying overlays before calling
fdt_pack(). This makes the libfdt consumers operate on a checked FDT
blob while keeping the existing flow unchanged.
Also normalize libfdt return codes from this path to errno values,
including the overlay callback path through bloblist_apply_blobs().
Fixes: b70cbbfbf9 ("fdtdec: apply DT overlays from bloblist")
Addresses-Coverity-ID: CID 645837: (TAINTED_SCALAR)
Signed-off-by: Raymond Mao <raymond.mao@riscstar.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Sverdlin <alexander.sverdlin@siemens.com>
The line that produces $(SPL_BIN)-align.bin invokes dd with
conv=block,sync but no cbs= operand. The result of dd conv=block
without cbs= is unspecified. GNU coreutils outputs anyway, but
uutils (default in Ubuntu 26.04 LTS) errors out for files with
newlines, including SPL binaries, producing:
dd: conv=block or conv=ubnblock specified without cbs=N
Either the block operand must be removed, or cbs=N must be added.
conv=block is for converting newline-terminated variable-length
records to fixed-length space-padded ones, which is meaningless
for a binary SPL image. The intent of the rule is 4-byte
alignment, which conv=sync alone provides by padding the final
block to bs= bytes with NULs.
During build, u-boot-spl-align.bin errors silently due to '@'.
Reproduced with uutils dd 0.8.0:
$ dd if=/dev/urandom of=/tmp/in bs=1 count=10000
$ dd if=/tmp/in of=/tmp/out conv=block,sync bs=4
dd: conv=block or conv=unblock specified without cbs=N
$ dd if=/tmp/in of=/tmp/out conv=sync bs=4
[succeeds]
Output is byte-identical to GNU dd's output for binary input.
Signed-off-by: Brad Klingerman <bdklingerman@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Pull request net-20260506.
net:
- phy: dp83867: default to 2ns delay if unspecified in device-tree
- nfs: fix buffer overflow in nfs_readlink_reply()
- cpsw: Add cpsw-switch DT binding support
- phy: add common PHY polarity properties support
- phy: adin: add support for the ADIN1200 phy
- macb: support for instances with less features
- phy: mscc: add support for the VSC8572
net-lwip:
- wget: correct diagnostic output
MT7621 doesn't boot on u-boot v2026.04. Fix it by correcting the
u-boot aligned offset.
Fixes: d9e183a04c ("MIPS: Assure end of U-Boot is at 8-byte aligned offset")
Signed-off-by: Shiji Yang <yangshiji66@outlook.com>
Reviewed-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
A fixed gigabit link on a non-gigabit controller is only rejected
during PHY init (even though there is no PHY to init), because, on
device-tree parsing, the controller is not probed, and it is still
unknown whether it is gigabit-capable.
This code was only tested on emulator with a full-duplex RGMII
interface, but is expected to work in GMII or half-duplex as well.
Signed-off-by: Christian DREHER <christian.dreher@nanoxplore.com>
Cadence Ethernet MAC has a feature named user_io, which provides
some input and some output signals for arbitrary purpose in the SoC.
From the driver code, I understand that, on Atmel SoC, it is used to
drive the PHY mode.
At least on Cadence IP7014 r1p12, this feature is optional, and I am
working on a SoC that does not instantiate it. The presence of this
feature is advertised in DCFG1, this patch merely disables the access
to the user_io register based on this information.
I did not apply this change to the non-gigabit capable versions of
the IP, as I do not have documentation for them, and a new non-gigabit
instance is unlikely to appear. I prefer avoiding regressions on old
systems.
Signed-off-by: Christian DREHER <christian.dreher@nanoxplore.com>
The MACB uses specific address registers (SA Top and Bottom) to
filter source or destination MAC addresses.
On the Gigabit Ethernet version, SA1B is @0x88.
On the non-GEM version, SA1B is @0x98.
Before this commit, the code was always writing 0x98. By chance,
on GEM, this is the address of SA3B, allowing the driver to work
anyway.
The motivation for this change is to be able to use the driver on
an instance of the GEM with less than 4 SA registers.
Signed-off-by: Christian DREHER <christian.dreher@nanoxplore.com>
It does not exist in my setup (an on-going arm64 SoC), and removing
it does not cause any missing declaration, but some code called when
CONFIG_CLK is missing calls get_macb_pclk_rate, which is only defined
in arch/arm/mach-at91/include/mach/clk.h
Signed-off-by: Christian DREHER <christian.dreher@nanoxplore.com>
Add sandbox DM unit tests for the PHY common properties library and the
corresponding device tree test nodes to arch/sandbox/dts/test.dts.
Also enable CONFIG_PHY_COMMON_PROPS in configs/sandbox_defconfig so
the tests are built and run in the sandbox environment.
The test file covers rx/tx polarity lookups for all relevant cases:
- missing property (defaults to PHY_POL_NORMAL)
- single value without names array (applies to all modes)
- count mismatch between values and names arrays (-EINVAL)
- name found by exact match
- name not found with no "default" fallback (-EINVAL)
- name not found with a "default" entry (uses fallback value)
- unsupported polarity value (-EOPNOTSUPP)
Ported from Linux KUnit test:
linux/drivers/phy/phy-common-props-test.c
Signed-off-by: Lucien.Jheng <lucienzx159@gmail.com>
Replace the proprietary airoha,pnswap-rx / airoha,pnswap-tx boolean
device tree properties with the standard rx-polarity and tx-polarity
properties defined in phy-common-props.yaml.
Backward compatibility is maintained by reading the legacy boolean
properties first and passing them as the default_pol argument to
phy_get_rx/tx_polarity(). If the standard properties are absent the
legacy values are used transparently, so existing device trees remain
functional without modification.
Link: https://git.kernel.org/linus/66d8a334b57e64e43810623b3d88f0ce9745270b
Signed-off-by: Lucien.Jheng <lucienzx159@gmail.com>
Add a new PHY_COMMON_PROPS library that provides helper functions for
PHY drivers to read standardized polarity properties from the device
tree node:
- phy_get_rx_polarity() / phy_get_tx_polarity()
- phy_get_manual_rx_polarity() / phy_get_manual_tx_polarity()
The dt-bindings/phy/phy.h header with PHY_POL_NORMAL, PHY_POL_INVERT,
and PHY_POL_AUTO constants is provided via dts/upstream/include, which
is already in the build include path.
Ported from Merge tag 'phy-for-7.0':
git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/phy/linux-phy
Link: https://git.kernel.org/linus/e7556b59ba65179612bce3fa56bb53d1b4fb20db
Signed-off-by: Lucien.Jheng <lucienzx159@gmail.com>
Upstream devicetrees use a newer DT binding using cpsw-switch
compatibles. The bindings are a bit different, so two functions are
introduced to capture the differences, cpsw_eth_of_to_plat_switch() and
cpsw_eth_of_to_plat_legacy().
Signed-off-by: Markus Schneider-Pargmann (TI) <msp@baylibre.com>
Use driver data to pass the correct gmii_sel function. This way new
compatibles don't need manual compatible matching as is done in
cpsw_phy_sel().
Signed-off-by: Markus Schneider-Pargmann (TI) <msp@baylibre.com>
If wget_info->silent is set, we should not print anything.
If wget_info->silent we print the received content size.
Printing the value of the Content-Length header is redundant
For chunked transfer no Content-Length header is sent.
The content length is returned as HTTPC_CONTENT_LEN_INVALID by the LwIP
library. In this case we were incorrectly printing '4 GiB'.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@arm.com>
With NET_LWIP wget produces this output with an overlong line
and missing white space:
=> wget $kernel_addr_r http://example.com/
################################################# 4 GiB540 bytes transferred in 2 ms (263.7 KiB/s)
Bytes transferred = 540 (21c hex)
Removing the condition on inserting a line feed yields:
=> wget $kernel_addr_r http://example.com/
################################################# 4 GiB
540 bytes transferred in 2 ms (263.7 KiB/s)
Bytes transferred = 540 (21c hex)
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@arm.com>
nfs_readlink_reply() validates rlen only against the incoming packet
length (inherited from CVE-2019-14195), but not against the destination
buffer nfs_path_buff[2048]. A malicious NFS server can send a valid
READLINK reply where pathlen + rlen exceeds sizeof(nfs_path_buff),
overflowing the BSS buffer into adjacent memory.
The recent fix in fd6e3d3409 addressed the same overflow class in
net/lwip/nfs.c but left the legacy path in net/nfs-common.c unpatched.
Add bounds checks before both memcpy calls in nfs_readlink_reply():
- relative path branch: reject if pathlen + rlen >= sizeof(nfs_path_buff)
- absolute path branch: reject if rlen >= sizeof(nfs_path_buff)
Fixes: cf3a4f1e86 ("net: nfs: Fix CVE-2019-14195")
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Alba Vives <sebasjosue84@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@arm.com>
Since Linux commit c360eb0c3ccb ("dt-bindings: net: ethernet-controller:
Add informative text about RGMII delays"), the interpretation of RGMII
delays has changed. Prior to the commit, the RGMII Variant among "rgmii",
"rgmii-id", "rgmii-rxid" and "rgmii-txid" clearly specified whether it is
the MAC or the PHY that "should" add the delay. However, post that commit,
the RGMII Variant only specifies whether or not there is a delay on the
PCB traces between the MAC and the PHY, leaving it open as to who adds the
delay.
Hence, instead of enforcing the existence of the device-tree properties
"ti,rx-internal-delay" and "ti,tx-internal-delay", default to a delay
of 2ns, while continuing to override this delay with the aforementioned
properties, if they exist in the device-tree.
This is in line with the Linux driver implementation updated by commit
6bf78849371d ("net: phy: dp83867: use 2ns delay if not specified in DTB").
Signed-off-by: Siddharth Vadapalli <s-vadapalli@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Anshul Dalal <anshuld@ti.com>
There are two reasons why the USB stack needs to be
started before handing to bootflow or other boot
sequences:
1. When a USB hub is present on the board, we need to
do the required sequences to make it usable
2. To make USB storage devices 'visible' to bootflow
without further intervention
Signed-off-by: Mathew McBride <matt@traverse.com.au>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
This board has been migrated to the upstream / kernel
device tree version (OF_UPSTREAM), so remove the
old 'local' copies that are no longer required.
However, the -u-boot.dtsi append needs to remain,
because the SoC fsl-ls1088a-u-boot.dtsi is required
for some devices (like PCIe controllers and DPAA2 ethernet)
to properly enumerate under U-Boot.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Mathew McBride <matt@traverse.com.au>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Two recent additions to the mainline device tree allow us
to switch away from the local U-Boot copy:
* Board/embedded controller (traverse,ten64-controller)
is now in the mainline device tree.
* USB Hub (USB5744) connections were also added to
the mainline device tree but not in U-Boot.
The LS1088A and Ten64 device trees in U-Boot were actually
'synced' to mainline some time ago, so the content
(except for the changes mentioned above) is identical.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Mathew McBride <matt@traverse.com.au>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Ten64 board revs A through C have a Microchip USB5744
hub on the board, which must be configured over I2C
at boot time to become usable.
This function has not been part of the mainline
U-Boot for this board until now, as a mainline driver
and device-tree binding is now available for the USB5744.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Mathew McBride <matt@traverse.com.au>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
We have added board_fix_fdt to remove elements from U-Boot's
internal FDT related to the USB hub, so CONFIG_OF_BOARD_FIXUP
needs to be enabled to utilize it.
Signed-off-by: Mathew McBride <matt@traverse.com.au>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
More recent revisions of the Ten64 board do not have a USB Hub
(USB5744). The references to the USB5744 need to be removed in U-Boot's
internal FDT to avoid the USB5744 setup being invoked on these boards.
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Mathew McBride <matt@traverse.com.au>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
The USB Hub (microchip,usb5744) can enter a dis-/reconnect loop
if a driver tries to re-initialise the hub over I2C.
On the Ten64 board, this process only needs to be run once
per system reset cycle, which is carried out by U-Boot.
As there are distributions shipping with the affected
driver by default, the best solution is to remove
the USB hub topology information from the FDT passed
to the operating system, so the OS won't attempt
to re-initialise the USB hub under any circumstance.
Signed-off-by: Mathew McBride <matt@traverse.com.au>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Both consumers and sub-arch specific versions of gpio.h
may reference stdint or other non-C90 type definitions.
Ensure the common ones are available by including linux/types.h
before any other headers.
This issue came to light when the usb onboard hub driver
was enabled for ten64_tfa_defconfig:
In file included from ./arch/arm/include/asm/gpio.h:2,
from common/usb_onboard_hub.c:10:
./arch/arm/include/asm/arch/gpio.h:17:9: error: unknown type name 'ulong'
17 | ulong addr;
./arch/arm/include/asm/arch/gpio.h:18:9: error: unknown type name 'ulong'
18 | ulong size;
./arch/arm/include/asm/arch/gpio.h:19:9: error: unknown type name 'uint'
19 | uint ngpios;
(In this instance, the cited errors actually originate from
arch/arm/include/asm/arch-fsl-layerscape/gpio.h, which is included
by the arm top level asm/gpio.h)
Implemented as per suggestion from Quentin Schulz in Link:
Signed-off-by: Mathew McBride <matt@traverse.com.au>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/u-boot/35038a9a-fa5a-4f9f-b34e-17cc80a7824c@cherry.de/
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
When CONFIG_DM_SPI_FLASH is enabled, sf command will default find
device from DT which requires to use "jedec,spi-nor" compatible
string not obsoleted "spi-flash". So update NXP LS DTS to use
new compatible string
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
There are lots of DT warning in layerscape DTS files like:
node name for SPI buses should be 'spi' and SPI bus unit address
format error.
Update the spi node name and flash node name to avoid build warning
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Enable USB nodes in -u-boot.dtsi. After sync dts with kernel, USB
nodes status are set to disabled. So "usb start" does not work on
ls1088ardb and ls1088aqds.
Fixes: 10ff7e6b04 ("arm: dts: fsl-ls1088a: sync usb controller nodes with Linux")
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Tested-by: Wei Lu <w.lu@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Due to update of fsl-ls1088a.dtsi in previous patch, the esdhc
node is disabled, so u-boot can't to probe any eSDHC controller.
Fixes: fd4f7b0158 ("arm: dts: fsl-ls1088a: move and sync existing bindings to be under /soc")
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Tested-by: Wei Lu <w.lu@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Disable ethernet controller dpmac nodes in fsl-ls1088a.dtsi. Board
dts is responsible to enable them. Otherwise will meet failure from
ldpaa_eth driver on LS1088AQDS board, because only few dpmac
controllers can be enabled on this board.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Tested-by: Wei Lu <w.lu@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
LS1088AQDS u-boot contains multiple DTB files:
fsl-ls1088a-qds-21-x.dtb and fsl-ls1088a-qds-29-x.dtb.
It does not use default device tree fsl-ls1088a-qds.dtb
However, the nodes updated in fsl-ls1088a-qds-u-boot.dtsi are not
included for fsl-ls1088a-qds-21-x.dts and fsl-ls1088a-qds-29-x.dts,
so fail to get any output from serial.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Tested-by: Wei Lu <w.lu@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
In layerspace's lmb_arch_add_memory implementation, all memory bank
are added to lmb, even some is with zero size. This will cause lmb
treating it as overlap with available memory by lmb_addrs_overlap
and merge with available memory. Finally causing available memory
start address changed to 0.
For example, on LX2160, before zero memory bank added to lmb, there
are two available memory regions:
- region 0, start 0x80000000, size 0x7be00000
- region 1, start 0x2080000000, size 0x700000000
After zero size memory bank added, merge to one region:
- region 0, start 0, size 0x2780000000
This wrong new region causes efi_memory_init issue when allocating bounce
buffer because of conflict address (with uboot reserved) is allocated.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
The 'default ... if SYS_L3_SIZE_512KB' statement is written twice, making
the second instance dead code.
Based on the context, I believe the author of the code intended to set a
default value of '1048576' when SYS_L3_SIZE_1024KB is set.
This dead code was detected by kconfirm, a static analysis tool for
Kconfig.
Fixes: b85d75951f ("powerpc: Migrate SYS_L3_SIZE to Kconfig")
Signed-off-by: Julian Braha <julianbraha@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
msm_sdc_clk_init() uses clock-frequency to get the clock rate for SDC
clocks. However, the DT files seem to use max-frequency for the same.
Since msm_sdc_clk_init() doesn't find clock-frequency in the DT, it sets
201500000 as the clock rate and this results in timeout errors on IPQ
platforms.
Additionally, clock-frequency is not DT bindings compliant. Hence, get
clock rate using DT bindings compliant max-frequency.
Signed-off-by: Varadarajan Narayanan <varadarajan.narayanan@oss.qualcomm.com>
Reviewed-by: Sumit Garg <sumit.garg@oss.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Use CONFIG_$(PHASE_)DM_REGULATOR_PFUZE100 as the build condition for
pfuze100 regulator driver.
Add Kconfig option for SPL_DM_REGULATOR_PFUZE100.
To avoid break current platforms, set the Kconfig default value same
as PMIC_PFUZE100.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Some BUCKs could work in single/dual phase mode, not in independent
mode. In single/dual phase mode, registers of both regulators,
must be identically set. So configure mode and value for both BUCKs.
CONF registers are not touched, leave them as default OTP settings.
PFUZE100/200 SW3A/B, could work in single/dual phase mode, so introduce
a new macro by adding a pointer to the SW3B descriptor.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Some PFUZE regulators can operate in either low or high output voltage mode,
with different minimum voltages and voltage step sizes selected by a hardware
control bit. However, the current PFUZE100 regulator driver assumes low output
voltage mode only, resulting in incorrect voltage calculation and programming
when high voltage mode is enabled.
Extend the regulator descriptor to describe high output voltage mode by adding
a mask to detect the mode and a dedicated voltage description (min_uV and
step size). Update voltage get/set handling to dynamically select the correct
voltage parameters based on the high voltage mode bit.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
regulator-min-microvolt in device tree is not always match the minimal
voltage in the pmic datasheet, direclty using the min value from device
tree as base may cause wrong voltage settings being written.
Directly use the min_uV from datasheet to avoid wrong settings.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Depending on the phase selection (single or multi), the FPWM bits
configured forces the regulator to operate in PWM mode. In case of
multi-phase selection, the FPWM_MP bits enforce the regulator to also
operate in multi-phase. This fixes correct multi-phase operation.
While at this, correct incorrect macro alignment as well.
Fixes: 065a452ae6 ("power: regulator: tps65941: add regulator support")
Link: https://www.ti.com/lit/ds/symlink/tps6594-q1.pdf
Signed-off-by: Keerthy <j-keerthy@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Takuma Fujiwara <t-fujiwara1@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Neha Malcom Francis <n-francis@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Udit Kumar <u-kumar1@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Yan WANG <yan.wang@softathome.com> says:
This series improves the reliability and efficiency of binman preload
header generation and test it against an encrypted FIT image signed with
a preload header.
When a preload header references other entries (e.g. an encrypted FIT)
through the collection etype, the referenced entries may be rebuilt
multiple times during binman processing. This becomes problematic when
the referenced entry produces non-deterministic output, such as FIT
encryption using random IVs or timestamps, since rebuilding the entry
changes the data.
This series ensures that referenced entries are built only once and that
preload signing is performed after all data is collected. It also avoids
unnecessary repacking or repeated signing operations by the preload.
The changes include:
* generate preload header placeholders in ObtainContents() and sign
data only once in ProcessContentsUpdate()
* mark referenced entries as build_done in the collection etype to
avoid rebuilding data
* add a functional test for signing an encrypted FIT with a preload
header
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20260417083050.499955-1-yan.wang@softathome.com
Add a test to verify the preload header correctly signs an encrypted
FIT. This test exercises the case where encryption uses random IVs that
would change between mkimage calls.
Signed-off-by: Paul HENRYS <paul.henrys_ext@softathome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The collection etype uses phandles in the 'content' property to
reference other entries. Mark each referenced entry with build_done
to avoid rebuilding the same entry data multiple times.
This is important for cases where rebuilding may change the data
content, e.g. due to timestamps or random IVs in encryption.
Refactor GetContentsByPhandle() to return both the entry object and
its data.
Signed-off-by: yan wang <yan.wang@softathome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
To optimize preload generation, generate the header and signatures only
after all data has been collected in ProcessContentsUpdate(). This
avoids signing the data multiple times.
Since header_size is known upfront (from __init__), create a placeholder
in `ObtainContents()` to avoid an extra packing pass when
ProcessContentsUpdate() detects a size change.
This reduces unnecessary repacking and signing operations.
Signed-off-by: Paul HENRYS <paul.henrys_ext@softathome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
CONFIG_SPL_MMC=n and CONFIG_SPL_DM_SPI=n are each listed twice in the
defconfig. Remove the redundant occurrences so each option appears only
once.
Signed-off-by: Aristo Chen <aristo.chen@canonical.com>
CONFIG_SPL_MMC=n is listed twice in the defconfig. Remove the redundant
occurrence so each option appears only once.
Signed-off-by: Aristo Chen <aristo.chen@canonical.com>
CONFIG_SCMI_FIRMWARE=y is listed twice in the defconfig. Remove the
redundant occurrence so each option appears only once.
Signed-off-by: Aristo Chen <aristo.chen@canonical.com>
Use list_for_each_entry_safe and comparisons against the current and
next efi_mem_desc. This reduces the computation required for merging
regions, prevents unnecessary additional iterations of the list, and
requires less temporary values.
Signed-off-by: Randolph Sapp <rs@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Check for duplicate memory mappings before reporting any incorrect
attributes. Could be that second allocation has the correct type while
the first doesn't. Knowing there is a duplicate in this scenario is
more helpful than just reporting the first mismatch.
Signed-off-by: Randolph Sapp <rs@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Update the allocation flags inline documentation to follow the kernel
object like macro documentation specification.
Use active voice for the short descriptions.
Signed-off-by: Randolph Sapp <rs@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The number EFICONFIG_ENTRY_NUM_MAX - 1 must be printable
to field key of struct eficonfig_entry.
Fixes: 1f0583beeb ("eficonfig: set EFICONFIG_ENTRY_NUM_MAX to INT_MAX - 1")
Fixes: 23aa0502a4 ("eficonfig: increase the number of menu entries")
Addresses-Coverity-ID: 583414 - Out-of-bounds write
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
When using lwIP, efi_dp_from_http() may fail to initialize ip or mask.
Initialize the variables before the call.
Addresses-Coverity-ID: 645840 - Uninitialized variables (UNINIT)
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
The R-Car Gen5 SoCs contains Cortex-M33, Cortex-R52 and Cortex-A720AE
cores. Add U-Boot build options for the Cortex-M33 core.
Since the Cortex-M33 core is a 32bit core, select V8M and ARM64 for
RCAR64 accordingly. Select TMU timer on the 32bit core, where it is
used instead of the ARMv8 timer. Adjust TMU timer base address to match
the address map of the Cortex-M33 core. Disable unused OF_BOARD_SETUP
as well as unavailable POSITION_INDEPENDENT configuration options.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Udit Kumar <u-kumar1@ti.com>
Add support of Renesas R-Car Gen5 window watchdog timer. Timeout
configuration is derived from CONFIG_WATCHDOG_TIMEOUT_MSECS, which
is more accurate than the 1-second granularity 'timeout' passed to
.start callback.
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <stefan.roese@mailbox.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Add R-Car Gen5 RSIP controller remoteproc driver capable of starting
the SCP, Cortex-R52 and Cortex-A720 cores in Renesas R-Car R8A78000
X5H SoC. The SCP core is started by releasing the core from reset,
the Cortex-R52 and Cortex-A720 are started using the SCP SCMI call.
The entry point for SCP core is fixed to its STCM, entry points for
Cortex-R52 and Cortex-A720 are set during rproc load.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Both R-Car V3M Eagle and V3MSK U-Boot DT extras contain AVB pinmux
assignment, which is a leftover from before the same pinmux was part
of upstream DTs. Remove the duplicate AVB pinmux assignment in favor
of the upstream DT content. No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Remove duplicate properties which are present both in arch/arm/dts/
and upstream dts/upstream/src/arm64/renesas/ in favor of those in
upstream DTs. Since those are duplicates, this causes no functional
change. Remove unused num-cs and bank-width DT properties.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
If fat_sect_size = 0 and nr_sect = 0, the value of ret is never initialized.
A random return value is returned.
Initialize ret to 0.
Addresses-Coverity-ID: - 645495 Uninitialized scalar variable
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
There is a value of 256K hardcoded as u-boot image size. This
produce bank tty as soon as the image size grows over the limit.
Fix it by using value preset by CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN.
Signed-off-by: Angelo Dureghello <angelo@kernel-space.org>
Some NXP imx hardware ip module as the esdhc controller are exactly the
same in some new ColdFire cpus. For the specific case, mcf5441x needs to
use the existing fsl_esdhc_imx.c driver for the esdhc device.
Create a stub to be able to use NXP "imx" serie drivers as the
fsl_esdhc_imx in the ColdFire architecture.
Signed-off-by: Angelo Dureghello <angelo@kernel-space.org>
Allow cpu families as mcf5441x (m68k) to use the fsl_esdhc_imx driver
since the hardware ip module is the same.
Signed-off-by: Angelo Dureghello <angelo@kernel-space.org>
---
Changes in v2:
- moved before menuconfig changes
Add mmc support for the mcf5441x family. There is only one esdhc
controller for this cpu family.
Signed-off-by: Angelo Dureghello <angelo@kernel-space.org>
probe_ram_size_by_alias() detects whether a probe address still aliases
a lower address by writing through one address and reading through the
other.
On i.MX95 this occasionally reported a false non-alias when the alias
read happened immediately after the write.
A memory barrier alone, mb(), was tested but did not make the failure go
away. This suggests that ordering the CPU accesses is not sufficient for
this probe, likely because the issue is in the path to the memory
controller rather than in the core itself.
Read the written address back before checking the alias address. This
appears to force the write to become observable at the probe address
before using the alias read to decide whether the tested address range
exists.
If the readback does not match the written pattern, restore the saved
value and continue with the next check. This keeps the probe robust for
addresses that do not reliably retain the test pattern.
Fixes: 0977448b45 ("common: memsize: add RAM size probe based on alias detection")
Signed-off-by: Emanuele Ghidoli <emanuele.ghidoli@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The rec_from_blob() function returns a pointer, but the code was
comparing it using "rec <= 0" which is incorrect for pointer types.
Pointers should be compared using "== NULL" or "!= NULL".
Addresses-Coverity-ID: CID 645841: Incorrect expression (BAD_COMPARE)
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Raymond Mao <raymondmaoca@gmail.com>
The fdt_pack() function can return an error code, but its return value
was not being checked. Add proper error handling to propagate any
failure.
Also fix typo in comment: "Shink" -> "Shrink".
Addresses-Coverity-ID: CID 645839: Error handling issues (CHECKED_RETURN)
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Sverdlin <alexander.sverdlin@siemens.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Raymond Mao <raymondmaoca@gmail.com>
With correct POSIX handling, unquoted empty variables can turn the
expression like
test -n ${fdtfile}
into
test -n
The POSIX handling for single argument `test` evaluates it as true,
so the fallback initialization will be skipped unexpectedly.
Quoting variable expansions in `test` expressions will always result in
correct behavior for empty and non-empty values.
This change was triggered by
commit 8b0619579b ("cmd: test: fix handling of single-argument form of test")
The aim is to have a less fragile codebase that is not dependent on a
quirk of the shell implementation.
Use quoted variable expansions in `test` expressions throughout.
Signed-off-by: Franz Schnyder <franz.schnyder@toradex.com>
Acked-by: Francesco Dolcini <francesco.dolcini@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Apologies for the delay, but please pull those sunxi changes into
v2026.07. Nothing earth shattering, mostly minor improvements like
better SPL power LED support, and fixes to some H616 DRAM setup. Also
some more forward looking enhancement for the SPI code. I also pulled in
Richard's raw NAND flash improvements for the H6/H616 SoC, though this
lacks proper peer testing due to the lack of mainline support for any
board actually employing those chips.
No need to reset user data length registers in SPL.
In SPL, only the first user data length register is used, so we don't
need to reset all of them.
Signed-off-by: Richard Genoud <richard.genoud@bootlin.com>
Acked-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
In Allwinner SoCs, user data can be added in OOB before each ECC data.
For older SoCs like A10, the user data size was the size of a register
(4 bytes) and was mandatory before each ECC step.
So, the A10 OOB Layout is:
[4Bytes USER_DATA_STEP0] [ECC_STEP0 bytes]
[4bytes USER_DATA_STEP1] [ECC_STEP1 bytes]
...
NB: the BBM is stored at the beginning of the USER_DATA_STEP0.
Now, for H6/H616 NAND flash controller, this user data can have a
different size for each step.
So, we are maximizing the user data length to use as many OOB bytes as
possible.
Fixes: 7d1de98011 ("mtd: rawnand: sunxi_spl: add support for H6/H616 nand controller")
Fixes: f163da5e6d ("mtd: rawnand: sunxi: add support for H6/H616 nand controller")
Signed-off-by: Richard Genoud <richard.genoud@bootlin.com>
In sunxi_nand_chip_init there's quite a lot of kfree/return, it's easy
to forget a kfree(), so use a goto/kfree instead.
Signed-off-by: Richard Genoud <richard.genoud@bootlin.com>
[Andre: rename goto label, keep return 0;]
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Formatting via clang-format is controlled by .clang-format.
For each statements should be formatted with a brace at the line end:
for_each() {
}
This requires clang-format to know that the symbol is not a function
but a for each macro. We use some for each macros which don't exist in
Linux. Add these to file .clang-format.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
In the past, we only had one network stack which was called NET. The
network features were enabled for the legacy (and then only) networking
stack since commit 22353fa6b5 ("bootstd: Add some default filesystems
and commands"). Then instead on relying on NET legacy stack for enabling
networking features, the dependencies were (mostly) changed to depend on
CMD_NET in commit a0c739c184 ("boot: Create a common BOOT_DEFAULTS for
distro and bootstd"). Then a new stack (lwIP) appeared, then CMD_NET was
made available with this new stack in commit 98ad145db6 ("net: lwip:
add DHCP support and dhcp commmand") making the networking features
possible to enable and finally commit f1e978fd54 ("boot: Update tests
around network symbols in BOOT_DEFAULTS_CMDS") made it explicit that we
need *a* network stack to enable some networking features.
Align the bootstd documentation with what's actually implemented as
Kconfig dependencies. Note that BOOTSTD_DEFAULTS selects BOOT_DEFAULTS
which selects BOOT_DEFAULTS_CMDS which then selects network features.
The CMDLINE symbol needs to be enabled as well for BOOT_DEFAULTS to
select BOOT_DEFAULTS_CMDS, but I don't think we need to go that far into
explaining what's required to enable some commands.
Reported-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Closes: https://lore.kernel.org/u-boot/CAFLszTgZC1FGy8965pHiG-u=FhrguftRv41ghQ_Qb_RRXx6tyg@mail.gmail.com/
Signed-off-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
We cannot use .clang-format without modification. For instance U-Boot
has some for each macros that Linux does not have.
Adjust the description.
Reviewed-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Add fTPM support documentation including an overview, configuration
steps for RPMB provisioning, OP-TEE TA build instructions, and
verification procedure.
Signed-off-by: Shiva Tripathi <s-tripathi1@ti.com>
If efi_init_obj_list() fails we cannot use the UEFI sub-system.
* Instead of having messages for this everywhere write an error message
in efi_init_obj_list().
* Always use (ret != EFI_SUCCESS) when checking the return value of
efi_init_obj_list().
* Remove the return code from the error message as it does not help
users to understand which initialization went wrong.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Add build steps for building U-Boot in secure state with
TF-A and OP-TEE. It includes the full steps for building
OP-TEE and TF-A to use with U-Boot. Also a short description
how to invoke QEMU with enabled EL3 and EL2. EL3 (machine
option secure=on) is required to run TF-A.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Krottmayer <krotti83@proton.me>
Acked-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Tuomas Tynkkynen <tuomas.tynkkynen@iki.fi>
As exposed by "make randconfig", we have an issue with the dependencies
for EFI_HTTP_BOOT. As this is implemented by running commands (as seen
by what it selects) it must depend on CMDLINE as well.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
All of these platforms enable CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F and then have a
do-nothing board_early_init_f function. Change to not enabling the
option and so not needing an empty function.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
In sunxi_nfc_hw_ecc_{read,write}_chunk(), the ECC step was force to 0,
the reason is not trivial to get when reading the code.
The explanation is that, from the NAND flash controller perspective, we
are indeed at step 0 for user data length and ECC errors.
Just add a const value with an explanation to clarify things.
Signed-off-by: Richard Genoud <richard.genoud@bootlin.com>
Reviewed-By: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Acked-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
The user data length (4) used all over the code hard coded.
And sometimes, it's not that trivial to know that it's the user data
length and not something else.
Moreover, for the H6/H616 this value is no more fixed by hardware, but
could be modified.
Using a define here makes the code more readable.
Suggested-by: Miquel Raynal <miquel.raynal@bootlin.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Richard Genoud <richard.genoud@bootlin.com>
Acked-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Once reset SPI TX or RX fifo, the underlying hardware need to take
some time to actually settle down, the two bits will automatically
clear to 0, so use a poll mechanism to check status bits to make sure
it's done correctly.
On Cubie A7A board which using A733 SoC, we encoutered a SPI nor flash
timeout issue, it turns out that the SPI fifo reset take a few time to
settle down, Add a loop to poll the status.
This was the error message shows on A7A board once this issue happened.
=> sf probe
ERROR: sun4i_spi: Timeout transferring data
Failed to initialize SPI flash at 0:0 (error -2)
Signed-off-by: Yixun Lan <dlan@gentoo.org>
Reviewed-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
CONFIG_DRAM_SUNXI_TPR6 is the only DRAM config parameter that has a
non-zero default value. Since we need to provide a value for all the
other parameters anyway, avoiding TPR6 makes no real difference.
To make matters worse, TPR6 is a compound value covering multiple DRAM
types, but also spans over three SoCs, which makes it hard to find one
good default value.
Drop the default from Kconfig, and put some explicit values in the
defconfigs for the few boards that were relying on the default so far.
The value is taken from one BSP, only the lower byte matters anyway for
those boards, all using DDR3 DRAM.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Paul Kocialkowski <paulk@sys-base.io>
Allwinner's DRAM initialisation code defines a parameter named TPR6,
presumably containing some "Vref" parameter, but containing values for
*all* DRAM types. The runtime code selects one byte based on the DRAM
type used.
This selection code was wrong for LPDDR3, the value is encoded in
bits [23:16], not [15:8]. Fix that in the code, which also aligns it
with the very similar code for the A133 and A523.
Signed-off-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Philippe Simons <simons.philippe@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Paul Kocialkowski <paulk@sys-base.io>
Boards based on the Allwinner D1/T113-s3, such as the
NetCube Systems Nagami, can expose a third I2C controller
on PG10/PG11. However, the sun20i_d1 pinctrl function table
lacked an entry for this mux.
Add the "i2c3" function with mux value 3 on PG10/PG11, allowing device
trees to enable the I2C3 controller.
Signed-off-by: Lukas Schmid <lukas.schmid@netcube.li>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
We recently gained a simple way to enable a power LED very early in the
SPL boot, through simple Kconfig variables.
Add those symbols to those boards' defconfigs where the DT indicates a
default-on power LED. The number used is <port bank> * 32 + <pin no>,
an active low setup means CONFIG_SPL_SUNXI_LED_STATUS_ACTIVE_HIGH must be
undefined.
This will light up the power LED very early in the (SPL) boot phase on
those 64-bit boards.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Paul Kocialkowski <paulk@sys-base.io>
We recently gained a simple way to enable a power LED very early in the
SPL boot, through simple Kconfig variables.
Add those symbols to those boards' defconfigs where the DT indicates a
default-on power LED. The number used is <port bank> * 32 + <pin no>,
an active low setup means CONFIG_SPL_SUNXI_LED_STATUS_ACTIVE_HIGH must be
undefined. Since its default is "high", we can skip the symbol in the
defconfig in this case.
This will light up the power LED very early in the (SPL) boot phase on
those 32-bit boards.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Paul Kocialkowski <paulk@sys-base.io>
The newly introduced Allwinner SPL LED "framework" defined a
SPL_SUNXI_LED_STATUS_STATE Kconfig symbol, that was supposed to denote
the active-low vs. active-high polarity of the LED. However this is
a bool symbol, so it will simply vanish if not defined, and we cannot use
it directly inside a C statement.
Filter the symbol through the IS_ENABLED() macro, which will return 0 if
the symbol is not defined, which is the intended value here.
Since the STATUS_STATE name is a bit confusing, rename it to ACTIVE_HIGH
on the way, because that is its real meaning. Also the LED_STATUS_BIT
name for the GPIO number is similarly a remnant of the old status LED
code, so rename it to LED_STATUS_GPIO as well.
This fixes configuring LEDs with active-low polarity.
Fixes: 256557dd9a ("sunxi: remove usage of legacy LED API")
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Paul Kocialkowski <paulk@sys-base.io>
Closes: https://lore.kernel.org/u-boot/adfMQBPdntWy1KIq@shepard/
Acked-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
Once we complete the support for RISC-V Allwinner D1 (sun20i), we will need
to prefix $fdtfile with the vendor prefix to match the Linux device-tree
directory structure.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Acked-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
With CONFIG_OF_LIVE=y, dev_of_offset(dev) does not return a valid
flat-FDT offset, so fdtdec_get_int(gd->fdt_blob, offset, ...) inside
gen_74x164_probe() fails to locate the "registers-number" property and
always falls back to the default value of 1. This results in a 4-chip
74HC595 daisy chain being exposed as only 8 GPIOs instead of 32, and
any consumer referencing offsets >= 8 fails to bind with -ENOENT
("GPIO ... not found" / Error -22).
The "registers-default" property is ignored for the same reason, so
any configured power-on output pattern is silently discarded.
Replace the flat-FDT helpers with dev_read_u32_default() and
dev_read_u8_array_ptr(), which correctly walk both live and flat
trees. This matches how other DM GPIO drivers (e.g. pca953x_gpio.c)
read their per-device properties.
With gd->fdt_blob no longer referenced, also drop the now-unused
DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR and <asm/global_data.h> include.
Tested on stm32mp153d-ssonic (CONFIG_OF_LIVE=y) with a 4-chip 74HC595
chain: all 32 GPIOs are now exposed, and 16 consumer LED nodes at
offsets 0..31 bind successfully.
Fixes: 9300f711ba ("dm: gpio: introduce 74x164 driver")
Signed-off-by: Chanhong Jung <happycpu@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The DS1307 driver depends on DM_RTC since commit d425d6056e ("rtc: Add
DM support to ds1307"), remove the related obsolete code.
Signed-off-by: Francesco Dolcini <francesco.dolcini@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The build issues found in dtc/yamltree were partially mitigated by a
previous commit (807bcd844a: "scripts/dtc: Fix pkg-config behavior under
sysroot"), but upstream dtc simply disabled yaml, and the same should be
done here in order to permanently avoid those issues.
Backport the change below from Linux v5.18 [1]:
ef8795f3f1c ("dt-bindings: kbuild: Use DTB files for validation")
I tested this patch with a couple Yocto builds: u-boot and u-boot-tools,
using the current master branch (rev. "c53b0708f9"), having removed
libyaml-native from u-boot-tools's dependencies.
[1] https://git.kernel.org/linus/ef8795f3f1ce
Signed-off-by: João Marcos Costa <joaomarcos.costa@bootlin.com>
Acked-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
Add support for the Rocktech RK050HR345-CT106A RGB panel. This model
uses an Ilitek ILI9806E controller over the SPI bus for initialization
and register configuration only.
The driver is designed to be easily extensible to support other panels
with different sequences and timings by providing a specific descriptor
structure for each model.
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
The SPI IP in this platform is fully compatible with the current driver
implementation, requiring only a new compatible string.
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Implement the set_wordlen operation to allow dynamic bus width
configuration. This is required for peripherals with non-standard
requirements, such as display panels that need 9-bit word transfers
during the initialization and setup phase.
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Add a helper to check the SPE (SPI Enable) bit and replace the
open-coded bitwise check in stm32_spi_stopxfer() with this helper to
improve readability and consistency.
This is also a preparatory step for future driver updates that require
checking the SPI enable state across different code paths.
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Add a unit test to verify that the SPI word length configuration is
correctly handled by the SPI uclass and successfully passed down to
the sandbox driver.
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <simon.glass@canonical.com>
Add the sandbox_spi_get_wordlen() public interface to retrieve the
internal word length state of the sandbox SPI device.
This is intended for use in sandbox SPI test cases to verify that
the word length is correctly propagated from the SPI uclass to
the driver.
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <simon.glass@canonical.com>
The driver currently ignores the word length configuration. Implement
the set_wordlen operation to store and track the current word length.
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <simon.glass@canonical.com>
Allow dynamic configuration of the SPI word length. This is required
for controllers and slaves that need to operate with non-standard
word lengths, such as 9-bit wide transfers.
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <simon.glass@canonical.com>
All of these platforms enable CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F and then have a
do-nothing board_early_init_f function. Change to not enabling the
option and so not needing an empty function.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Factorize TAMP_FWU_BOOT_IDX_MASK and TAMP_FWU_BOOT_IDX_OFFSET
definition which are common to STM32MP1 and STM32MP2 SoCs family.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Fix the following errors yielded by Coverity Scan:
CID 644836: Error handling issues (CHECKED_RETURN)
Calling device_chld_unbind without checking return value (as is done elsewhere 6 out of 7 times)
CID 644834: Error handling issues (CHECKED_RETURN)
Calling device_chld_remove without checking return value (as is done elsewhere 4 out of 5 times).
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20260309212331.GF1388590@bill-the-cat/
Fixes: a6d047c0a8 ("video: stm32: remove all child of DSI bridge when its probe failed")
Signed-off-by: Raphael Gallais-Pou <rgallaispou@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Depending of plugged power source (computer, wall charger, ...) it can
happen that we got the following message:
"****************************************************"
"* USB TYPE-C charger not compliant with *"
"* specification *"
"****************************************************"
" "
"### ERROR ### Please RESET the board ### "
This issue has been detected on STM32MP135f-DK board.
It's due to max_uV and min_uV value are initialized at beginning of
board_check_usb_power() and can then be used for the 2 iteration of
adc_measurement().
max_uV/min_uV values issued of the first adc_measurement() iteration
are used as input of the second adc_measurement() iteration, which
can lead to incoherent pair of min_uV/max_uV values.
To ensure that adc_measurement() returns coherent value for max_uV and
min_uV, initialize max_uV and min_uV at each loop start.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Kory Maincent <kory.maincent@bootlin.com>
* MMC fixes for Genio 520/720 (mt8189)
* SPI NOR Flash controller fixes
* SPI NOR Flash support for Genio 520/720
* PMIC controller fixes
* PMIC support for Genio 1200 (mt8195)
* Drop CONFIG_IDENT_STRING to be consistent across the platform
* Remove empty header on mt7622
This platform is often close to the binary size limit and minor changes
lead to exceeding image size. Enable LTO for this platform.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
---
Cc: Marek Vasut <marex@nabladev.com>
Cc: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@altera.com>
Change the logic for selecting pmic_children_info to use the compatible
string from the devicetree instead of expecting the pwrap (part of the
MCU) to correspond to the separate PMIC chip.
In addition to being more correct, it also saves a few lines of code for
each MCU type that is added by dropping the enum and type field.
Reviewed-by: Julien Stephan <jstephan@baylibre.com>
Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20260409-mtk-pmic-fixes-v2-6-73e83aa6345b@baylibre.com
Signed-off-by: David Lechner <dlechner@baylibre.com>
Add a PWRAP_CAP_INIT capability flag to specify if it is safe to call
pwrap_init() or not. Not all targets define the registers accessed
by pwrap_init(). In that case, it is expected that an earlier bootloader
has already initialized the PMIC. If not, we now return an error instead
of trying to access undefined registers.
Reviewed-by: Julien Stephan <jstephan@baylibre.com>
Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20260409-mtk-pmic-fixes-v2-3-73e83aa6345b@baylibre.com
Signed-off-by: David Lechner <dlechner@baylibre.com>
An UMS session with eMMC device specifier "ums C mmc dev.part1,dev.part2"
exposes the same eMMC HW partition 'part2' twice instead of exposing both
HW partitions 'part1' and 'part2'. Fix this by switching the eMMC HW
partition before block device read/write access.
An eMMC is represented by a single struct blk_desc, with the currently
selected HW partition being stored in this struct blk_desc. Each call to
part_get_info_by_dev_and_name_or_num() with partition string dev[.partN]
does trigger HW partition switch by calling blk_get_device_part_str() ->
blk_get_device_part_str() -> get_dev_hwpart() -> get_dev_hwpart() ->
blk_dselect_hwpart(). The ums_init() iterates over the device specifier
string and calls part_get_info_by_dev_and_name_or_num() in a loop for
each dev[.partN] entry used as the partition string. If the device
specifier string contains more than one dev[.partN] partition strings
for the same dev device, then it is the HW partition described in the
last dev[.partN] partition string entry that is accessed for all dev
device partition strings in the device specifier string, because that
last dev[.partN] partition string entry was the last one that triggered
blk_dselect_hwpart() call for that device.
To access the expected HW partition for every dev[.partN] partition string
entry, it is necessary to call blk_dselect_hwpart() before each block read
or write. Store HW partition described for each dev[.partN] partition string
in struct ums and use the stored value to make it so.
The blk_dselect_hwpart() does test whether the currently selected HW
partition is already configured in hardware and does not reconfigure
the hardware if that is the case, therefore for the majority of block
reads and writes, blk_dselect_hwpart() is a no-op with negligible
performance impact.
Example reproducer is listed below. The last sector of both eMMC HW BOOT
partitions is populated with distinct test pattern and UMS is launched:
"
=> mmc dev 1 1 ; mmc read $loadaddr 0x1fff 1 ; md $loadaddr 4
switch to partitions #1, OK
mmc1(part 1) is current device
MMC read: dev # 1, block # 8191, count 1 ... 1 blocks read: OK
84000000: 1234abcd 1234abcd 1234abcd 1234abcd ..4...4...4...4.
=> mmc dev 1 2 ; mmc read $loadaddr 0x1fff 1 ; md $loadaddr 4
switch to partitions #2, OK
mmc1(part 2) is current device
MMC read: dev # 1, block # 8191, count 1 ... 1 blocks read: OK
84000000: 567890ef 567890ef 567890ef 567890ef ..xV..xV..xV..xV
=> ums 0 mmc 1.1,1.2
UMS: LUN 0, dev mmc 1, hwpart 1, sector 0x0, count 0x2000
UMS: LUN 1, dev mmc 1, hwpart 2, sector 0x0, count 0x2000
"
Read of the two block devices on host without this fix produces
identical data present in HW BOOT partition 2:
"
$ dd if=/dev/sdX of=mmc-a.bin ; dd if=/dev/sdY of=mmc-b.bin
$ hexdump -C mmc-a.bin | tail -n 3 | head -n 1 ; \
hexdump -C mmc-b.bin | tail -n 3 | head -n 1
003ffe00 ef 90 78 56 ef 90 78 56 ef 90 78 56 ef 90 78 56 |..xV..xV..xV..xV|
003ffe00 ef 90 78 56 ef 90 78 56 ef 90 78 56 ef 90 78 56 |..xV..xV..xV..xV|
"
Read of the two block devices on host with this fix produces the
expected distinct data from either HW BOOT partition 1 or 2:
"
$ dd if=/dev/sdX of=mmc-a.bin ; dd if=/dev/sdY of=mmc-b.bin
$ hexdump -C mmc-a.bin | tail -n 3 | head -n 1 ; \
hexdump -C mmc-b.bin | tail -n 3 | head -n 1
003ffe00 cd ab 34 12 cd ab 34 12 cd ab 34 12 cd ab 34 12 |..4...4...4...4.|
003ffe00 ef 90 78 56 ef 90 78 56 ef 90 78 56 ef 90 78 56 |..xV..xV..xV..xV|
"
Reported-by: Christoph Niedermaier <cniedermaier@dh-electronics.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@nabladev.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Balaji Selvanathan <balaji.selvanathan@oss.qualcomm.com> says:
This series replaces the SYNC_CACHE approach with FUA (Force Unit
Access) to prevent data loss during board resets while avoiding
system hangs during large sparse image flashing operations.
The previous SYNC_CACHE implementation caused timeouts and hangs
when flashing large sparse images because it issued cache sync
commands after every write operation. The FUA approach achieves
the same data integrity goal by setting the FUA bit in
WRITE10 commands.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20260416-enable_fua-v3-0-84508de2bfd9@oss.qualcomm.com
Enable the Force Unit Access (FUA) bit in SCSI WRITE10 commands to
ensure writes bypass the device's volatile cache and go directly to
non-volatile storage. This provides write-through behavior that prevents
data loss during board resets.
Reviewed-by: Varadarajan Narayanan <varadarajan.narayanan@oss.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Aswin Murugan <aswin.murugan@oss.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Balaji Selvanathan <balaji.selvanathan@oss.qualcomm.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
While the SYNC_CACHE approach prevents data loss during board resets,
it causes system hangs during large sparse image flashing operations.
This will be replaced with a FUA (Force Unit Access) approach in future
commit, which achieves the same data integrity goal more efficiently.
This reverts commit ffe4e6ab42.
Signed-off-by: Balaji Selvanathan <balaji.selvanathan@oss.qualcomm.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Quentin Schulz <foss+uboot@0leil.net> says:
This migrates the net options away from the main Kconfig to net/Kconfig,
rename the current NET option to NET_LEGACY to really highlight what it
is and hopefully encourage more people to use lwIP, add a new NET
menuconfig (but keep NO_NET as an alias to NET=n for now) which then
allows us to replace all the "if legacy_stack || lwip_stack" checks with
"if net_support" which is easier to read and maintain.
The only doubt I have is wrt SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER which seems to be needed
for now even when no network is configured? Likely due to
include/net-common.h with PKTBUFSRX?
No change in behavior is intended. Only change in defconfig including
other defconfigs where NO_NET=y or NET is not set, in which case NO_NET
is not set or NET=y should be set in the top defconfig. Similar change
required for config fragments. See commit log in patch adding NET
menuconfig for details.
This was tested based on 70fd0c3bb7 ("x86: there is no
CONFIG_UBOOT_ROMSIZE_KB_12288"), from within the GitLab CI container
trini/u-boot-gitlab-ci-runner:noble-20251013-23Jan2026 and set up
similarly as in "build all platforms in a single job" GitLab CI job.
#!/usr/bin/env bash
set -o pipefail
set -eux
ARGS="-BvelPEWM --reproducible-builds --step 0"
./tools/buildman/buildman -o ${O} --force-build $ARGS -CE $*
./tools/buildman/buildman -o ${O} $ARGS -Ssd $*
O=../build/u-boot/ ../u-boot.sh -b master^..b4/net-kconfig |& tee ../log.txt
I can't really decipher the log.txt, but there's no line starting with
+ which would be an error according to tools/buildman/builder.py help
text. Additionally, because I started the script with set -e set and
because buildman has an exit code != 0 when it fails to build a board,
and I have the summary printed (which is the second buildman call), I
believe it means all builds passed.
The summary is the following:
aarch64: (for 537/537 boards) all +0.0 rodata +0.0
uniphier_v8 : all +1 rodata +1
u-boot: add: 0/0, grow: 1/0 bytes: 1/0 (1)
function old new delta
data_gz 10640 10641 +1
arm: (for 733/733 boards) all -0.0 rodata -0.0
uniphier_v7 : all -1 rodata -1
u-boot: add: 0/0, grow: 0/-1 bytes: 0/-1 (-1)
function old new delta
data_gz 11919 11918 -1
opos6uldev : all -3 rodata -3
u-boot: add: 0/0, grow: 0/-1 bytes: 0/-3 (-3)
function old new delta
data_gz 18778 18775 -3
uniphier_ld4_sld8: all -3 rodata -3
u-boot: add: 0/0, grow: 0/-1 bytes: 0/-3 (-3)
function old new delta
data_gz 11276 11273 -3
stemmy : all -20 rodata -20
u-boot: add: 0/0, grow: 0/-1 bytes: 0/-20 (-20)
function old new delta
data_gz 15783 15763 -20
As far as I could tell this data_gz is an automatically generated array
when CONFIG_CMD_CONFIG is enabled. It is the compressed .config stored
in binary form. Because I'm changing the name of symbols, replacing a
menu with a menuconfig, additional text makes it to .config and the
"# Networking" section in .config disappears.
Here is the diff for the 5 defconfigs listed above, generated with:
for f in build/*-m; do
diff --unified=0 $f/.config $(dirname $f)/$(basename -a -s '-m' $f)/.config
done
(-m is the build directory for master, and without the suffix, it's the
top commit of this series)
"""
--- build/opos6uldev-m/.config 2026-04-20 10:53:49.804528526 +0200
+++ build/opos6uldev/.config 2026-04-20 11:03:37.430242767 +0200
@@ -970,4 +969,0 @@
-
-#
-# Networking
-#
@@ -975,0 +972 @@
+CONFIG_NET_LEGACY=y
--- build/stemmy-m/.config 2026-04-20 11:01:33.653698123 +0200
+++ build/stemmy/.config 2026-04-20 11:04:53.452577311 +0200
@@ -733,4 +732,0 @@
-
-#
-# Networking
-#
@@ -738,2 +733,0 @@
-# CONFIG_NET is not set
-# CONFIG_NET_LWIP is not set
--- build/uniphier_ld4_sld8-m/.config 2026-04-20 11:00:41.605469071 +0200
+++ build/uniphier_ld4_sld8/.config 2026-04-20 11:04:22.226439899 +0200
@@ -997,4 +996,0 @@
-
-#
-# Networking
-#
@@ -1002,0 +999 @@
+CONFIG_NET_LEGACY=y
--- build/uniphier_v7-m/.config 2026-04-20 10:53:04.019307319 +0200
+++ build/uniphier_v7/.config 2026-04-20 11:03:01.688085486 +0200
@@ -1004,4 +1003,0 @@
-
-#
-# Networking
-#
@@ -1009,0 +1006 @@
+CONFIG_NET_LEGACY=y
--- build/uniphier_v8-m/.config 2026-04-20 10:43:05.614441175 +0200
+++ build/uniphier_v8/.config 2026-04-20 10:41:03.214852130 +0200
@@ -875,4 +874,0 @@
-
-#
-# Networking
-#
@@ -880,0 +877 @@
+CONFIG_NET_LEGACY=y
"""
This is fine:
- Networking menu doesn't exist anymore so "#\n# Networking\n#\n" won't
be in .config anymore.
- opos6uldev, uniphier_ld4_sld8, uniphier_v7 and uniphier_v8 all have
(old) CONFIG_NET enabled, (new) CONFIG_NET will still be set but
CONFIG_NET_LEGACY also needs to be defined now to reflect the stack
choice (even if default),
- stemmy has CONFIG_NO_NET set, which means CONFIG_NET and
CONFIG_NET_LWIP are not reachable anymore hence why they don't need to
be part of .config,
GitLab CI was run on this series (well, not exactly, but it's only
changes to the git logs that were made):
https://source.denx.de/u-boot/contributors/qschulz/u-boot/-/pipelines/29849
It passes.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20260420-net-kconfig-v1-0-9900002d8e72@cherry.de
NO_NET is now a transitional symbol which may eventually be removed. Its
meaning is the opposite of the new meaning of NET (that is, any
networking stack).
Update the symbol dependency by using NET instead of !NO_NET.
Signed-off-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
TPL_NET symbol never existed in the first place, so let's remove this
misleading piece of documentation.
Fixes: 143c9a7e9d ("doc: describe TPL/VPL/SPL boot")
Signed-off-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Since the move to make NET a menuconfig and NO_NET a synonym of NET=n,
when NET is enabled, NET_LEGACY || NET_LWIP is necessarily true, so
let's simplify the various checks across the codebase.
SPL_NET_LWIP doesn't exist but SPL_NET_LEGACY is an alias for SPL_NET so
the proper symbol is still defined in SPL whenever needed.
Signed-off-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This will allow a bunch of simplifications across the code base.
Disabling NET is the equivalent of today's NO_NET choice. This means
that if NET is enabled, either the legacy or lwIP stack is necessarily
selected, which allows us to simplify if NET_LEGACY || NET_LWIP into
if NET in a later commit.
Config fragments - or defconfigs including other defconfigs - setting
the network stack (NET_LEGACY or NET_LWIP) must also set NET (or unset
NO_NET) if the config they apply to - or the included defconfigs -
unsets NET (or selects NO_NET) as otherwise the NET_LEGACY and NET_LWIP
symbols are unreachable. This is the case for the two defconfig modified
in this commit.
NO_NET is now a convenience symbol which hides NET entirely to avoid
modifying many defconfigs. If one selected NO_NET to disable the
networking stack in the past, this will still work for now. Technically,
we should be using the "transitional" Kconfig attribute but that is only
available since Kconfig from Linux kernel v6.18 and we're on 6.1 right
now.
Note that this moves CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER from under the Network
menu back into the main menu as it seems like it needs to be defined
even when there's no need for NET support at all and menuconfig option
doesn't work the same way as a menu.
Signed-off-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Highlight that NET really is the legacy networking stack by renaming the
option to NET_LEGACY.
This requires us to add an SPL_NET_LEGACY alias to SPL_NET as otherwise
CONFIG_IS_ENABLED(NET_LEGACY) will not work for SPL.
The "depends on !NET_LWIP" for SPL_NET clearly highlights that it is
using the legacy networking app so this seems fine to do.
This also has the benefit of removing potential confusion on NET being a
specific networking stack instead of "any" network stack.
Signed-off-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
In the main Kconfig, there are only two more menus, General Setup and
Expert, in addition to the net menu. Since the part in the main Kconfig
is mostly about selecting the network stack (legacy or lwIP), and that
we already have a net/Kconfig, let's move those to net/Kconfig to have
everything in the same place.
No intended change in behavior.
Signed-off-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The hardware configuration pins are used both to select the DDR
configuration and to determine the installed memory size.
On Aquila AM69, the DDR timing patch is applied in the R5 SPL, while the
memory size fixup for the next-stage U-Boot DT is done later in the A72
SPL path.
The previous immplementation was not taking in account that the hw_cfg
value is lost both during SPL execution (board_init_f and board_init_r)
and between SPL and U-Boot proper.
Fix this by reading the hardware configuration pins when the memory size
is actually needed:
- in the R5 SPL, to select the correct DDR configuration
- in the A72 SPL, to fix up the U-Boot DT memory size and bank layout
Fixes: 3f0528882c ("board: toradex: add aquila am69 support")
Signed-off-by: Emanuele Ghidoli <emanuele.ghidoli@toradex.com>
Acked-by: Francesco Dolcini <francesco.dolcini@toradex.com>
The 16GB dual-rank DDR configuration uses an incorrect DDRSS_PLL_FHS_CNT
value. This makes DDR initialization hang during the DDR frequency
handshake sequence.
Update DDRSS_PLL_FHS_CNT to the correct value for the 16GB dual-rank
configuration.
Fixes: 39e014f43a ("board: toradex: aquila-am69: Add support for 16GB dual rank memory configuration")
Signed-off-by: Emanuele Ghidoli <emanuele.ghidoli@toradex.com>
Acked-by: Francesco Dolcini <francesco.dolcini@toradex.com>
Some use cases require remoteproc firmware to be loaded before Linux
boots. Introduce rprocsemmcboot and rproc_fw_binaries to load the
remoteproc cores from U-Boot, relying on the TI k3_rproc framework
which already handles the secure firmware variants, firmware loading,
and proper initialization.
The firmware binaries are expected to be present in the eMMC rootfs
under /lib/firmware/.
To activate, run rprocsemmcboot or add it to bootcmd:
bootcmd=run rprocsemmcboot; bootflow scan -b
The upstream U-Boot does not yet have the remoteproc DT nodes enabled
for the Aquila AM69, making firmware loading fail. Marking as pending
waiting for remoteproc enabling, which could happen along with the
OF_UPSTREAM migration.
Signed-off-by: Vitor Soares <vitor.soares@toradex.com>
Acked-by: Francesco Dolcini <francesco.dolcini@toradex.com>
Enable CONFIG_OF_UPSTREAM to receive automatic
device tree updates for the Aquila AM69.
Remove the now-obsolete device tree files:
- arch/arm/dts/k3-am69-aquila-dev.dts
- arch/arm/dts/k3-am69-aquila.dtsi
Signed-off-by: Ernest Van Hoecke <ernest.vanhoecke@toradex.com>
Acked-by: Francesco Dolcini <francesco.dolcini@toradex.com>
Some virtio implementations may forward the virtio requests directly to
the underlying hw. The hw may have some restrictions in how many and how
big the requests can be. Therefore, the corresponding virtio device will
announce this limitations with the SIZE_MAX & SEG_MAX feature.
Add support for those features. Split an io request into multiple virtio
requests if more than seg_max segments would be used. Also split a
single buffer request into multiple segments if the buffer is bigger
then size_max.
Signed-off-by: Christian Pötzsch <christian.poetzsch@kernkonzept.com>
Signed-off-by: Adam Lackorzynski <adam@l4re.org>
Currently the implementation does not just skip all devices beside
device 0, it also skips all functions (besides 0) on device 0. This
broke basically all AMD platforms, since they have a lot of internal SOC
devices behind these functions.
This was detected, because the XHCI controller and therefore the USB
devices were not found by u-boot on AMD/crater platform.
PCI_MASK_BUS() returns both device and function bits, so it skips any
bdf where either device > 0 or function > 0. Using PCI_DEV() extracts
only the device number, matching the intent in only_one_child().
It therefore now checks all functions on device 0 (Linux does the same).
I build tested u-boot as coreboot payload and run it on a recent x86 AMD
platform. Devices like the XHCI controller are now found again.
Fixes: fbde868ba4 ("pci: skip unnecessary PCIe scanning")
Signed-off-by: Maximilian Brune <maximilian.brune@9elements.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
CC: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
CC: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@linaro.org>
CC: George McCollister <george.mccollister@konsulko.com>
CC: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Raymond Mao <raymond.mao@linaro.org> says:
The series include refactoring on bloblist and fdtdec to support handoff
of multiple DT overlays and applying them into the DT base during setup.
All changes are aligned to the spec update for supporting DT overlay
handoff[1].
Notes for testing:
Currently DT overlay is not yet enabled in TF-A, but with the test
patches I provided for TF-A and OP-TEE build, importing a DT overlay
blob file from QEMU to TF-A reserved memory is supported.
Follow below instructions to build and run for test:
$ repo init -u https://github.com/OP-TEE/manifest.git -m qemu_v8.xml
Replace your local qemu_v8.xml with [2], which contains all necessary
changes in both TF-A and OP-TEE build.
$ repo sync
$ cd build
$ make toolchains
$ make ARM_FIRMWARE_HANDOFF=y all
Copy and rename your DT overlay blob as 'qemu_v8.dtb' into out/bin
$ make ARM_FIRMWARE_HANDOFF=y run-only
[1] Add Transfer Entry for Devicetree Overlay
https://github.com/FirmwareHandoff/firmware_handoff/pull/74
[2] https://github.com/raymo200915/optee_manifest/blob/dt_overlay_handoff/qemu_v8.xml
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250718141621.3147633-1-raymond.mao@linaro.org
Select OF_LIBFDT_OVERLAY for qemu_arm64 and vexpress_fvp_bloblist
to hand over DTO via bloblist.
Signed-off-by: Raymond Mao <raymond.mao@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
During FDT setup, apply all existing DT overlays from the bloblist
to the base FDT if bloblist is being used for handoff from previous
boot stage.
According to the Firmware Handoff spec update to support DT overlay [1],
an overlay must have the same top-level compatible string as its target
base DT has.
Before applying the overlays, check whether sufficient space is
reserved in the base DT blob, if not, resize the blob to the allowed
padded size, which is limited by CONFIG_SYS_FDT_PAD and the bloblist
spare space size.
After all overlays are applied, resize the merged DT to its actual size.
[1] Add Transfer Entry for Devicetree Overlay
https://github.com/FirmwareHandoff/firmware_handoff/pull/74
Signed-off-by: Raymond Mao <raymond.mao@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Tested-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Add an API to search for the blobs with specified tag and use the
hook function to apply the blob data.
Add a helper function to return the inline header size as according
to recent spec[1] updates, the actual data can be following an inline
header instead of following the TE header immediately.
[1] Firmware Handoff spec:
https://github.com/FirmwareHandoff/firmware_handoff
Signed-off-by: Raymond Mao <raymond.mao@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Tested-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
It causes a panic when blob is shrunk and 'new_alloced' is less than
'next_ofs'. The data area that needs to be moved should end up at
'hdr->used_size'.
Fixes: 1fe5937549 ("bloblist: Support resizing a blob")
Signed-off-by: Raymond Mao <raymond.mao@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Tested-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Add two helper functions for:
1. marking a blob void
2. getting blob record from a given blob data pointer.
Signed-off-by: Raymond Mao <raymond.mao@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Tested-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Various Qualcomm additions this cycle:
* USB superspeed support for 1 platform
* Initial support for the Milos platform and the Fairphone Gen 6
(chainloaded from ABL)
* Improved support for booting with OP-TEE on supported platforms
* Initial basic power domain support
Notably there is a generic change to the device core, missing power
domains will no longer cause a device to fail probe and instead will
just print a warning. This shouldn't affect any existing platforms.
Qualcomm platforms rely on the kernel to manage specialized reboot modes
such as EDL, bootloader entry, and other vendor-specific reset flows.
Allowing U-Boot to override these via EFI runtime reset services leads to
incorrect behavior when the kernel issues advanced reboot requests.
Now that EFI_HAVE_RUNTIME_RESET is exposed as a user-configurable Kconfig
option, disable it for qcom_defconfig so that the kernel retains full
control over reboot handling on Qualcomm SoCs.
This ensures that EFI runtime reboot callbacks are not registered on
these platforms, preventing conflicts with kernel-managed PSCI reset
paths.
Signed-off-by: Aswin Murugan <aswin.murugan@oss.qualcomm.com>
Reviewed-by: Sumit Garg <sumit.garg@oss.qualcomm.com>
Acked-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20260324175913.92858-3-aswinm@qti.qualcomm.com
Signed-off-by: Casey Connolly <casey.connolly@linaro.org>
Expose EFI_HAVE_RUNTIME_RESET as a proper Kconfig boolean with a prompt
so platforms can explicitly enable or disable advertising the EFI reset
runtime service.
The current PSCI-based EFI runtime reset implementation is always
enabled whenever CONFIG_PSCI_RESET is selected, but it does not support
passing the additional arguments required for specialized reset modes.
As a result, reboot requests such as bootloader mode or EDL mode cannot
be propagated correctly and instead fall back to a normal reboot.
By making EFI_HAVE_RUNTIME_RESET user-configurable, platforms that
depend on extended PSCI reset can now explicitly disable EFI runtime
reset handling even when CONFIG_PSCI_RESET is enabled, ensuring
that the kernel retains full control of advanced reboot paths.
Default behavior for existing platforms remains unchanged.
Signed-off-by: Aswin Murugan <aswin.murugan@oss.qualcomm.com>
Reviewed-by: Sumit Garg <sumit.garg@oss.qualcomm.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20260324175913.92858-2-aswinm@qti.qualcomm.com
Signed-off-by: Casey Connolly <casey.connolly@linaro.org>
Remove the USB controller dr_mode override from the u-boot device
tree. The upstream Linux device tree already configures the USB
controller with dr_mode = "otg", which supports both host and
peripheral modes including fastboot.
The previous override to "host" mode prevented fastboot from working
as it requires peripheral mode support. By removing this override,
the upstream OTG configuration is inherited, enabling fastboot while
maintaining host mode capability through the usb-role-switch
property.
Signed-off-by: Balaji Selvanathan <balaji.selvanathan@oss.qualcomm.com>
Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20260324-kodiak_dts-v2-1-243c28a3ffb9@oss.qualcomm.com
Signed-off-by: Casey Connolly <casey.connolly@linaro.org>
Add support for OP-TEE live tree DT fixup support which enables U-Boot
OP-TEE driver to be probed. As well as the EFI DT fixup protocol allows
the live tree fixup to be carried over to the OS for the OP-TEE driver
in the OS to probe as well.
Note that this fixup only gets applied if OP-TEE support is detected via
checking for OP-TEE message UID.
Signed-off-by: Sumit Garg <sumit.garg@oss.qualcomm.com>
Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20260127062341.723966-3-sumit.garg@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Casey Connolly <casey.connolly@linaro.org>
OP-TEE message UID check API can be useful to know whether OP-TEE
is enabled on not assuming the corresponding SMC call is properly
handled if OP-TEE is not supported.
This API can be used by platform code to know OP-TEE presence and
on that basis OP-TEE DT node can be added as part of DT fixups for
the OP-TEE driver probe to happen for both U-Boot and Linux.
Signed-off-by: Sumit Garg <sumit.garg@oss.qualcomm.com>
Reviewed-by: Casey Connolly <casey.connolly@linaro.org>
Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20260127062341.723966-2-sumit.garg@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Casey Connolly <casey.connolly@linaro.org>
Automatically detect super-speed USB PHY driver availability and
skip the USB speed fixup if driver is available, eliminating the need
for manual configuration.
Previously, U-Boot unconditionally limited USB to high-speed mode
on all Qualcomm platforms because most lacked super-speed PHY
drivers.
This change implements runtime detection that checks if a PHY
driver exists for the super-speed PHY node referenced by the DWC3
controller. The fixup is automatically skipped when a compatible
driver is found, allowing the hardware to operate at full
capability. Platforms without super-speed PHY drivers continue to
receive the fixup automatically.
Signed-off-by: Balaji Selvanathan <balaji.selvanathan@oss.qualcomm.com>
[casey: rebased on flat-dwc3 dt support + fix Balaji's signoff]
[casey: make erroneous printf() a debug() again]
Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20251203110735.1959862-5-balaji.selvanathan@oss.qualcomm.com
Signed-off-by: Casey Connolly <casey.connolly@linaro.org>
Add a 100 ms delay after clearing the core soft reset bit to ensure
the DWC3 controller has sufficient time to complete its reset
sequence before subsequent register accesses.
Without this delay, USB initialization can fail on some Qualcomm
platforms, particularly when using super-speed capable PHYs like
the QMP USB3-DP Combo PHY on SC7280/QCM6490.
Taken from Linux commit f88359e1588b ("usb: dwc3: core: Do core softreset when switch mode")
Signed-off-by: Balaji Selvanathan <balaji.selvanathan@oss.qualcomm.com>
Reviewed-by: Varadarajan Narayanan <varadarajan.narayanan@oss.qualcomm.com>
Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20251203110735.1959862-3-balaji.selvanathan@oss.qualcomm.com
Signed-off-by: Casey Connolly <casey.connolly@linaro.org>
Allocate a 1 MiB LMB region for fdtoverlay_addr_r when
CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT_OVERLAY is enabled, allowing runtime application of
DT overlays on Snapdragon platforms.
This is useful for Android-based boot flows where the final DT passed
to the kernel must contain modified /firmware/android/fstab entries.
One use case is redirecting system and vendor partitions to microSD
storage instead of internal eMMC without rebuilding the base DTB.
The allocation is conditional on CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT_OVERLAY and has no
effect on boards that do not enable overlay support.
Signed-off-by: Antony Kurniawan Soemardi <linux@smankusors.com>
Reviewed-by: Sumit Garg <sumit.garg@oss.qualcomm.com>
Reviewed-by: Casey Connolly <casey.connolly@linaro.org>
Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20260217-qcom-fdt-overlay-v1-1-d0fa0e70d738@smankusors.com
Signed-off-by: Casey Connolly <casey.connolly@linaro.org>
Remove the device tree fixup code that was stripping power-domains
properties from device tree nodes. This fixup was a temporary
workaround needed when RPMH power domain driver support was not
available in U-Boot.
Now that RPMH power domain driver support has been added, the power
domain properties can be preserved in the device tree, allowing proper
power domain management. If a suitable power domain driver is not found
for the power-controller node, it will be handled with a warning in
dev_power_domain_ctrl().
Reviewed-by: Varadarajan Narayanan <varadarajan.narayanan@oss.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Aswin Murugan <aswin.murugan@oss.qualcomm.com>
Reviewed-by: Sumit Garg <sumit.garg@oss.qualcomm.com>
Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20260213111009.1254360-4-aswin.murugan@oss.qualcomm.com
Signed-off-by: Casey Connolly <casey.connolly@linaro.org>
The Renesas RZ/G2L (and RZ/G2LC) USBHS controller requires the
CNEN bit in the SYSCFG register to be set for function operation.
Additionally, its CFIFO is byte-addressable.
Introduce a new renesas_usbhs_driver_param structure for the
RZ/G2L SoC and link it via the udevice_id data pointer. Update
usbhs_probe() to accept the udevice pointer to retrieve these
parameters during initialization.
This alignment follows the logic used in the Linux kernel
renesas_usbhs driver.
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Signed-off-by: Michele Bisogno <micbis.openwrt@gmail.com>
Some Renesas SoCs, such as the RZ/G2L, require the USBHS core to
be explicitly deasserted from reset before register access is
possible.
Update the OTG probe to handle a bulk reset controller. To maintain
hardware stability, the reset is deasserted after clocks are
enabled in probe(), and asserted before clocks are disabled
in remove().
Update the error paths in probe to ensures clocks are disabled
if the reset initialization fails.
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Signed-off-by: Michele Bisogno <micbis.openwrt@gmail.com>
The driver currently fails to unregister the USB gadget when the
device is removed or the driver is unbound. This leads to dangling
pointers in the UDC core and potential memory corruption.
Add a call to usb_del_gadget_udc() in the remove path to ensure
a clean teardown of the gadget interface.
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Signed-off-by: Michele Bisogno <micbis.openwrt@gmail.com>
Commit 2956a84ba7 ("Makefile: don't use CFLAGS for environment text
file") switched cmd_gen_envp to use $(cpp_flags) so that KCPPFLAGS would
be honored when preprocessing the environment text file. However,
cpp_flags also includes $(PLATFORM_CPPFLAGS), which carries
architecture-specific flags such as -march=armv8-a+crc set by
arch/arm/Makefile for CONFIG_ARM64_CRC32=y targets. These flags are
appropriate for cross-compiled object files but cause the host CPP
invocation to fail on x86 build machines:
cc1: error: bad value ('armv8-a+crc') for '-march=' switch
KBUILD_CPPFLAGS already accumulates the user-supplied KCPPFLAGS via
"KBUILD_CPPFLAGS += $(KCPPFLAGS)", providing the behaviour 2956a84
intended without pulling in target architecture flags. Use it directly.
Fixes: 2956a84ba7 ("Makefile: don't use CFLAGS for environment text file")
Signed-off-by: Levi Shafter <levi.shafter@elder-tomes.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When building with GCC 15.2 the following warning show up:
scripts/dtc/libfdt/fdt_overlay.c:422:21: warning:
assignment discards ‘const’ qualifier from pointer target type
[-Wdiscarded-qualifiers]
422 | sep = memchr(fixup_str, ':', fixup_len);
| ^
scripts/dtc/libfdt/fdt_overlay.c:432:21: warning:
assignment discards ‘const’ qualifier from pointer target type
[-Wdiscarded-qualifiers]
432 | sep = memchr(name, ':', fixup_len);
| ^
Define sep as const char *.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Building with GCC 15.2 results in warnings:
tools/asn1_compiler.c: In function ‘tokenise’:
tools/asn1_compiler.c:442:37: warning:
assignment discards ‘const’ qualifier from pointer target type
[-Wdiscarded-qualifiers]
442 | dir = bsearch(&tokens[tix], directives,
| ^
tools/asn1_compiler.c: In function ‘main’:
tools/asn1_compiler.c:632:11: warning:
assignment discards ‘const’ qualifier from pointer target type
[-Wdiscarded-qualifiers]
632 | p = strchr(grammar_name, '.');
| ^
bsearch() is defined as
void *bsearch(size_t n, size_t size;
const void key[size], const void base[size * n],
size_t n, size_t size,
typeof(int (const void [size], const void [size]))
*compar);
* Use the correct type for dir.
strchr() is defined as
char *strchr(const char *s, int c).
* Use a conversion for the assignment to p.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The net_loop() returns 1 on success, but update_load() returns 0 on
success. Do not assign rv which is the return value of update_load()
to net_loop(), instead assign net_loop() return value to a temporary
variable and then update rv only if the temporary variable is negative.
This way the update_load() now correctly returns 0 on tftp success and
1 only on failure.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
It might still be a positive number due to the call to sqfs_disk_read.
This only happens when reading a file from an uncompressed squashfs.
I found this by trying to boot using the extlinux bootmethod, where
positive values are treated as errors.
Signed-off-by: Michael Zimmermann <sigmaepsilon92@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Richard Genoud <richard.genoud@bootlin.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
AMD/Xilinx/FPGA changes for v2026.07-rc1 v3. The biggest part is new
pcie driver for Versal Gen 2 SOC. Others are small fixes and
adjustments.
versal2:
- Wire PCIe IP
cmd/fpga:
- Fix loadb help text guarding
- Add support for skipping fpga ID check
zynqmp:
- Describe missing devices/IDs
- Fix issue around zu63dr_SE
clk/versal:
- Fix out-of-bounds parent id for DUMMY_PARENT
net/gem:
- Add support for 10GBE
- Clear stale speed bits in NWCFG
net/axi_emac:
- Filter out broadcast and multicast packets
pci:
- Add driver for AMD PCIe IP based on DesignWare core
Commit ecba4380ad ("net: zynq_gem: Update the MDC clock divisor in the
probe function") changed zynq_gem_init() from a direct register write to
a read-modify-write pattern in order to preserve MDC clock divider bits.
However, the old speed selection bits (SPEED100/SPEED1000) are never
cleared before OR-ing in the new value.
When the PHY renegotiates at a different speed between successive calls
to zynq_gem_init() (e.g. link flapping from 1 Gbps to 100 Mbps on a
marginal cable), both SPEED100 and SPEED1000 end up set simultaneously
in NWCFG. This confuses the GEM hardware and no frames are received.
Fix by explicitly clearing both speed bits before merging the new
configuration, so only the currently negotiated speed is ever active.
Fixes: ecba4380ad ("net: zynq_gem: Update the MDC clock divisor in the probe function")
Signed-off-by: Rafał Hibner <rafal.hibner@secom.com.pl>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20260420074640.4036119-1-rafal.hibner@secom.com.pl
Reinitialize RX BDs and rewrite rxqbase on every init instead of only
on the first init. This ensures a clean BD state on every init for all
GEM configurations.
For AMD Versal Gen 2 10GBE this is required since the USX block
resets the RX DMA pointer to rxqbase on each init, so BDs must be
rebuilt each time to stay in sync with hardware.
Signed-off-by: Pranav Tilak <pranav.vinaytilak@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20260410093018.1461732-4-pranav.vinaytilak@amd.com
The zu63dr_SE and zu67dr_SE devices share the same silicon ID code
0x046D7093 and cannot be distinguished at runtime. The SOC driver
reports zu67dr_SE for this ID, which causes fpga loadb to reject
zu63dr_SE bitstreams.
Register zu63dr_SE as an alternate FPGA device when zu67dr_SE is
detected. This allows users to load either bitstream by selecting
the appropriate device number:
- Device 0 (zu67dr_SE): fpga loadb 0 ${loadaddr} ${filesize}
- Device 1 (zu63dr_SE): fpga loadb 1 ${loadaddr} ${filesize}
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/591134b1c66701fa14a21fecac4f7a772ddba876.1775558062.git.michal.simek@amd.com
Enable the AMD Versal Gen 2 DW PCIe host controller and NVMe storage
in the virtual platform defconfig:
- CONFIG_PCI / CONFIG_CMD_PCI: core PCI stack and pci command
- CONFIG_PCIE_DW_AMD: AMD Versal Gen 2 PCIe host driver
- CONFIG_NVME_PCI: NVMe-over-PCIe storage driver
- CONFIG_CMD_LSBLK: block device listing command
- CONFIG_DM_PCA953X: GPIO expander driver for PERST# control
Add BOOT_TARGET_DEVICES_NVME to amd_versal2.h so NVMe is included
in the distro boot target list when CONFIG_NVME is enabled.
Signed-off-by: Pranav Sanwal <pranav.sanwal@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20260327121015.996806-4-pranav.sanwal@amd.com
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
The AMD Versal Gen 2 PCIe host controller places its DBI registers
(0x100000000000, 1 MB) and config space (0x100000100000, 255 MB)
above 1 TB. Without MMU entries covering these ranges, U-Boot faults
when the PCIe driver accesses them.
The two regions are merged into a single entry as these are
contiguous and share identical MMU attributes. Add this
entry under a CONFIG_IS_ENABLED(PCIE_DW_AMD) guard so it is only
included when the PCIe driver is configured. VERSAL2_MEM_MAP_USED is
adjusted from 5 to 6 accordingly, keeping the DRAM bank index correct.
Signed-off-by: Pranav Sanwal <pranav.sanwal@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20260327121015.996806-3-pranav.sanwal@amd.com
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Add support for the DesignWare-based PCIe host controller found in
AMD Versal2 SoCs. This enables PCIe functionality (e.g. NVMe storage)
on boards such as the VEK385.
The driver builds on the existing pcie_dw_common infrastructure and
adds Versal2-specific handling: it maps the SLCR register region to
mask and clear TLP interrupt status bits, parses dbi/config/atu/slcr
register regions from device tree, and supports an optional PERST#
GPIO on child nodes for endpoint reset sequencing. The outbound iATU
is programmed for the non-prefetchable memory window from device tree
ranges.
Signed-off-by: Pranav Sanwal <pranav.sanwal@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20260327121015.996806-2-pranav.sanwal@amd.com
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
When a clock parent entry is DUMMY_PARENT (0xFFFFFFFE), masking it
with CLK_PARENTS_ID_MASK (0xFFFF) produces the value 0xFFFE (65534).
This value is stored in parent->id and later used as a clock array
index in versal_clock_get_parentid(). Since clock_max_idx is
typically 228, accessing clock[65534] is out-of-bounds, and the
garbage value read is used as a clock ID in subsequent clock rate
calculations, eventually causing U-Boot to crash. This is observed
as a crash during "clk dump" on AMD Versal Gen 2.
Fix this by setting parent->id = 0 for DUMMY_PARENT entries.
Fixes: 95105089af ("clk: versal: Add clock driver support")
Signed-off-by: Padmarao Begari <padmarao.begari@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20260327101053.900154-1-padmarao.begari@amd.com
Set the XAE_RAF_BCSTREJ_MASK bit in the Reset and Address Filter (RAF)
register during hardware initialization to make the MAC drop incoming
frames with broadcast destination address. This avoids unnecessary
broadcast traffic processing by the CPU.
Additionally, when IPv6 is not enabled (CONFIG_IPV6), also set the
XAE_RAF_MCSTREJ_MASK bit to reject multicast frames. Multicast
rejection is skipped when IPv6 is configured because IPv6 Neighbor
Discovery and DHCPv6 rely on multicast.
Expose the RAF register (offset 0x0) in struct axi_regs which was
previously hidden in a reserved array.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/07ad94eb8a3a9d80273a16a7ac8c7caaba607fe2.1774282153.git.michal.simek@amd.com
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> says:
This series reworks the FIT test (test_fit.py) to make it easier to
maintain and extend. It fixes the buildconfigspec so the test actually
runs on sandbox, avoids unnecessary U-Boot restarts, renames the main
test for easier selection, adds a missing-kernel check, fixes Python
warnings, converts the test to use a class, splits into separate test
functions, and adds Sphinx documentation.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20260413130007.1987326-1-sjg@chromium.org
Add a Sphinx automodule page for test_fit.py so it appears in the pytest
documentation alongside the other test modules. The index already uses a
glob pattern, so this is picked up automatically.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Create an 'fsetup' fixture which sets up files and parameters, and a
prepare() helper which builds a FIT with given parameter overrides.
Update check_equal() and check_not_equal() to look up filenames from a
params dict by key, reducing the number of local variables needed.
Split the single test_fit_operations() into individual test functions so
that each appears separately in the results.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Move this test over to use a class instead of a function, so we can
easily split it into some related tests.
Move the TODO so it is part of the comment for the class.
Tidy up some function comments while we are here.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The current name is uses as a root name by a few other tests, such as
test_fit_ecdsa() which makes it hard to run just this test.
Rename it to test_fit_base()
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We don't actually need to use the test FDT as the control FDT. It slows
down the test since U-Boot needs to be restarted each time.
Instead of restarting, update the test to clear memory before it loads
the FIT.
Rename the data-variable to fdt_data since is it no-longer the control
FDT.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The test_fit test requires buildconfigspec('fit_signature') but does
not exercise signature verification. The ITS template includes a
signature-1 node, but mkimage only needs TOOLS_FIT_SIGNATURE (a host
tool option) to handle it, not CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE in the U-Boot
binary.
Since sandbox does not enable CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE, the test is silently
skipped on every run. Change the marker to buildconfigspec('fit') which
is all the test actually needs.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Currently there is no possibility to flush stdin after autocommands are
executed. If in the bootcmd the stdin is changed, e.g. from nulldev to
serial, it could happen that junk characters sit in the fifo and appear
on the cli.
Add a option to clear stdin before starting the CLI.
Signed-off-by: Gregor Herburger <gregor.herburger@linutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a common helper console_flush_stdin() to drain all pending
characters from stdin. This consolidates the open-coded
while (tstc()) getchar() pattern that appeared in multiple places
across the tree.
Signed-off-by: Gregor Herburger <gregor.herburger@linutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Sverdlin <alexander.sverdlin@siemens.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Some extension boards have EEPROM part numbers that do not directly match
their devicetree overlay filenames. Introduce a static name_mapping table
and a set_cape_overlay() helper that translates the part number and version
strings read from the EEPROM into the correct overlay filename.
When no entry matches, fall back to the existing behavior of constructing
the overlay name as "<part_number>-<version>.dtbo" directly from the
EEPROM content.
Add an initial entry mapping BB-GREEN-HDMI revision 00A0 to
am335x-bone-hdmi-00a0.dtbo.
Signed-off-by: Kory Maincent (TI) <kory.maincent@bootlin.com>
Set CONFIG_ENV_MMC_EMMC_HW_PARTITION=1 to store the environment in the
eMMC first hardware boot partition instead of defaulting to 0 (user
data area), where the rootfs and data partitions normally reside,
risking corruption. This keeps the full boot stack self-contained in
the eMMC hardware boot partition.
Enable CONFIG_ENV_RELOC_GD_ENV_ADDR so that gd->env_addr is adjusted by
the relocation offset during U-Boot relocation. Without it, gd->env_addr
keeps pointing to the pre-relocation address of the default
environment, leading to incorrect environment access before env_load()
completes.
Fixes: 3f0528882c ("board: toradex: add aquila am69 support")
Signed-off-by: Vitor Soares <vitor.soares@toradex.com>
Acked-by: Francesco Dolcini <francesco.dolcini@toradex.com>
Although less common, ADSP SoM boards can be operated standalone without
a carrier board. The SoM can be powered over USB-C by moving the jumper
on JP1.
The board configuration needs to be heavily refactored to reduce the
number of defconfigs and leverage the devicetree. The TI DP83867
support, which is dependent on that configuration, needs to be removed.
Until then this change allows the same U-Boot binary to work correctly
both with carrier boards and the standalone SoM.
The carrier board initialization code in somcrr_ezkit.c and
somcrr_ezlite.c calls gpio_hog_lookup_name() to find ethernet
control GPIOs, but does not check if the lookup succeeds before
using the returned pointers.
When running on a standalone SoM without a carrier board, these
GPIO hogs do not exist in the device tree. The gpio_hog_lookup_name()
function returns -ENODEV and sets the pointer to NULL, but the code
continues to call dm_gpio_set_value() with uninitialized pointers,
causing a synchronous abort exception:
"Synchronous Abort" handler, esr 0x96000004
elr: 00000000960326c4 lr : 0000000096038d5c (reloc)
Signed-off-by: Philip Molloy <philip.molloy@analog.com>
Reviewed-by: Greg Malysa <malysagreg@gmail.com>
The current gzwrite() implementation is limited to 4 GiB compressed
input buffer size due to struct z_stream_s { uInt avail_in } member,
which is of type unsigned int. Current gzwrite() implementation sets
the entire input buffer size as avail_in and performs decompression
of the whole compressed input buffer in one round, which limits the
size of input buffer to 4 GiB.
Rework the decompression loop to use chunked approach, and decompress
the input buffer in up to 4 GiB - 1 kiB avail_in chunks, possibly in
multiple decompression rounds. This way, the compressed input buffer
size is limited by gzwrite() function 'len' parameter type, which is
unsigned long.
In case of sandbox build, include parsing of 'gzwrite_chunk'
environment variable, so the chunked approach can be thoroughly tested
with non default chunk size. For non-sandbox builds, the chunk size is
4 GiB - 1 kiB.
The gzwrite test case is extended to test various chunk sizes during
gzwrite decompression test.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Currently, virtio_mmio_probe() returns 0 when it encounters an invalid
magic value, an unsupported version, or a dummy device (ID 0). In
U-Boot's driver model, returning 0 indicates a successful probe. This
causes the system to incorrectly register and activate invalid or
placeholder devices, potentially leading to undefined behavior or
crashes later on.
Update the probe function to return appropriate error codes (-ENODEV
for invalid magic values and dummy devices, and -ENXIO for unsupported
versions). This fix correctly instructs the DM to abort the binding
process.
Fixes: fdc4aca89e ("virtio: Add virtio over mmio transport driver")
Signed-off-by: Kuan-Wei Chiu <visitorckw@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Palmer <daniel@thingy.jp>
CI: https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-imx/-/pipelines/29880
- Convert TQMA7 boards to SPL.
- Use second Ethernet MAC also from fuse on i.MX dhelectronics boards.
- Add support for Toradex Verdin iMX95.
- Drop SPL_POWER_LEGACY from imx8m boards.
- Increase the Aquantia Ethernet PHY reset timeout.
Previously, Amlogic SoCs defined their own reset_cpu() implementation
that essentially just did what the sysreset PSCI driver already
supports. To reduce duplication (and allow for EFI Capsule on Disk
support), make use of it instead of a board-specific reset_cpu.
This does not affect SPL, as in that stage we do not actually have PSCI
(BL31 is not loaded yet at that point). Also, boards that don't select
PSCI support in their config will not have it enabled.
Reviewed-by: Neil Armstrong <neil.armstrong@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Ferass El Hafidi <funderscore@postmarketos.org>
Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20260422-b4-amlogic-sysreset-capsules-v3-2-07b5ccc8f552@postmarketos.org
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <neil.armstrong@linaro.org>
This is in preparation of enabling SYSRESET across all Amlogic boards by
default. SYSRESET brings its own reset_cpu implementation which will
conflict with the one defined in board-common.c.
SPL however will not have SYSRESET enabled (due to overhead in the final
image, as we have very little space to work with), and thus will still
need that reset_cpu to be defined. Furthermore, some boards do not enable
PSCI support in U-Boot, so they may still need this implementation.
Guard reset_cpu inside #ifdef to only compile it in when SYSRESET is not
enabled.
Signed-off-by: Ferass El Hafidi <funderscore@postmarketos.org>
Reviewed-by: Neil Armstrong <neil.armstrong@linaro.org>
Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20260422-b4-amlogic-sysreset-capsules-v3-1-07b5ccc8f552@postmarketos.org
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <neil.armstrong@linaro.org>
The ufshcd_read_string_desc() can perform out of bounds write and
corrupt heap in case the input utf-16 string contains code points
which convert to anything more than plain 7-bit ASCII string.
This occurs because utf16_to_utf8(dst, src, size) in U-Boot behaves
differently than Linux utf16s_to_utf8s(..., maxlen), but the porting
process did not take that into consideration. The U-Boot variant of
the function converts up to $size utf-16 fixed-length 16-bit input
characters into as many 1..4 Byte long variable-length utf-8 output
characters. That means for 16 Byte input, the output can be up to 64
Bytes long. The Linux variant converts up utf-16 input into up to
$maxlen Bytes worth of utf-8 output, but stops at the $maxlen limit.
That means for 16 Byte input with maxlen=32, the processing will stop
after writing 32 output Bytes.
In case of U-Boot, use of utf16_to_utf8() leads to potential corruption
of data past the $size Bytes and therefore corruption of surrounding
content on the heap.
The fix is as simple, allocate buffer that is sufficient to fit the
utf-8 string. The rest of the code in ufshcd_read_string_desc() does
correctly limit the buffer to fit into the DMA descriptor afterward.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20260329231151.332108-1-marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <neil.armstrong@linaro.org>
Switch the Phanbell i.MX8MQ SPL to full Driver Model (DM) boot flow by
moving early device initialization into devicetree and enabling the
required SPL DM subsystems.
Mark GPIO, USDHC, pinctrl, and regulator nodes with bootph-pre-ram so
they are available during SPL. With DM handling MMC and power rails,
remove legacy board-specific USDHC, GPIO, and pad setup code from SPL.
Update the SPL initialization sequence to use spl_early_init(), clears
BSS earlier, and explicitly enables USDHC clocks before handing off to
board_init_r().
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Migrate the Kontron PITX-IMX8M board from the legacy power framework
to the DM PMIC infrastructure.
The SPL power initialization is converted to use DM_PMIC_PFUZE100,
dropping all legacy I2C, GPIO, pinmux, and MMC setup code that is
now handled through the device tree and driver model instead.
Key changes:
- Switch PFUZE100 access to DM PMIC APIs
- Enable SPL OF_CONTROL and mark required nodes with bootph*
- Remove legacy I2C and power configuration
- Enable SPL DM, pinctrl, regulator, and PMIC support
- Adjust SPL stack placement for DM usage
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
This board does not have any code to call legacy power API, so drop the
selection of CONFIG_SPL_POWER_LEGACY.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
This board does not have any code to call legacy power API, so drop the
selection of CONFIG_SPL_POWER_LEGACY.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
This board does not have any code to call legacy power API, so drop the
selection of CONFIG_SPL_POWER_LEGACY.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Migrate the i.MX8MQ EVK board to the Driver Model (DM) PMIC framework.
This replaces legacy PMIC handling with DM_PMIC and enables proper
device-model support during SPL.
As part of this transition, enable CONFIG_SPL_DM and the required
DM subsystems such as I2C, PINCTRL, MMC, GPIO, and regulators so the
SPL boot flow continues to work correctly.
Board-specific SPL code is simplified accordingly by removing legacy
I2C, USDHC, and PMIC handling, relying instead on device tree
descriptions and DM drivers.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Switch PFUZE100 object linkage to be phase-aware and fix build issues
when using driver model PMIC support.
The PFUZE100 helper code is reworked to:
- Build pfuze.o only when CONFIG_(SPL_)DM_PMIC_PFUZE100 is enabled
- Use CONFIG_IS_ENABLED(DM_PMIC_PFUZE100) for proper DM/non-DM selection
- Align function signatures and implementations with DM PMIC APIs
- Use udevice-based pmic access for DM and legacy pmic for non-DM
- Avoid mixing struct pmic and struct udevice in the same build
configuration
No functional change intended beyond fixing DM support and build
consistency.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
To mx6sabreauto and mx6sabresd, power_init_board is called in board_r phase.
After CONFIG_SPL_DM_PMIC_PFUZE100 included, there will be build error to build
power_init_board() when CONFIG_SPL_DM_PMIC_PFUZE100 is not enabled.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
signed_hdmi_imx8m.bin is already signed and has a IVT header. It should not
be put in u-boot-spl-mkimage.signed.bin. Move it to head of flash.bin
following NXP imx-mkimage. Keeping it in u-boot-spl-mkimage.signed.bin also
consumes a lot of TCM space which is not expected.
While moving it to head of flash.bin, other changes are required,
u-boot.itb is put at sector 768 per defconfig, so u-boot.itb binman
offset should be updated and it should be moved out from binman section.
Also binman symbol address are updated, so need to subtract u-boot-spl
image_pos + CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE to find the correct location of ddr phy
firmware.
Because there is 1KB padding in HDMI firmware, use 32KB when burning
flash.bin to sd card.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
The global data (gd) area is already zeroed in
board_init_f_init_reserve() before board_init_f() is called.
Remove the duplicate gd clearing from board_init_f().
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
The global data (gd) area is already zeroed in
board_init_f_init_reserve() before board_init_f() is called.
Remove the duplicate gd clearing from board_init_f().
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
The global data (gd) area is already zeroed in
board_init_f_init_reserve() before board_init_f() is called.
Remove the duplicate gd clearing from board_init_f().
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
The global data (gd) area is already zeroed in
board_init_f_init_reserve() before board_init_f() is called.
Remove the duplicate gd clearing from board_init_f().
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
The global data (gd) area is already zeroed in
board_init_f_init_reserve() before board_init_f() is called.
Remove the duplicate gd clearing from board_init_f().
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
The global data (gd) area is already zeroed in
board_init_f_init_reserve() before board_init_f() is called.
Remove the duplicate gd clearing from board_init_f().
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Add probe_ram_size_by_alias() to detect RAM size by checking whether a
write to one address aliases to another address.
Compared to get_ram_size(), this function allows the caller to:
- limit probing to a small set of required accesses
- avoid touching reserved or already used memory regions
- handle non-linear alias patterns
On the iMX95 SoC, when used with LPDDR5, accesses beyond the end of an 8GB DDR
configuration do not alias to the expected linear wrap-around addresses.
Instead, the aliased addresses appear to follow a pattern related to the
DDRC bank and bank-group addresses mapping. Experimentally, the observed
pattern is:
Write Read
y00000000 -> x0001c000
y00004000 -> x00018000
y00008000 -> x00014000
y0000c000 -> x00010000
y00010000 -> x0000c000
y00014000 -> x00008000
y00018000 -> x00004000
y0001c000 -> x00000000
This helper makes it possible to probe RAM size by explicitly specifying
the probed address and the expected alias address for each size check.
Signed-off-by: Emanuele Ghidoli <emanuele.ghidoli@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Instead of adding select ARCH_MISC_INIT for each i.MX 9x SoC, select it
at the i.MX9 family Kconfig level. The corresponding arch_misc_init() is
already defined in the common arch/arm/mach-imx/imx9/soc.c file and will
print out ELE firmware BuildInfo for all i.MX9 SoCs now instead of just
i.MX91 and i.MX95.
Signed-off-by: Primoz Fiser <primoz.fiser@norik.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Currently, the board specific code evaluates only the first Ethernet
MAC address fuse, regardless of whether the first or second MAC
address is requested. When the function to determine the second
Ethernet MAC address is looking for the fused MAC address, it only
reads the first MAC address fuse and increment it by one to set
the second Ethernet MAC address. That is not the expected behavior
when two MAC addresses are fused, because this causes the second
fused MAC address to be ignored. Change this so that the second
fused MAC address will be used.
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Christoph Niedermaier <cniedermaier@dh-electronics.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@nabladev.com>
Current timeout for PHY out of reset is 50ms which is too short.
Increase it to 2s to align with kernel.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Alice Guo <alice.guo@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Add general shared configurations for different
boot media and variants for every RAM configuration.
Acked-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Feilke <alexander.feilke@ew.tq-group.com>
The TQMa7x is a SoM family with a pluggable board connector based on the
i.MX7 SoCs. Add support for the SoM and its combination with our
MBa7x carrier board.
Acked-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Feilke <alexander.feilke@ew.tq-group.com>
The generated .S files for fonts and splash screens use .incbin with the
full prerequisite path. When building with O= this bakes an absolute
path into the .S file. If the build directory is later used on a
different machine (e.g. in a container), the assembler cannot find the
source file.
Follow the existing DTB convention: rename the object targets to use
compound suffixes (.ttf.o, .bmp.o), switch the pattern rules from
direct $(call cmd,...) to FORCE + $(call if_changed,...), and register
the new suffixes with intermediate_targets so that kbuild loads their
.cmd files. This lets if_changed detect when the recorded command
(including source paths) has changed and regenerate the .S file
automatically.
The EFI rule is left unchanged since its prerequisite is a generated
file in the build directory, like the DTB and DTBO rules.
The intermediate_targets entries stay in scripts/Makefile.build rather
than moving to scripts/Makefile.lib-u-boot, because that file is
included before intermediate_targets is defined and 'targets' is ':=',
so a '$(call intermediate_targets, ...)' inside it would expand to
empty and silently drop the entries. To keep the upstream block
untouched, the U-Boot additions go in a separate 'targets +=' block
immediately below.
Suggested-by: Rasmus Villemoes <ravi@prevas.dk>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Rasmus Villemoes <ravi@prevas.dk>
The font, splash-screen and EFI .incbin wrapper rules are U-Boot
additions that do not exist in the upstream Linux kbuild. Keeping them
in scripts/Makefile.lib makes re-syncing with Linux harder than it needs
to be, as every sync must manually preserve the U-Boot additions.
Move these rules into a new scripts/Makefile.lib-u-boot and include it
from Makefile.build and Makefile.xpl, right after the existing
Makefile.lib include.
This is a pure code-move with no functional change.
Suggested-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Rasmus Villemoes <ravi@prevas.dk>
When load address is specified but set to 0, we ignore it and load in
place instead. The current comment is misleading, so update it.
Signed-off-by: Julien Stephan <jstephan@baylibre.com>
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> says:
This series adds a DiskHelper class and converts most test code to use
FsHelper and DiskHelper instead of calling mk_fs() and setup_image()
directly.
The FsHelper class (already upstream) provides a cleaner interface for
creating filesystem images, handling temporary directories and cleanup
automatically. The new DiskHelper class builds on this, creating
partitioned disk images from one or more FsHelper filesystems.
DiskHelper includes a cur_dir flag to place the disk image in the
current directory rather than the persistent-data directory. This
matches the behaviour of setup_image() which places disk images in
source_dir where sandbox expects to find them. This flag is needed for
now and should be removed in a follow-up once all tests are migrated to
use the persistent-data directory instead.
With these helpers, test-setup code becomes shorter, more consistent and
easier to follow. Manual sfdisk/dd/cleanup sequences are replaced by a
few method calls.
The series also fixes a broken fs_obj_fat fixture where a stale
size_gran argument is silently causing the test to be skipped.
A few EFI test fixtures (efi_capsule, efi_secboot, eficonfig) still use
mk_fs() directly; these are left for a follow-up series since they would
benefit from a full DiskHelper conversion.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20260404140328.3724864-1-sjg@chromium.org
Replace all direct calls to the mk_fs() function with FsHelper in the
filesystem test fixtures. Each fixture now creates an FsHelper instance,
populates its srcdir with test files, then calls mk_fs() on the object.
This removes manual scratch-directory management and cleanup code, since
FsHelper handles the source directory and image-file lifecycle.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Use FsHelper and DiskHelper to create the RAUC A/B disk image. This
replaces the manual sfdisk and dd commands, making the code shorter
and easier to follow.
The same boot and root filesystems are added twice to produce the
A/B partition layout.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
To permit easier adding of other images, move the Fedora-specific
portions of setup_bootflow_image() into a separate function.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The removal of the size_gran parameter from mk_fs() leaves a stale
positional argument (1024) that is now interpreted as the fs_img
filename. Since 1024 is an integer, os.path.join() raises TypeError,
causing the fixture to silently skip via the bare except clause.
Drop the stale argument so the fixture works again.
Fixes: d030dc34d6 ("test: fs_helper: Drop the size_gran argument")
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
FsHelper.mk_fs() always creates a srcdir via setup(), then passes it
to the module-level mk_fs(). This fails for filesystem types like ext2
that do not support the -d flag, raising ValueError even when no files
need to be copied.
Pass None for src_dir when the srcdir is empty, so that creating an
empty filesystem works for all supported types.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Provide a way to create disk images which consist of multiple filesystem
images.
Include a cur_dir option to place the disk image in the current
directory rather than in the persistent-data directory. This matches the
behaviour of setup_image() which places disk images in source_dir where
sandbox expects to find them. This flag is a temporary feature and
should be removed once all tests are migrated to use the persistent-data
directory instead.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Casey Connolly <casey.connolly@linaro.org> says:
This series implements various improvements to Linux header
compatibility, largely in preparation for a full port of Linux CCF but
many of these changes would also be helpful when porting other drivers.
Beside the basic header/compat stuff there are a few larger patches:
Patch 1 adds the "%pOF" format specifier to vsprintf, this behaves the
same as it does in Linux printing the name of the ofnode, but notably it
expects an ofnode pointer rather than a device_node.
Patch 2 adds an option to skip doing a full DM scan pre-relocation.
Some platforms like Qualcomm don't actually need devices to be probed
prior to relocation, it is also quite slow to scan the entire FDT before
caches are up. This option gets us to main loop 30-50% faster.
Unfortunately it isn't possible to totally skip DM since U-Boot will
panic if it can't find a serial port, but the serial uclass code will
bind the serial port itself by reading /chosen/stdout-path, however any
dependencies like clocks won't be found so this should only be enabled
if the serial driver gracefully handles missing clocks.
Patch 3 adds [k]strdup_const(), this works the same as the Linux version
saving a small amount of memory by avoiding duplicating strings stored
in .rodata, this is particularly useful for CCF.
Patch 4 adds 64-bit versions of some 32-bit ofnode utilities functions,
making it possible to parse 64-bit arrays.
Patch 6 provides a simple implementation of kref, this will be used
by CCF.
Patch 9 adds devm_krealloc() support to devres, it relies on storing
allocation sizes in the devres struct which will add a small overhead.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20260401-casey-ccf-compat-v2-0-414d5b7f040b@linaro.org
This is a simple wrapper around set/clear bits used by drivers in Linux.
Add it here so it can be used by Qualcomm CCF clk drivers.
Signed-off-by: Casey Connolly <casey.connolly@linaro.org>
Add a symlink to the Linux regmap.h path so that drivers ported from
Linux don't all need additional changes to include the U-Boot specific
path.
Signed-off-by: Casey Connolly <casey.connolly@linaro.org>
This is a very basic port of Linux' kref, we don't actually need atomics
so we just use a simple counter. This is used by CCF to free unused
clocks.
Signed-off-by: Casey Connolly <casey.connolly@linaro.org>
These are similar to their Linux counterparts, adding helpers
for reading arrays of 64-bit values with of_access and fdtdec
implementations.
Signed-off-by: Casey Connolly <casey.connolly@linaro.org>
Extend Linux compat by adding kstrdup_const(), backed by lib/string.c.
This leverages U-Boots .rodata section on ARM64 to avoid pointlessly
duplicating const strings.
This is used by the Linux CCF_FULL port and may be useful elsewhere
in U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Casey Connolly <casey.connolly@linaro.org>
For some platforms like Qualcomm, it isn't necessary to perform a full
DM init and scan prior to relocation, it's also particularly slow since
it runs with dcache disabled and prior to building the livetree.
The only device which needs to be probed pre-reloc is the serial
port (otherwise U-Boot will panic), however this can be found through
/chosen/stdout-path.
Therefore we can avoid scanning the entire FDT and binding devices,
instead just binding the serial port and clock driver on-demand.
This decreases the total time from power on to reaching the interactive
U-Boot shell be about 50% (from ~2.8s to 1.8s).
Signed-off-by: Casey Connolly <casey.connolly@linaro.org>
This is the second wave of feature enablement for this merge window. We
still have a bit more waiting on review, so a 3rd wave expected to pick
those up when ready.
- Fix some wrong pinmux registers on MT7981.
- Fix a clock regression that affects MT798x.
- Add UFS support on Genio 520/720/1200.
- Includes a number of fixes and improvements to MediaTek UFS and UFS PHY drivers.
- Add USB support on Genio 520/720.
- Includes a new USB PHY driver for MediaTek XS-PHY.
The refactoring in commit 00d0ff7f81 ("clk: mediatek: refactor parent
rate lookup functions") introduced a regression where fixed PLL clocks
using mtk_clk_fixed_pll_ops are not properly recognized as valid parents
in the CLK_PARENT_APMIXED case.
Fixed PLL clocks are implemented using mtk_clk_fixed_pll_ops instead of
mtk_clk_apmixedsys_ops, but they can also serve as parent clocks in the
APMIXED domain. The parent lookup function needs to check for both
driver ops to properly resolve the parent clock device.
Add mtk_clk_fixed_pll_ops checks alongside mtk_clk_apmixedsys_ops checks
in mtk_find_parent_rate() to restore support for fixed PLL parent clocks.
Fixes: 00d0ff7f81 ("clk: mediatek: refactor parent rate lookup functions")
Signed-off-by: Sam Shih <sam.shih@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
Link: https://patch.msgid.link/923e50db696d910803828cd26b0ca0fbbfe11570.1776326933.git.weijie.gao@mediatek.com
Signed-off-by: David Lechner <dlechner@baylibre.com>
Since commit d09256283f ("FIT: Image pre-load signature
support must select not depends on FIT_SIGNATURE")
FIT_SIGNATURE is disabled on sandbox. But this config
is used on many fit signature tests. So FIT_SIGNATURE should
be enabled on sandbox.
Fixes: d09256283f ("FIT: Image pre-load signature support must select not depends on FIT_SIGNATURE")
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In dwc3_free_one_event_buffer(), only the DMA buffer (evt->buf) was
being freed via dma_free_coherent(), but the evt structure itself was
never explicitly freed, causing a memory leak.
In dwc3_free_event_buffers(), the ev_buffs pointer array allocated
with memalign() was never freed after iterating and releasing all
individual event buffers, causing another memory leak.
Fix both leaks by freeing the evt struct in
dwc3_free_one_event_buffer() and freeing dwc->ev_buffs in
dwc3_free_event_buffers() after all entries have been released.
Signed-off-by: Gurumoorthy Santhakumar <gurumoorthy.santhakumar@oss.qualcomm.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+usb@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@kernel.org>
When the J784S4-EVM is configured for PCIe Boot, the Bootloaders are to
be written to the address specified by particular BARs. The existing
documentation hard-codes the address corresponding to the BAR under the
assumption that the Root-Complex transferring the Bootloaders is also
a J784S4-EVM. The Root-Complex assigns addresses to the BARs depending
on the currently available set of free system addresses. Since the free
system addresses vary with the Root-Complex being used, instead of
hard-coding the BARs, automate the process of identifying the appropriate
BAR in the form of a command to be run by the user on the Root-Complex.
Signed-off-by: Siddharth Vadapalli <s-vadapalli@ti.com>
The title should be 'Contributing' as this is not the 'Overview' of the
U-Boot project.
The top title should be H1, the other titles H2.
Fixes: 0290cec364 ("Add an initial CONTRIBUTE.rst")
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
The bootcount variable is only incremented
when the upgrade_variable is non-zero,
as implemented in drivers/bootcount/bootcount_env.c
Signed-off-by: Michael Opdenacker <michael.opdenacker@rootcommit.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
When CONFIG_OF_HAS_PRIOR_STAGE is enabled and fdtfile is not set,
efi_get_distro_fdt_name() returns -EALREADY to indicate the prior-stage
FDT should be used. The block-device EFI path handles this by setting
BOOTFLOWF_USE_PRIOR_FDT, but the network path treats it as an error,
causing the bootflow to stay in 'base' state with a -EALREADY error.
This also means fdt_addr_r is required even when no FDT download is
needed, giving a spurious -EINVAL error.
Fix this by calling efi_get_distro_fdt_name() before checking
fdt_addr_r, and handling -EALREADY by setting BOOTFLOWF_USE_PRIOR_FDT
to skip the FDT download, matching the block-device behaviour.
THere is no test for this at present, since sandbox does not enable
CONFIG_OF_HAS_PRIOR_STAGE and lacks infra for network-based EFI boot.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Commit 4cb7243640 ("efi_loader: Disable ANSI output for tests")
introduced efi_console_set_ansi() to suppress ANSI escape sequences
during unit tests. Extend this mechanism to be configurable via a new
Kconfig option CONFIG_EFI_CONSOLE_DISABLE_ANSI.
When CONFIG_EFI_CONSOLE_DISABLE_ANSI is enabled,
efi_console_set_ansi(false) is called at the start of
efi_setup_console_size(). This prevents query_console_serial() from
sending ANSI escape sequences to the terminal, using default 25x80
dimensions instead. This is useful for platforms where the serial
console cannot handle ANSI queries.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Switch fwu_boottime_checks() from EVT_MAIN_LOOP to EVT_POST_PREBOOT
because there is no reason to call FWU so early. FWU triggers EFI
stack initialization before all devices are visible which prevents
the EFI stack from scanning these devices and adding them to EFI
variables.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a new EVT_POST_PREBOOT event type which is fired in main_loop()
after the preboot command has been executed.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
event_notify_null() returns int but its return value is not
checked in run_main_loop() and in fwu_mdata tests.
Add proper error checking to all unchecked call sites.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
When SPI Flash is blank (first boot or erased), efi_var_from_storage()
returns EFI_DEVICE_ERROR because efi_var_restore() fails on invalid
magic/CRC. This prevents the EFI subsystem from initializing.
Check the magic value before attempting to restore variables. If
the magic does not match EFI_VAR_FILE_MAGIC, treat it as an empty
store and return EFI_SUCCESS, matching the behavior of the file-based
efi_var_file.c which deliberately returns EFI_SUCCESS on missing or
corrupted variable files to avoid blocking the boot process.
Similarly, if the magic matches but efi_var_restore() fails (e.g.
corrupted CRC), log the error but still return EFI_SUCCESS.
Suggested-by: John Toomey <john.toomey@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
These files are now auto-generated by the binman_docs Sphinx extension
during the doc build, so the committed copies and their symlinks in
doc/develop/package/ are no longer needed.
Update binman.rst to reference the Sphinx extension instead of the
manual generation commands.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Rebased to apply file deletions cleanly.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Currently entries.rst and bintools.rst are generated manually by running
'binman entry-docs' and 'binman bintool-docs', then committed to the
repo. This means the docs can drift out of date when docstrings are
updated but the RST files are not regenerated.
Add a Sphinx extension (binman_docs) that provides two custom
directives:
.. binman-entry-docs::
.. binman-bintool-docs::
These parse the etype and btool source files using the ast module to
extract class docstrings, then insert the documentation directly into
the document tree. This avoids the need to import binman modules (which
have dependencies like libfdt that are not available in the ReadTheDocs
build environment) and avoids writing any intermediate files.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add some capability flags for mx25u12835f.
In particular, we are interested in using the lock feature. According to
the datasheet, dual/quad read is also supported.
Signed-off-by: David Lechner <dlechner@baylibre.com>
The SPI_FLASH_SST functionality is a subset of SPI_FLASH_LOCK today, so
express this dependency in Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Add is25wx128 and is25lx128 ISSI chips to
spi-nor id table.
Both chips have a size of 16MB but is25wx128
is the 1.8V version and is25lx128 is the 3v
version.
Signed-off-by: Flaviu Nistor <flaviu.nistor@gmail.com>
Add a new entry for the IS25WP01GG SPI NOR flash (ID 0x9d7021,
64KB sectors, 2KB page size) with 4K sectors, dual and quad read
support. This flash is used and tested on N5X boards.
Datasheet :
https://www.issi.com/WW/pdf/25LP-WP01GG.pdf
Signed-off-by: Chen Huei Lok <chen.huei.lok@altera.com>
Enable automatic allocation of platform data for the Cadence XSPI
controller by setting .plat_auto.
Without this, dev_get_plat() may return invalid or uninitialized
platform data when multiple XSPI controllers are present, leading
to incorrect IOBASE/SDMABASE/AUXBASE values and causing SPI flash
probe failures.
Setting .plat_auto ensures each controller instance receives a
properly sized cdns_xspi_plat structure, allowing SF probe to work
correctly.
Tested on an Altera Simics platform with multiple XSPI controllers.
Signed-off-by: Chen Huei Lok <chen.huei.lok@altera.com>
Remove the reference to the non-existent symbol. As ROMs typically
come as powers of two there seems no need for this value.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Fixes: 64542f4616 ("x86: Make ROM_SIZE configurable in Kconfig")
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Add a paragraph to explain how to get the address of the goldfish
tty and use it as the debug uart. I think the address is actually
fixed right now but it might change in the future.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Palmer <daniel@0x0f.com>
Once the stack is ready we can init the debug uart to help
with debugging so do that.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Palmer <daniel@0x0f.com>
Acked-by: Angelo Dureghello <angelo@kernel-space.org>
Add debug support for the goldfish tty so it can be used for
early debugging. This will be really useful when adding support
for relocation to the m68k qemu virt machine.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Palmer <daniel@0x0f.com>
Reviewed-by: Kuan-Wei Chiu <visitorckw@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Kuan-Wei Chiu <visitorckw@gmail.com>
The extern declaration in ll_entry_get() lacks the __aligned(4)
attribute present in ll_entry_declare(). When the compiler sees an
unaligned extern reference to a linker list entry in the same
compilation unit as its definition, it may increase the section
alignment beyond the expected struct size. This causes gaps in the
linker list array, which the alignment checker reports as failures.
For example, sandbox_dir is both defined and referenced via
DM_DRIVER_GET() in sandboxfs.c. The compiler applies 32-byte
alignment to its section instead of the 4-byte alignment from the
definition, creating an 8-byte gap before it in the driver list.
Add __aligned(4) to the extern declaration in ll_entry_get() to
match ll_entry_declare()
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <simon.glass@canonical.com>
Change the alignment of end markers in ll_entry_end() and ll_end_decl()
from __aligned(4) and __aligned(CONFIG_LINKER_LIST_ALIGN) respectively
to __aligned(1).
The linker places zero-size end markers at aligned boundaries based on
what follows them. When the next list's start marker has a high alignment
requirement (e.g., 32 bytes), padding gets inserted before the end
marker. This causes the byte span (end - start) to not be an exact
multiple of the struct size.
The compiler optimises pointer subtraction (end - start) using
magic-number multiplication for division. This optimisation only produces
correct results when the byte span is an exact multiple of the struct
size. With padding, the result is garbage (e.g., -858993444 instead of
15).
By using __aligned(1), the end marker is placed immediately after the
last entry with no padding, ensuring (end - start) equals exactly
(n * sizeof) where n is the number of entries. This makes
ll_entry_count() and direct pointer arithmetic work correctly.
Fixes: 0b2fa98aa5 ("linker_lists: Fix alignment issue")
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <simon.glass@canonical.com>
Replace unbounded sprintf() with snprintf() using sizeof(message)
as the bound for all prompt string assignments in
get_cfgblock_interactive(), get_cfgblock_carrier_interactive(),
do_cfgblock_carrier_create() and do_cfgblock_create(). The
previous calls had no size limit and could overflow the
CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE-sized stack buffer if SYS_CBSIZE was configured
smaller than the longest prompt string (71 bytes).
Fixes: 8b6dc5d394 ("toradex: tdx-cfg-block: Cleanup interactive cfg block creation")
Signed-off-by: Ngo Luong Thanh Tra <S4210155@student.rmit.edu.au>
To: u-boot@lists.denx.de
Replace unbounded sprintf() with snprintf() using sizeof(info) as
the bound when constructing the board_name string from bdname and
bdtype. The previous call had no size limit and could overflow the
64-byte stack buffer if the concatenated string exceeded 63 bytes.
Fixes: c9c36bf56e ("samsung: misc: use board specific functions to set env board info")
Signed-off-by: Ngo Luong Thanh Tra <S4210155@student.rmit.edu.au>
To: u-boot@lists.denx.de
For some projects, designing the active bootable partition is done by
setting distro_bootpart in the environment instead of changing the bootable
flag on the active partition.
This patch makes it possible to support both models by scanning boot
partitions only if distro_bootpart is not defined in the environment.
Signed-off-by: Hugo Villeneuve <hvilleneuve@dimonoff.com>
Replace unbounded strcpy()/sprintf() calls with snprintf() and
check the return value against remaining buffer capacity at each
append step. The previous size guard did not account for
subsequent dpi suffix, remaining bootargs tail, and bootdev
token appends, allowing overflow when those later writes exceed
the remaining space.
Fixes: d1611086e0 ("arm: add support for SoC s5p4418 (cpu) / nanopi2 board")
To: u-boot@lists.denx.de
Signed-off-by: Ngo Luong Thanh Tra <S4210155@student.rmit.edu.au>
Tested-by: Stefan Bosch <stefan_b@posteo.net>
Add configuration for ARMv8-M aarch32 core, which are currently
Cortex-M23/M33 cores. These cores are treated similar to ARMv7-M
cores, except the code has to be compiled with matching compiler
-march=armv8-m.main flag . These cores have no MMU, they have MPU,
which is currently not configured.
Unlike ARMv7-M, these cores have 512 interrupt vectors. While the
SYS_ARM_ARCH should be set to 8, it is set to 7 because all of the
initialization code is built from arch/arm/cpu/armv7m and not armv8.
Furthermore, CONFIG_ARM64 must be disabled, although DTs for devices
using these cores do come from arch/arm64/boot/dts.
To avoid excess duplication in Makefiles, introduce one new Kconfig
symbol, CPU_V7M_V8M. The CPU_V7M_V8M cover both ARMv7-M and ARMv8-M
cores.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Acked-by: Udit Kumar <u-kumar1@ti.com>
The current code sets RV3028_STATUS_PORF instead of clearing it, so the
flag remains asserted. Use dm_i2c_reg_clrset() to clear the bit.
Signed-off-by: Javier Viguera <javier.viguera@digi.com>
Add setuptools package configuration to pyproject.toml so that
u_boot_pylib is installed as a proper Python package without changing
the existing flat directory structure and making sure all modules are
installed.
Signed-off-by: Paul HENRYS <paul.henrys_ext@softathome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
CI: https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-fsl-qoriq/-/pipelines/29808
- Add env variables to assist boot for various LS boards
- Add gpio scmi driver
- Fix setting the function for scmi pinctrl
- Use standard device tree pin muxing format for scmi pinctrl
- Fix protocol version fetch for non-CCF platforms in scmi clk
Add LS1043ARDB-specific variables to assist the boot process,
and update the related common and LS1043AQDS settings accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Chunguang Li <chunguang.li_2@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Update the console baudrate to 115200 as default.
Also add env variables to assist boot process.
Signed-off-by: Chunguang Li <chunguang.li_2@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Add LS1046ARDB-specific variables to assist the boot flow,
and update the related common and other LS1046A board settings
accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Chunguang Li <chunguang.li_2@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Add image, extra_bootargs, othbootargs and console_dbg to assist boot.
Signed-off-by: Chunguang Li <chunguang.li_2@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
The process through which the MC firmware parses the DPL and initializes
all the requested DPAA2 objects is a complex one which can take quite a
bit of time. For the those circumstances in which a fast boot is
required on DPAA2 based SoCs, add the 'nowait' optional parameter for
the fsl_mc [lazy]apply dpl command.
When this option is used, the Linux kernel fsl-mc bus must wait for
the firmware to finish parsing the DPL before proceeding with probing
all the DPAA2 objects.
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
All the parameters that can be currently passed to the fsl_mc command
are positional arguments which are mandatory. This is not perfectly
clear when reading the help text because of the use of square brackets.
Fix this by changing the square brackets, which are commonly used for
optional parameters, with < .. >.
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
The first parameter of the wait_for_mc() function - booting_mc - is not
used. Remove it.
Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
In the original code, I wrote a custom pin muxing parser but the
upstream device trees wouldn't accept something like that so it would
have complicated mergine the device tree files.
Use the standard device tree format with function and groups:
pinmux1: pinmux1 {
function = "f_gpio1";
groups = "grp_1", "grp_3";
};
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Linus Walleij <linusw@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Set BIT(10) when the function needs to be set, otherwise the setting is
ignored.
Fixes: 0cb160f1b6 ("scmi: pinctrl: add pinctrl driver for SCMI")
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
This provides GPIO support over SCMI. It is built on top of the
pinctrl-scmi driver. A typical device tree entry might look like
this:
gpio1 {
compatible = "scmi-pinctrl-gpio";
gpio-controller;
#gpio-cells = <2>;
ngpios = <10>;
gpio-ranges = <&scmi_pinctrl 0 8 4>,
<&scmi_pinctrl 4 12 1>,
<&scmi_pinctrl 5 15 1>,
<&scmi_pinctrl 6 17 4>;
pinctrl-names = "default";
pinctrl-0 = <&i2c2_pins>;
};
In this GPIO driver the one thing which is different is that in the
gpio-ranges the first numbers which represent how the pins are exposed
to the users have to start at zero and it can't have gaps.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
The SCMI clock protocol version was only being fetched when CLK_CCF
was enabled. On non-CCF platforms, the probe function returned early
without fetching the version, leaving priv->version as 0.
This caused issues because code paths like scmi_clk_gate() and
scmi_clk_get_permissions() depend on priv->version to determine
which protocol message format to use, even in non-CCF mode.
Fix this by moving the scmi_generic_protocol_version() call before
the CLK_CCF check, ensuring the version is fetched for both CCF and
non-CCF platforms.
Tested on am62lx_evm.
Fixes: ae7e0330ce ("clk: scmi: add compatibility with clock protocol 2.0")
Signed-off-by: Kamlesh Gurudasani <kamlesh@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Use dev_phys_to_bus() to convert CPU addresses of DMA descriptors
into bus addresses of DMA descriptors. This is necessary on hardware
which does not have 1:1 mapping between CPU and memory addressed by
the DMA. This has no impact on other hardware which does not need
this conversion.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
The HSCIF variant present on Renesas R-Car Gen5 SoC is compatible
with the HSCIF variant present on Renesas R-Car Gen4 SoC. Enable
HSSRR register programming for HSCIF present on all 64-bit R-Car
SoCs, which covers R-Car Gen3, Gen4 and newly also Gen5.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Fix typo in Kconfig symbol help text, change incorrect A52 to correct R52.
No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Acked-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Use DRAM_CH_CNT macro in renesas_dbsc5_board_config channel count.
The macro is defined in the same file a few lines above. This way,
the maximum channel count in the structure and the macro can not
diverge.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Conditionally compile code that is only compatible with 64bit ARMv8
on 64bit R-Car Gen3/4/5 SoCs. Protect such code with CONFIG_ARM64.
This split is implemented in preparation for build of Cortex-M33
version of R-Car Gen5 U-Boot for its RSIPM core.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
The 64-bit R-Car board code is currently unbuildable on 32-bit ARM
cores. Skip DRAM initialization bits to make the code compatible with
these cores, because those cores do not use the DRAM, they only use
SRAM.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Enable the 'smc' command on all R-Car 64-bit systems. This command is
useful for interacting with EL3 firmware, testing interaction with the
PSCI provider or OPTEE-OS.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Replace s_init() early initialization at the end of lowlevel_init
by invoking the same code in mach_cpu_init(). The mach_cpu_init()
is called a bit later, but as the code initializes timer and no
code uses timer until mach_cpu_init(), this does not pose a problem.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Enable the 'preboot' variable on all R-Car systems. This variable can
optionally be set and contain a script which is executed before the
autoboot timeout starts. This can be used to run critical scripts or
similar tasks. By default, the "preboot" variable is empty.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Enable modern HUSH parser on all Renesas R-Car systems. This replaces
the old HUSH parser and includes matching updates to the command line
parser. No functional change expected.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
David Lechner <dlechner@baylibre.com> says:
This is a series adding support for reading U-Boot env directly from
SCSI devices that do not have a partition table, similar to how we can
already do this for MMC devices.
The motivation behind this is that MediaTek's BSP is already using the
same disk images for both MMC and UFS devices, so we need to be able to
read the env from SCSI devices without requiring a partition UUID.
The series starts with cleaning up a few oddities we noticed in the
existing code. Then some refactoring so that the env code manages
calling scsi_scan() so that we don't have to duplicate that for the
new code path. Then finally, the last few patches add and document the
new functionality.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20260326-env-scsi-hw-part-support-v1-0-55c9dd07a2cb@baylibre.com
Expand the Kconfig help for ENV_IS_IN_SCSI to explain the other
required config options when this option is enabled.
Signed-off-by: David Lechner <dlechner@baylibre.com>
Add CONFIG_ENV_SCSI_HW_PARTITION and supporting code to allow loading
the environment directly from a SCSI device without a partition table.
Some platforms store the environment directly on the SCSI device without
a way to look it up by partition UUID.
Signed-off-by: David Lechner <dlechner@baylibre.com>
Move scsi_scan() call out of scsi_get_blk_by_uuid().
The only caller, env_scsi_get_part(), should be managing this call since
it may also want to use different ways to get the partition information
in the future.
Signed-off-by: David Lechner <dlechner@baylibre.com>
Change scsi_get_blk_by_uuid() to return -ENODEV instead of -1 on error.
Other scsi_* functions return an error code rather than -1.
1 is EPERM, which doesn't make sense here. So we use ENODEV instead. The
only caller only checks for !success, so changing the value has no
effect on the caller.
Signed-off-by: David Lechner <dlechner@baylibre.com>
Rename SCSI_ENV_PART_UUID to ENV_SCSI_PART_UUID. All other environment-
related config names are of the form ENV_<name>, so this is more
consistent.
Signed-off-by: David Lechner <dlechner@baylibre.com>
Reviewed-by: Sumit Garg <sumit.garg@oss.qualcomm.com>
Since commit b630f8b3ae ("scsi: Forceably finish migration to DM_SCSI")
the "scsi reset" command has no possibility of actually resetting any
SCSI controller. Drop the command to avoid confusion that the command is
actually resetting the SCSI controller.
Signed-off-by: David Lechner <dlechner@baylibre.com>
Rework dev_phys_to_bus() and dev_bus_to_phys() to respect the size
of the area specified in dma-ranges DT property. The area outside
of ranges is remapped 1:1, while the area in the ranges is remapped
according to the description in the dma-ranges property.
Adjust the test to test the area within the remapped range, not area
outside the remapped range, which was incorrect.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Markus Schneider-Pargmann <msp@baylibre.com>
This platform enables CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F and then has a
do-nothing board_early_init_f function. Change to not enabling the
option and so not needing an empty function.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The option CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK_BOARD_INIT_F enables a simple
board_init_f function in SPL. This however is never enabled, so remove
this function and option.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The symbol SPL_SYS_MALLOC_F defaults to y when visible and
TPL_SYS_MALLOC_F defaults to y when visible and SPL_SYS_MALLOC_F is
enabled. Remove the places from Kconfig files that had unneccsary
"default y" for these options.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
AM62d currently shares resource management configuration files with
AM62a. However, AM62a resource management needs to be modified for DMA
resource sharing scheme for CPSW3G Ethernet functionality to support
multi-core traffic handling.
Add separate AM62d-specific resource management configuration files to
decouple from the AM62a changes and maintain proper resource allocation
for AM62d.
Signed-off-by: Paresh Bhagat <p-bhagat@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Anshul Dalal <anshuld@ti.com>
Soon I will no longer be working at SECO. Update the mailmap to redirect
to my linux.dev address which I still have access to.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@linux.dev>
Reviewed-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
This is the first wave of MediaTek changes for this merge window. We
also expect to be sending another decent-sized pull request later for
the backlog of patches that are currently waiting on dependencies or
need little more time for review.
* Fixes for cargo-culted issues in mach-mediatek init.c files.
* Some consistency cleanups of recently added Genio boards (510/700/1200).
* Some pinctrl improvements to support newer MediaTek SOCs (mt8189 compatible).
* New devicetree and config for Genio 520/720 EVK boards (can boot to eMMC or SD).
* New CPU-specific functions to read vendor-specific CPU info at runtime.
Fix the link to the 2026.04 stats page. It was likely copied from the
2026.01 line below and not updated.
Signed-off-by: David Lechner <dlechner@baylibre.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The current mechanism uses a completely separate build rule for each
file which must be built with system headers. This is tricky to
maintain.
Add a foreach template in the sandbox cpu Makefile which generates the
custom compile rules from a CFLAGS_USE_SYSHDRS list. This keeps the
rules data-driven without needing changes to the common
scripts/Makefile.lib, which could affect other architectures.
Move initjmp.o into the template since it uses the same pattern. Add
sdl.o to the list too, with an override for its command since it also
needs -fshort-wchar removed and -fno-lto added.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Define CONFIG_SYS_SOC in the mach-sc5xx Kconfig. Follow the standard
U-Boot include path convention by moving the SC5xx SoC headers from
arch/arm/include/asm/arch-adi/sc5xx/ to the conventional
arch/arm/include/asm/arch-sc5xx/ location. Update includes from
<asm/arch-adi/sc5xx/*.h> to <asm/arch/*.h> across mach-sc5xx and board
files.
Signed-off-by: Philip Molloy <philip.molloy@analog.com>
The U_BOOT_DRIVER macro creates a list of drivers used at link time, and
all entries here must be unique. This in turn means that all entries in
the code should also be unique in order to not lead to build failures
later with unexpected build combinations. Typically, the problem we have
here is when a driver is obviously based on another driver and didn't
update this particular field and so while the name field reflects
something unique the linker entry itself is not. In a few places this
provides a more suitable string name as well, however.
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+usb@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com> # Tegra
Reviewed-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@nabladev.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The TPL_OF_CONTROL option can only select TPL_OF_LIBFDT functionality if
we also have enabled TPL_LIBGENERIC_SUPPORT, so express this dependency
in Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The definition of our ID table (and of_to_plat function) is guarded with
OF_REAL however the U_BOOT_DRIVER that would in turn use the table is
guarded with SERIAL_PRESENT. To avoid a potential warning we must also
guard both with SERIAL_PRESENT.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The definition of our ID table is guarded with OF_REAL however the
U_BOOT_DRIVER that would in turn use the table is guarded with
SERIAL_PRESENT. To avoid a potential warning we must also guard the
ID table with SERIAL_PRESENT.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The CROS_EC_KEYB functionality can only work with CROS_EC enabled, so
express this dependency in Kconfig, for all build phases.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The SPL_SAVEENV functionality, when working with an MMC device, can only
work with SPL_MMC_WRITE enabled. This however only works with SPL_MMC
also being enabled. Update the dependencies to show that if we have
enabled SPL_ENV_IS_IN_MMC then we select SPL_MMC_WRITE and make
SPL_ENV_IS_IN_MMC depends on SPL_MMC.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The CMD_W1 functionality can only work with both W1 and W1_EEPROM
enabled, so express this dependency in Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The CMD_BOOT[IZ] symbols have a dependency on LMB, correctly,
currently. Make sure that in BOOT_DEFAULTS_CMDS we only select these
commands if LMB is enabled.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This symbol should not be enabled by the user directly but rather
selected when implemented in a given platform. This converts all of the
current users of this feature and hides the symbol.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Looking at how the saveenv portion of this driver was implemented, it
does not appear that it could actually result in changes being saved on
the remote end. Update Kconfig to disallow CMD_SAVEENV for
ENV_IS_IN_REMOTE and then remove the relevant code.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
With commit 82b2f41357 ("env_internal.h: add alternative ENV_SAVE_PTR
macro") we introduced the ENV_SAVE_PTR macro but as explained in the
commit message, left full conversion for a later time. This commit
makes more progress on that front by doing the remaining easy
conversions to the new macro.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Changes in v2:
- Reduce the number of conversions, some didn't work as expected once
CMD_SAVEENV was actually disabled.
- Finish converting UBI
Cc Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Add U-Boot-specific device tree overrides for the Genio 520 and 720 EVK
boards. These are needed to enable SD card support in U-Boot due to
current driver limitations. It is expected that these files will remain
after eventually converting these to CONFIG_OF_UPSTREAM, so we use
separate .u-boot.dtsi files for this.
Reviewed-by: Julien Stephan <jstephan@baylibre.com>
Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20260316-mtk-ext-mmc-boot-v1-2-1aae51a44705@baylibre.com
Signed-off-by: David Lechner <dlechner@baylibre.com>
Fix setting pinconf bias for MT8189.
Using mtk_pinconf_bias_set_v1() was wrong because MT8189 does not have
PULLEN/PULLSEL registers. It has PU and PD registers for most pins.
MSDC pins need special handling since they have PUPD/R1/R0 registers.
I2C pins need special handling since they have PU/PD/RSEL registers.
New groups are added for MSDC and I2C pins and the bias_set callback
is now set appropriately for all groups.
A new table is needed for the RSEL registers since those were missing.
Some new macros are introduced to avoid repeating the same info many
times in MTK_TYPED_PIN(). This also fixes the semantically incorrect
use of DRV_GRPX for the IO_TYPE_GRPX field.
Reviewed-by: Macpaul Lin <macpaul.lin@mediatek.com>
Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20260330-pinctrl-mtk-fix-mt8189-v2-2-05a737ec623d@baylibre.com
Signed-off-by: David Lechner <dlechner@baylibre.com>
Remove an incorrect call to fdtdec_setup_memory_banksize() in
dram_init() for mt8518.
fdtdec_setup_memory_banksize() populates gd->bd->bi_dram[bank].start
and gd->bd->bi_dram[bank].size base on the "memory" node in the device
tree. However, calling it from dram_init() is too early because gd->bd
has not been allocated yet.
gd->bd->bi_dram[0].start and gd->bd->bi_dram[0].size are already
correctly initialized later in dram_init_banksize(), so we do not need
to replace the removed function call with anything else.
Reviewed-by: Julien Stephan <jstephan@baylibre.com>
Tested-by: Julien Stephan <jstephan@baylibre.com>
Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20260319-mtk-init-fix-dram-v1-17-6171ec141f40@baylibre.com
Signed-off-by: David Lechner <dlechner@baylibre.com>
Fix the implementation of the gd->ram_top limit for mt8195.
The intention of the comment about MMC/DMA is correct, but the
implementation was wrong. gd->mon_len is set to the code size of U-Boot,
so trying to set it to limit gd->ram_top does not make sense.
Instead, there is already a get_effective_memsize() weak function that
we can override to implement the required limit on the usable memory
size. This is used to set gd->ram_top in setup_dest_addr().
The comment about the extra SZ_1M needing to be reserved is not correct
as U-Boot already takes care of this (with the actual size of U-Boot) in
the various board_f functions, so it is removed.
This fixes DMA not working on MMC on mt8195.
Reviewed-by: Julien Stephan <jstephan@baylibre.com>
Tested-by: Julien Stephan <jstephan@baylibre.com>
Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20260319-mtk-init-fix-dram-v1-12-6171ec141f40@baylibre.com
Signed-off-by: David Lechner <dlechner@baylibre.com>
Remove an incorrect call to fdtdec_setup_memory_banksize() in
dram_init() for mt8195.
fdtdec_setup_memory_banksize() populates gd->bd->bi_dram[bank].start
and gd->bd->bi_dram[bank].size base on the "memory" node in the device
tree. However, calling it from dram_init() is too early because gd->bd
has not been allocated yet.
gd->bd->bi_dram[0].start and gd->bd->bi_dram[0].size are already
correctly initialized later in dram_init_banksize(), so we do not need
to replace the removed function call with anything else.
Reviewed-by: Julien Stephan <jstephan@baylibre.com>
Tested-by: Julien Stephan <jstephan@baylibre.com>
Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20260319-mtk-init-fix-dram-v1-11-6171ec141f40@baylibre.com
Signed-off-by: David Lechner <dlechner@baylibre.com>
Fix the implementation of the gd->ram_top limit for mt8188.
The intention of the comment about MMC/DMA is correct, but the
implementation was wrong. gd->mon_len is set to the code size of U-Boot,
so trying to set it to limit gd->ram_top does not make sense.
Instead, there is already a get_effective_memsize() weak function that
we can override to implement the required limit on the usable memory
size. This is used to set gd->ram_top in setup_dest_addr().
The comment about the extra SZ_1M needing to be reserved is not correct
as U-Boot already takes care of this (with the actual size of U-Boot) in
the various board_f functions, so it is removed.
This fixes DMA not working on MMC on mt8188.
Reviewed-by: Julien Stephan <jstephan@baylibre.com>
Tested-by: Julien Stephan <jstephan@baylibre.com>
Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20260319-mtk-init-fix-dram-v1-8-6171ec141f40@baylibre.com
Signed-off-by: David Lechner <dlechner@baylibre.com>
Remove an incorrect call to fdtdec_setup_memory_banksize() in
dram_init() for mt8188.
fdtdec_setup_memory_banksize() populates gd->bd->bi_dram[bank].start
and gd->bd->bi_dram[bank].size base on the "memory" node in the device
tree. However, calling it from dram_init() is too early because gd->bd
has not been allocated yet.
gd->bd->bi_dram[0].start and gd->bd->bi_dram[0].size are already
correctly initialized later in dram_init_banksize(), so we do not need
to replace the removed function call with anything else.
Reviewed-by: Julien Stephan <jstephan@baylibre.com>
Tested-by: Julien Stephan <jstephan@baylibre.com>
Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20260319-mtk-init-fix-dram-v1-7-6171ec141f40@baylibre.com
Signed-off-by: David Lechner <dlechner@baylibre.com>
Remove an incorrect call to fdtdec_setup_memory_banksize() in
dram_init() for mt8183.
fdtdec_setup_memory_banksize() populates gd->bd->bi_dram[bank].start
and gd->bd->bi_dram[bank].size base on the "memory" node in the device
tree. However, calling it from dram_init() is too early because gd->bd
has not been allocated yet.
gd->bd->bi_dram[0].start and gd->bd->bi_dram[0].size are already
correctly initialized later in dram_init_banksize(), so we do not need
to replace the removed function call with anything else.
Reviewed-by: Julien Stephan <jstephan@baylibre.com>
Tested-by: Julien Stephan <jstephan@baylibre.com>
Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20260319-mtk-init-fix-dram-v1-4-6171ec141f40@baylibre.com
Signed-off-by: David Lechner <dlechner@baylibre.com>
These macros have AFAICT never been used at all. It's also far from
clear what purpose it could serve - for one thing, what _type would
one pass, other than void perhaps? The example using "struct
my_sub_cmd" seems misplaced, as how could one know that the first
linker list consists of those, and moreover, how would one know how
many there are?
The linker list concept is fragile enough on its own, there is no need
to have unused functionality lying around that may or may not bitrot
and certainly will confuse readers of linker_lists.h.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <ravi@prevas.dk>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In order to build this code, outside of QEMU systems which instead have
provided tables that we use, we must select ACPIGEN as well.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
A large number of drivers "depends on" SPI_MEM but this is library type
functionality and so must be select'd instead in order to ensure that
drivers will build. Correct this usage and hide the symbol normally.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The legacy CMD_PCA953X command can only be built when the matching
legacy driver is enabled, add that dependency to Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
In order to build SANDBOX_CLK_CCF we need for CLK_CCF to be enabled, add
that as a select similar to other drivers.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The CEDIT functionality, due to the cmos functions, depends directly on
DM_RTC being enabled in order to provide that API. Express this in
Kconfig as well.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The calls around lmb functions for these commands are not specific to
SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH but rather part of the general loading portion of
the command itself currently. Move this dependency to the right spot.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
In order to build the spi flash environment driver, but with
CONFIG_ENV_REDUNDANT disabled we must make use of IF_ENABLED_INT to
check for a value in CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND otherwise we will fail to
build.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
In order to have ENV_IS_IN_NAND be valid we must have MTD_RAW_NAND
enabled as a minimum, express this dependency in Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Update the dependencies for RTC drivers which did not express a
requirement on DM_RTC, or in some cases on DM_RTC being disabled. In a
few cases, when DM_RTC is disabled we also require DM_I2C to also be
disabled or for POWER_LEGACY to be enabled.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
At this point there are no users of this driver which do not enable
DM_RTC, so remove the legacy code and express the depdendency in
Kconfig. We can further remove code related to RTC chips / options that
are neither available in Kconfig nor set by any platforms.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The DS1338 RTC chip is supported in DM mode by the DS1307 driver, and at
this point all users have been using this functionality. It was a
function of Kconfig configuration that implied otherwise. Remove the
unused legacy symbols.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Every U_BOOT_DRIVER entry must be unique and this driver was re-using
the name of the bootcount_spi_flash driver. Change to
bootcount_i2c_eeprom.
Reviewed-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Today we typically enable CMD_SATA in order to have the SATA
functionality itself enabled, despite there being a clean split between
the two symbols. This in turn leads to potential configuration problems.
Split things so that SATA continues to be separate and not CMD_SATA
instead depends, functionally, on AHCI being enabled.
To do all of this:
- Have X86 select AHCI directly rather than "default y" it later.
- Make CMD_SATA be a default y option, given the split of platforms that
enabled SATA and did, or did not, enable CMD_SATA.
- Change "imply CMD_SATA" to "imply SATA"
- Correct TARGET_VEXPRESS64_JUNO because you cannot select SATA_SIL
without PCI (and in turn, SATA is needed for SATA_SIL).
- Update a number of defconfigs to have no functional change.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
It is not functionally possible to use the code enabled by
PARTITION_TYPE_GUID without having EFI_PARTITION be enabled as well. Not
all users of the former had ensured that the latter was enabled however,
so audit all current users and then as appropriate select or imply
EFI_PARTITION as needed.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
As exposed by "make randconfig", we have an issue with the dependencies
for BOOTM_OPTEE. This symbol needs to select BOOTM_LINUX and in turn
depend on the library symbols that have to be enabled for BOOTM_LINUX to
be valid (LIB_BOOTI, LIB_BOOTM and LIB_BOOTZ).
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
As exposed by "make randconfig", we have an issues around a number of
symbols that we select without making sure to also select their
prerequisite symbols. Add these missing symbols.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
It turns out that there is lots of code in the wild, including in the
U-Boot tree itself, which used to rely on
test -n $somevar
to yield false when $somevar is not defined or empty. See for example
all the occurrences of 'test -n $fdtfile'. That was really only a
quirk of the implementation that refused calls with argc < 3, and not
because it was interpreted as
test -n "$somevar"
which is how this should be spelled.
While not exactly conforming to POSIX, we can accomodate such scripts
by special-casing a single argument "-n" to be interpreted as if it
comes from code as above with empty $somevar.
Since we only just added the ability to test a string for emptiness
using the single-argument form, it is very unlikely that there is code
doing
test "$str"
which would now fail if $str happens to be exactly "-n"; such a test
should really always be spelled
test -n "$str"
Fixes: 8b0619579b ("cmd: test: fix handling of single-argument form of test")
Reported-by: Franz Schnyder <franz.schnyder@toradex.com>
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <ravi@prevas.dk>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
CI: https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-imx/-/pipelines/29745
- Migrate imx95-toradex-smarc to use upstream devicetree.
- Force fsl crypto driver to select ARCH_MISC_INIT to avoid crashes when
using CAAM.
- Support upstream Linux reset-gpios property for the i.MX PCI driver.
- Avoid duplication of DDR tables on i.MX8MP DHCOM SoM.
- Several cleanups on tqma6 platform.
- Convert i.MX8MP boards to DM_PMIC.
- Add phyCORE-i.MX91 support.
- Drop unnecessary BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F usage.
The data only relocation mode should be selected on per-SoC or per-core
basis, make these options non-user-configurable. The SoC or cores which
require this have to select this option using "default" keyword.
Fixes: d9eee3d178 ("arm: relocate: Introduce data-only relocation mode")
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
There are no longer any users of the legacy non-DM pl01x serial driver.
This lets us remove both CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL as well as
CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_RLCR references. We still have SPL users of the
non-DM portions of the code.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
When both environment copies have valid CRCs but the flag bytes do not
match any recognized pair, env_flash_init() falls through without
setting gd->env_addr or gd->env_valid. This is a problem because:
1. env_init() then sets gd->env_addr = &default_environment (in RAM).
2. In env_flash_load(), the pointer comparison
gd->env_addr != &flash_addr->data evaluates true (RAM != flash),
triggering the pointer swap that selects the secondary copy.
3. The repair logic writes OBSOLETE (0x00) to the non-active flag but
cannot promote the other flag from 0x00 to ACTIVE (0x01) because
NOR flash requires a sector erase to set bits. Both copies end up
with flag=0x00.
4. On every subsequent boot, flag1 == flag2 triggers the ENV_REDUND
path, printing a spurious "recovered successfully" warning until
an explicit saveenv erases and rewrites the sectors.
The recognized flag values are ACTIVE (0x01), OBSOLETE (0x00), and
erased (0xFF). Of the 256 possible flag values, the existing chain of
if/else-if handles only three: 253 of 256 values fall through without
setting gd->env_addr. Combined with 0x00 (already stuck on NOR),
254 of 256 values eventually reach the persistent-warning state.
Other env backends (SPI flash, NAND, MMC) handle this through
env_check_redund() in env/common.c, which uses a numeric comparison
of the flags as a serial counter and always reaches a decision. The
CFI flash backend is the only one that uses its own flag-matching
logic.
Add a catch-all else clause that defaults to the primary copy with
ENV_REDUND status, matching the existing behavior for the flag1==flag2
case. This ensures gd->env_addr is always set, preventing the
unintended pointer swap. The condition is recoverable via saveenv.
Signed-off-by: Neil Berkman <neil@xuku.com>
Reproducer: https://gist.github.com/neilberkman/4155612a7942d3f510f204eb85e61943
The SPI flash backend (env/sf.c) has a related but distinct issue:
it retained legacy boolean save semantics but its load path now uses
the common serial-number logic in env_check_redund(), creating an
inconsistency under interrupted updates. That has wider implications
for fw_env.c and would need separate discussion.
Add MAINTAINERS file containing board-specific information and
the name of the board maintainer.
Signed-off-by: Max Merchel <Max.Merchel@ew.tq-group.com>
Introduce timing patch which converts 2 GiB DRAM timings to 4 GiB 1-rank
timings. This is a new configuration which carries IS43LQ32K01B DRAM part.
The 512 MiB SoM strapping that was never used is repurposed for this part.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@nabladev.com>
The 2 GiB and 4 GiB 2-rank DRAM timings on i.MX8MP DHCOM are very
similar. Instead of carrying around two copies of almost identical
timing tables, implement a patch of the 2 GiB table to convert it
into 4 GiB 2-rank table and pass the result to DRAM initialization
code. This saves us 13640 Bytes in SPL, and frees up space for more
DRAM initialization tables.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@nabladev.com>
The DRAM size tables are shared by SPL and U-Boot proper, deduplicate
those tables into lpddr4_timing.h . No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@nabladev.com>
The inline ECC configuration is identical for 2 GiB DRAM variants
and 4 GiB DRAM variants of the SoM, no matter the rank count. Fold
the ECC configuration directly into spl.c to simplify the upcoming
deduplication. No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@nabladev.com>
Convert the board to use DM_PMIC instead of the legacy SPL I2C/PMIC
handling.
Changes include:
- Enable DM_PMIC, DM_PMIC_PCA9450, and SPL_DM_PMIC_PCA9450 in defconfig.
- Drop legacy SPL I2C and PMIC options.
- Remove manual I2C1 pad setup and legacy power_pca9450_init() usage.
- Use DM-based pmic_get() with the DT node "pmic@25".
- Update PMIC register programming to use struct udevice API.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Convert the board to use DM_PMIC instead of the legacy SPL I2C/PMIC
handling.
Changes include:
- Enable DM_PMIC, DM_PMIC_PCA9450, and SPL_DM_PMIC_PCA9450 in defconfig.
- Drop legacy SPL I2C and PMIC options.
- Remove manual I2C1 pad setup and legacy power_pca9450_init() usage.
- Use DM-based pmic_get() with the DT node "pmic@25".
- Update PMIC register programming to use struct udevice API.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Yannic Moog <y.moog@phytec.de>
Tested-by: Yannic Moog <y.moog@phytec.de>
Reviewed-by: Teresa Remmet <t.remmet@phytec.de>
Convert the board to use DM_PMIC instead of the legacy SPL I2C/PMIC
handling.
Changes include:
- Enable DM_PMIC, DM_PMIC_PCA9450, and SPL_DM_PMIC_PCA9450 in defconfig.
- Drop legacy SPL I2C and PMIC options.
- Remove manual I2C1 pad setup and legacy power_pca9450_init() usage.
- Use DM-based pmic_get() with the DT node "pmic@25".
- Update PMIC register programming to use struct udevice API.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Tested-by: Ernest Van Hoecke <ernest.vanhoecke@toradex.com>
Convert the board to use DM_PMIC instead of the legacy SPL I2C/PMIC
handling.
Changes include:
- Enable DM_PMIC, DM_PMIC_PCA9450, and SPL_DM_PMIC_PCA9450 in defconfig.
- Drop legacy SPL I2C and PMIC options.
- Remove manual I2C1 pad setup and legacy power_pca9450_init() usage.
- Use DM-based pmic_get() with the DT node "pmic@25".
- Update PMIC register programming to use struct udevice API.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Yannic Moog <y.moog@phytec.de>
Tested-by: Yannic Moog <y.moog@phytec.de>
Reviewed-by: Teresa Remmet <t.remmet@phytec.de>
On the SMARC iMX95 the WiFI UART and JTAG signals are shared. The
WIFI_UART_EN signal is used to select between these two modes.
Currently, there is no hog present in the device tree but the
configuration needs to be added, as once the device tree comes from
mainline Linux, a hog will drive WIFI_UART_EN high to select by
default the UART function during boot.
Enable CONFIG_GPIO_HOG to apply gpio-hog definitions in the device tree.
Signed-off-by: Franz Schnyder <franz.schnyder@toradex.com>
Allow CONFIG_OF_UPSTREAM to receive automatic device tree updates for
the Toradex SMARC iMX95.
Remove the now obsolete device tree files:
- imx95-toradex-smarc-dev.dts
- imx95-toradex-smarc.dtsi
Signed-off-by: Franz Schnyder <franz.schnyder@toradex.com>
This platform enables CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F and then has a
do-nothing board_early_init_f function. Change to not enabling the
option and so not needing an empty function.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This platform enables CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F and then has a
do-nothing board_early_init_f function. Change to not enabling the
option and so not needing an empty function.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This platform enables CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F and then has a
do-nothing board_early_init_f function. Change to not enabling the
option and so not needing an empty function.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
This platform enables CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F and then has a
do-nothing board_early_init_f function. Change to not enabling the
option and so not needing an empty function.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
This platform enables CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F and then has a
do-nothing board_early_init_f function. Change to not enabling the
option and so not needing an empty function.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
This platform enables CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F and then has a
do-nothing board_early_init_f function. Change to not enabling the
option and so not needing an empty function.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This platform enables CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F and then has a
do-nothing board_early_init_f function. Change to not enabling the
option and so not needing an empty function.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
This platform enables CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F and then has a
do-nothing board_early_init_f function. Change to not enabling the
option and so not needing an empty function.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Frieder Schrempf <frieder.schrempf@kontron.de>
This platform enables CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F and then has a
do-nothing board_early_init_f function. Change to not enabling the
option and so not needing an empty function.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
In the case of SPI_XFER_BEGIN | SPI_XFER_END, the function creates a
buffer of double the size of the transaction, so that it can write the
data in into the second half. It sets the rx_offset to len, and in the
while loop we are setting an internal "din" to buffer + rx_offset.
However, at the end of each loop, the driver copies "buffer + 2 *
cmd_len" back to the data_in pointer.
This commit changes the source of the data to buffer + rx_offset.
Signed-off-by: Tomas Alvarez Vanoli <tomas.alvarez-vanoli@hitachienergy.com>
The CAAM JR driver is initialized from arch_misc_init(). If
ARCH_MISC_INIT is not enabled, the driver is never initialized,
which can lead to crashes or hangs (e.g. during hash operations).
Select ARCH_MISC_INIT when enabling FSL_CAAM to ensure proper
initialization.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@nabladev.com>
Suggested-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@nabladev.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
New SoM revision use series termination for eMMC signals while older do
not. To prevent signal overshot on older revisions, DSR must be set and
limited. The eMMC type is used to differentiate between revisions.
Keep a table with all types, that are known to require DSR.
Signed-off-by: Paul Gerber <Paul.Gerber@ew.tq-group.com>
Signed-off-by: Max Merchel <Max.Merchel@ew.tq-group.com>
Update functions to use the common baseboard header and
select TQ_COMMON_BB Kconfig option for MBa6 and WRU4.
While at it, remove empty implementations that are now covered by
board/tq/common.
Signed-off-by: Paul Gerber <Paul.Gerber@ew.tq-group.com>
Signed-off-by: Max Merchel <Max.Merchel@ew.tq-group.com>
TQMa6 and other SoMs from TQ-Systems GmbH need a baseboard. Therefore
functionality of U-Boot board callbacks may be distributed between SoM
and baseboard implementation.
To prevent code duplication and boilerplate implement a baseboard specific
API for TQ boards with weak defaults that can be filled out for baseboard
implementations as needed.
Signed-off-by: Markus Niebel <Markus.Niebel@ew.tq-group.com>
Signed-off-by: Max Merchel <Max.Merchel@ew.tq-group.com>
The SoM (TQMa6) can be used on various baseboards. No modifications to
the SoM files should be required to use the SoM on different baseboards.
Therefore, include the SoM headers in the baseboard.
Signed-off-by: Max Merchel <Max.Merchel@ew.tq-group.com>
Remove the definition of CFG_POWER_PFUZE100_I2C_ADDR and
TQMA6_PFUZE100_I2C_BUS as it is not used.
Signed-off-by: Max Merchel <Max.Merchel@ew.tq-group.com>
Prepare moving boiler plate code out of board confguration header and
prepare to share a lot of things between boards.
Signed-off-by: Markus Niebel <Markus.Niebel@ew.tq-group.com>
Signed-off-by: Max Merchel <Max.Merchel@ew.tq-group.com>
As the PHYTEC phyCORE-i.MX91 [1] is just another variant of the existing
PHYTEC phyCORE-i.MX93 SoM but with i.MX91 SoC populated instead, add it
to the existing board-code "phycore_imx93", and rename that board to
"phycore_imx91_93" to reflect the dual SoCs support. While at it, also
rename and change common files accordingly. This way i.MX91 and i.MX93
SoC variants of the phyCORE SoM share most of the code and documentation
without duplication, while maintaining own device-tree and defconfigs
for each CPU variant.
Supported features:
- 1GB LPDDR4 RAM
- Debug UART
- EEPROM
- eMMC
- Ethernet
- SD-card
- USB
Product page SoM:
[1] https://www.phytec.eu/en/produkte/system-on-modules/phycore-imx-91-93/
Signed-off-by: Primoz Fiser <primoz.fiser@norik.com>
The driver requests explicitly "reset-gpio" property, not the one with
"gpios" suffix but upstream Linux kernel deprecated it in 2021.
Existing upstream Linux kernel DTS is being changed to "reset-gpios"
property, thus update the driver to read that one too.
Note that driver is probably broken already, because it parsed GPIO in
standard way respecting the flags and on top of that applied the
"reset-gpio-active-high" flag, thus "reset-gpio ACTIVE_LOW" with the
"reset-gpio-active-high" property would be double inverted.
Signed-off-by: Krzysztof Kozlowski <krzysztof.kozlowski@oss.qualcomm.com>
Pull request net-20260331.
net:
- airoha_eth & pcs_airoha driver fixes
- Rework some symbol dependencies
- dwc_eth_xgmac: Move DMA reset and pad calibration after PHY init
- rtl8169: add support for RTL8125d
- rswitch: Avoid NULL pointer dereference during PHY access
- rswitch: Remap CPU to bus addresses using dev_phys_to_bus()
- phy: dp83867: reset PHY on init to ensure clean state
net-lwip:
- nfs: fix buffer overflow when using symlinks
- tftp: update image_load_addr after successful transfer
[trini: Add missing "if NET" to CMD_DHCP select's CMD_BOOTP]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Use dev_phys_to_bus() to convert CPU addresses of DMA descriptors
into bus addresses of DMA descriptors. This is necessary on hardware
which does not have 1:1 mapping between CPU and memory addressed by
the DMA. This has no impact on other hardware which does not need
this conversion.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
After a warm reboot, the PHY is left in power-down state
(BMCR_PDOWN set) causing auto-negotiation to timeout when
running the dhcp command.
Fix this by calling phy_reset() in dp83867_config() which
brings the PHY to a known clean state. The existing
DP83867_SW_RESTART is removed as it is redundant after phy_reset().
Fixes: 721aed7912 ("net: phy: Add support for Texas Instruments DP83867")
Signed-off-by: Pranav Tilak <pranav.vinaytilak@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
do_tftpb() parses the load address into a local variable laddr but
never updates the global image_load_addr. Commands that rely on
image_load_addr as their default address (e.g. 'bmp info')
therefore operate on the wrong address when called without
an explicit argument after tftpboot.
Update image_load_addr to laddr only on a successful transfer, so
that it accurately reflects where data was actually loaded.
Fixes: 4d4d783812 ("net: lwip: add TFTP support and tftpboot command")
Signed-off-by: Pranav Sanwal <pranav.sanwal@amd.com>
Reviewed-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@arm.com>
At the very early stage when PHY ID is being auto-detected, the
PHY device is not yet instantiated and rswitch_etha .phydev is
still NULL. Add missing check for this condition and perform C22
fallback access in this PHY ID auto-detection case.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
The HIFEMAC_ETH functionality can only work with both DM_ETH_PHY and
DM_MDIO enabled (it calls one of the functions that requires both), so
express this dependency in Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The CMD_PXE functionality can only build with CMD_TFTPBOOT enabled (or
we get undefined references to do_tftpb), so express this dependency in
Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This patch adds support for RTL8125d. Its chip version is 0x6a.
Signed-off-by: Javen Xu <javen_xu@realsil.com.cn>
[jf: add missing comma]
Signed-off-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@arm.com>
When resolving a symlink, nfs_path points into a heap allocated buffer
which is just large enough to hold the original path with no extra
space. If the symlink target name is longer than the original
filename, the write goes beyond the end of the buffer corrupting
heap memory.
Fix this by ensuring nfs_path always points to a buffer large enough
to accommodate the resolved symlink path.
Fixes: 230cf3bc27 ("net: lwip: nfs: Port the NFS code to work with lwIP")
Signed-off-by: Pranav Tilak <pranav.vinaytilak@amd.com>
Acked-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@arm.com>
Functionally, both networking stacks require DM_ETH. This is because
they both also require some networking devices to be enabled. Express
this more correctly by having both NET and NET_LWIP select NETDEVICES.
In turn NETDEVICES no longer depends on NET or NET_LWIP as it's not
prompted anymore.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@arm.com>
- Add a call to phy_reset() in ksz9031_config() to ensure the PHY is
properly reset during initialization.
- This clears the power-down bit and ensures the PHY recovers correctly
after Linux reboot.
Tested on Agilex5 hardware with KSZ90X1 PHY.
Signed-off-by: Boon Khai Ng <boon.khai.ng@altera.com>
- Move DMA software reset and pad calibration in xgmac_start() to occur
after the PHY is initialized and connected.
- This ensures the PHY is ready before performing these operations,
which is necessary for proper recovery after reboot.
This change fixes issues where the PHY did not recover from power-down
state after a Linux reboot, for the board using Micrel KSZ90x1 PHY.
Signed-off-by: Boon Khai Ng <boon.khai.ng@altera.com>
As exposed by "make randconfig", we have a few dependency issues with
some network drivers:
- Both HIFEMAC_ETH and HIGMACV300_ETH functionally require both DM and
OF_CONTROL. Further, HIFEMAC_ETH needs DM_CLK not just CLK to be
selected.
- BNXT_ETH deals with it's PCI requirement in a backwards way. The
symbol PCI_INIT_R is board specific, PCI alone is required to build.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Airoha PCS driver depends on ARCH_AIROHA, so it should not be built
by allyesconfig configuration.
Signed-off-by: Mikhail Kshevetskiy <mikhail.kshevetskiy@iopsys.eu>
Airoha switch mdio maybe used not only by GDM1, but also by other GDM
ports (ex: as21xxx phy connected to GDM2 port). So it's better probe
airoha switch mdio a bit early in the airoha_eth_probe() code.
Also remove useless eth_phy_set_mdio_bus() call and related code.
Signed-off-by: Mikhail Kshevetskiy <mikhail.kshevetskiy@iopsys.eu>
This allows us to expose MMC devices to the host for easy
flashing via USB.
Signed-off-by: Wadim Egorov <w.egorov@phytec.de>
Reviewed-by: Primoz Fiser <primoz.fiser@norik.com>
Adjust the scan for default console stdio device to prefer the
currently selected serial device. This is useful in combination
with CONFIG_SERIAL_PROBE_ALL=y, in which case the system would
instantiate all serial devices as stdio devices in the order in
which they are listed in control DT. The currently selected serial
device may not be the first device listed in DT, in which case the
current console_init_r() implementation unexpectedly switches to
another serial console after listing stderr using "Err:" line, and
just before showing U-Boot shell, which is not the desired behavior.
The scan now iterates over the entire list of stdio devices. If the
current iterator stdio device is the current serial device, or there
is no input or output stdio device assigned to the input or output
stream yet, then the current iterator stdio device is assigned to that
stream. This way, the first suitable stdio device is assigned to the
stream, but the current serial console stdio device can override that
assignment.
As a small optimization, if the current iterator stdio device is the
current serial device and both input and output streams as assigned,
then the loop can terminate, because the current serial device has a
chance to be used as a stdio device at this point.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
As exposed by "make randconfig", we have an issue with the dependencies
for REGMAP (and xPL variants). As this is a library function, it should
always be selected and not depended on by other functionality. This is
largely done correctly today, so just correct the few outliers.
Acked-by: Anshul Dalal <anshuld@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
As exposed by "make randconfig", we have an issue with the dependencies
for USB_ISP1760. It depends on DM && OF_CONTROL being set and
functionally requires REGMAP. As part of fixing that issue, we change
"tristate" to "bool" and remove mentions of module support as that's not
a thing in U-Boot.
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+usb@mailbox.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
As exposed by "make randconfig", we have an issue with the dependencies
for SPL_UNIT_TEST. In order to test SPL_DM_DEVICE_REMOVE we also need to
have ensured that SPL_DM is enabled, so select that as well.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
As exposed by "make randconfig", we have an issue with the dependencies
for SPL_TIMER. This depends not just on SPL but also SPL_DM to function,
so add that.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
As exposed by "make randconfig", we have an issue with the dependencies
for PINCTRL_TH1520. It really needs to depend on PINCTRL_GENERIC rather
than select it, and PINCTRL_GENERIC in turn already depends on
PINCTRL_FULL.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
As exposed by "make randconfig", we have an issue with the dependencies
for QCOM_GENI. The symbol PARTITION_TYPE_GUID depends on EFI_PARTITION
and this driver cannot function without both being set, so select that
as well.
Reviewed-by: Casey Connolly <casey.connolly@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
As exposed by "make randconfig", we have an issue with the dependencies
for BUTTON_KEYBOARD. This needs to also depend on DM_GPIO, and then
select BUTTON as well as BUTTON_GPIO, in order to meet all its
requirements.
Reviewed-by: Casey Connolly <casey.connolly@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
As exposed by "make randconfig", we have an issue around SPL_BLK_FS.
This is functionally a library type symbol that should be selected when
required and select what it needs. Have SPL_BLK_FS select SPL_FS_LOADER
and then SPL_NVME will now correctly select SPL_FS_LOADER via
SPL_BLK_FS.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
As exposed by "make randconfig", we have an issue around SPL_UPL. This
depends on SPL_LIBGENERIC_SUPPORT indirectly. In turn, SPL_UPL_OUT needs
to next depend on SPL_UPL.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
As exposed by "make randconfig", we have an issues around a number of
symbols in BOOT_DEFAULTS_CMDS. Due to the nature of how we currently
handle other networking related command options, we need to be testing
for "!NO_NET" (which is the symbol for no networking stack) or "NET ||
NET_LWIP" rather than CMD_NET alone. For consistency and clarity here
use "CMD_NET && !NO_NET" here.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
As exposed by "make randconfig", we have an issue around how
SYSRESET_CMD_POWEROFF is typically selected. We cannot rely only on
CMD_POWEROFF as SYSRESET_CMD_POWEROFF must also be tested for its own
dependency of SYSRESET.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
As exposed by "make randconfig", we have xPL_FIT select'ing
xPL_OF_CONTROL, and that in turn requires xPL_LIBGENERIC_SUPPORT. The
most reasonable solution here is to have xPL_FIT select
xPL_LIBGENERIC_SUPPORT.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The options to enable pre-load signature support (full U-Boot or in SPL)
must depend on FIT_SIGNATURE being enabled, and not select it.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Introduce new mode of relocation which relocates only data, not code.
This is mainly meant to relocate data to read-write portion of the RAM,
while the code remains in read-only portion of the RAM from which it is
allowed to execute. This split configuration is present on various secure
cores.
The result of the relocation is U-Boot running at its original address,
data relocated to the end of DRAM, but with added read-write area offset.
The U-Boot binary area is not reserved from the end of the DRAM in this
relocation mode, because U-Boot itself is not relocated.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
The code in the __XSCALE__ section is unused, since there is no more
XScale support in U-Boot. Remove the stale code. No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
The ARM32 has PLx Privilege Levels instead of Exception Levels present
on ARM64. Introduce current_pl() function which reports the current PL
on ARM32.
Introduce current_el() for ARM32 as well and current_pl() for ARM64
which each call the other matching function. This is mainly mean to
allow code like this to compile and retain compile time code coverage:
if (IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_ARM64) && current_el() != 3) { ... }
if (!IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_ARM64) && current_pl() != 0) { ... }
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Add a 'part dupcheck' subcommand that scans all block devices probed
in U-Boot and reports any partitions sharing the same PARTUUID or
PARTLABEL. This helps detect situations where the same disk image has
been flashed onto multiple boot devices (e.g., USB stick and UFS),
which can lead to unpredictable boot behavior. Duplicate
PARTUUIDs break UUID-based partition lookup in Linux, and duplicate
PARTLABELs cause the wrong partition to be silently selected in
bootscripts that reference partitions by name.
A single collection pass iterates over all block devices using
blk_foreach_probe() and records every partition that carries a UUID
or label into a dynamically allocated alist of struct part_seen
entries (UUID string, name string, device pointer, partition number).
Duplicates are detected by calling detect_duplicates() twice, once
for UUIDs and once for labels. Each call sorts the list with qsort()
using a comparator that places empty fields at the end, then performs
a single linear pass to identify consecutive equal entries as
duplicate groups. Each group is reported with the device name and
partition number of every copy, followed by a per-field summary
count. Per-field counts are used consistently in both the
duplicate-found and no-duplicates paths.
Example output (with duplicates):
=> part dupcheck
Warning: duplicate PARTUUID 1234abcd-01 (2 copies)
found on usb_mass_storage.lun0:1
found on ufs_scsi.id0lun0:1
Found 1 duplicate PARTUUID(s) (2 total copies) among 4 partitions
Warning: duplicate PARTLABEL primary (2 copies)
found on usb_mass_storage.lun0:1
found on ufs_scsi.id0lun0:1
Found 1 duplicate PARTLABEL(s) (2 total copies) among 4 partitions
Example output (mixed: UUID duplicates, no label duplicates):
=> part dupcheck
Warning: duplicate PARTUUID 1234abcd-01 (2 copies)
found on usb_mass_storage.lun0:1
found on ufs_scsi.id0lun0:1
Found 1 duplicate PARTUUID(s) (2 total copies) among 4 partitions
No duplicate PARTLABELs found (3 labels)
Example output (no duplicates):
=> part dupcheck
No duplicate PARTUUIDs or PARTLABELs found (4 UUIDs, 3 labels)
The CONFIG_CMD_PART_DUPCHECK Kconfig option (depends on
CMD_PART and BLK) controls inclusion of this subcommand and is
disabled by default.
Signed-off-by: John Toomey <john.toomey@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: Padmarao Begari <padmarao.begari@amd.com>
Refactor the dirty flag handling a little bit so an inline
function is called instead of directly stuffing a value into
the variable.
This allows variable that holds the flag to be completely removed
if its not used i.e. CONFIG_FAT_WIRTE=n
Signed-off-by: Daniel Palmer <daniel@thingy.jp>
If no signature could be verified and the loop terminates, the iterator
'noffset' has no meaningful value so name yields NULL.
Signed-off-by: Ludwig Nussel <ludwig.nussel@siemens.com>
Commit 2092322b31 ("boot: Add fit_config_get_hash_list() to build
signed node list") removed printing the list of hashed nodes during
verification. Add it back to have a chance to compare the list when
debugging.
Signed-off-by: Ludwig Nussel <ludwig.nussel@siemens.com>
As exposed by "make randconfig", CPU_MICROBLAZE uses select to
force-enable XILINX_MICROBLAZE0_PVR, but that symbol depends on
TARGET_MICROBLAZE_GENERIC. The select bypasses this dependency chain,
triggering a Kconfig warning:
WARNING: unmet direct dependencies detected for XILINX_MICROBLAZE0_PVR
Depends on [n]: MICROBLAZE [=y] && TARGET_MICROBLAZE_GENERIC [=n]
Selected by [y]:
- CPU_MICROBLAZE [=y] && CPU [=y] && MICROBLAZE [=y]
Change XILINX_MICROBLAZE0_PVR from select to depends on, so that the
CPU driver is only available when PVR support has been explicitly
enabled.
Fixes: 816226d27e ("cpu: add CPU driver for microblaze")
Reported-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/61ddd555f58ef5169c48b190423640d949e4aad1.1773764781.git.michal.simek@amd.com
Implement spl_load_image_sqfs() in spl code.
This will be used in MMC to read a file from a squashfs partition.
Also, loosen squashfs read checks on file size by not failing when a
bigger size than the actual file size is requested. (Just read the file)
This is needed for FIT loading, because the length is ALIGNed.
Signed-off-by: Richard Genoud <richard.genoud@bootlin.com>
Reviewed-by: Miquel Raynal <miquel.raynal@bootlin.com>
Reviewed-by: João Marcos Costa <joaomarcos.costa@bootlin.com>
CI: https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-tpm/-/pipelines/29677
Add a new fwumdata tool to allows users to read, display, and modify FWU
(Firmware Update) metadata from Linux userspace. It provides
functionality similar to fw_printenv/fw_setenv but for FWU metadata.
Users can view metadata, change active/previous bank indices, modify
bank states, and set image acceptance flags. Configuration is done via
fwumdata.config file.
The dependency on fwu_mdata.h creates unnecessary configuration
requirements. To generate metadata V1, CONFIG_FWU_MDATA_V1 must be
enabled, which in turn requires enabling FWU_MULTI_BANK_UPDATE,
EFI_CAPSULE_ON_DISK, PARTITION_TYPE_GUID, and other unrelated configs.
This is not suitable for a simple standalone tool.
Additionally, even with the "-v 1" option to generate V1 metadata, the
tool will still include the firmware store description if
CONFIG_FWU_MDATA_V1 is not enabled. This structure should only be
present in metadata V2.
Replace the fwu_mdata.h dependency with the new fwumdata header to make
the tool compatible with both V1 and V2 without requiring any defconfig
changes. This also uses the access helper functions from the header to
eliminate code duplication.
Acked-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@arm.com>
Tested-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kory Maincent <kory.maincent@bootlin.com>
Tested-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Add a new fwumdata tool to allows users to read, display, and modify FWU
(Firmware Update) metadata from Linux userspace. It provides functionality
similar to fw_printenv/fw_setenv but for FWU metadata. Users can view
metadata, change active/previous bank indices, modify bank states, and set
image acceptance flags. Configuration is done via fwumdata.config file.
Signed-off-by: Kory Maincent <kory.maincent@bootlin.com>
Tested-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
The FWU metadata specification version 2 supports a maximum of 4 banks.
Add validation to enforce this limit and prevent creation of non-compliant
metadata structures when using version 2.
Without this check, users could inadvertently create invalid metadata by
specifying more than 4 banks, leading to potential compatibility issues
with FWU-compliant firmware update implementations.
Signed-off-by: Kory Maincent <kory.maincent@bootlin.com>
Tested-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Replace the generic error message with a more informative one.
This helps users quickly understand the correct command-line argument
format when the tool reports an error.
Signed-off-by: Kory Maincent <kory.maincent@bootlin.com>
Tested-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Update FWU metadata-related tools by moving mkfwumdata.c into a new
tools/fwumdata_src/ directory structure. This refactoring prepares for the
addition of the fwumdata runtime tool, which will allow editing FWU
metadata directly from the target.
The Kconfig and Makefile entries are also moved into separate files within
the new directory (Kconfig and fwumdata.mk respectively) to keep all FWU
metadata tool configurations together and improve maintainability.
Signed-off-by: Kory Maincent <kory.maincent@bootlin.com>
Tested-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
David Lechner <dlechner@baylibre.com> says:
I wanted to do some quick tests to make sure gpios were working without
having to dig out a schematic. Which means I didn't want to set any GPIO
as an output first without checking. So the main point here is the last
patch which allows gpio_op_pin to be optional and skip the test instead
of failing with exception. This works similar to several other config
options that are already optional in this module.
I also noticed a few easy things to clean up while I was looking at the
file, so there are a couple of extra patches for that.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20260312-test-gpio-cleanup-v1-0-bcf549671eb1@baylibre.com
Modify tests that make use of gpio_op_pin from env__gpio_dev_config to
be skipped if gpio_op_pin is not provided. This is useful in cases where
one might not be sure which GPIOs are safe to use as outputs that can be
toggled without causing problems.
Signed-off-by: David Lechner <dlechner@baylibre.com>
Remove trailing semicolons in test_gpio.py. Python does not require
them and they are considered improper style.
Signed-off-by: David Lechner <dlechner@baylibre.com>
POSIX states that
0 arguments:
Exit false (1).
1 argument:
Exit true (0) if $1 is not null; otherwise, exit false.
and at least bash and busybox sh behave that way.
The current 'argc < 3' does the right thing for a non-existing or
empty argv[1], but not for a non-empty argv[1]. Fix that and add
corresponding test cases.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <ravi@prevas.dk>
Tested-by: Anshul Dalal <anshuld@ti.com>
Duplicate a few of the existing test cases, using the [ spelling, and
also ensure that the presence of a matching ] as a separate and last
argument is enforced.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <ravi@prevas.dk>
Tested-by: Anshul Dalal <anshuld@ti.com>
I often find myself writing something like
if [ "$somevar" = 123 ] ; then ...
only to realize that that syntax doesn't work in U-Boot shell, and
must be spelled
if test "$somevar" = 123 ; then
It only takes a few lines of code to support this POSIX-standardized
alias for test, and helps developers focus on their actual problems
instead of dealing with such unexpected quirks of the shell.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <ravi@prevas.dk>
Tested-by: Anshul Dalal <anshuld@ti.com>
k3_falcon_fdt_fixup is used to perform fdt fixups at runtime in falcon
mode such as adding bootargs. Currently the function is only accessible
to the R5 SPL but could be useful for A53 SPL based falcon mode setups
as well.
Therefore this patch moves the function from r5/common.c to common.c.
Signed-off-by: Anshul Dalal <anshuld@ti.com>
The reserved memory sizes for ATF and OPTEE were hard-coded for K3
devices, this patch replaces them with a Kconfig option allowing for
easier modifications.
Acked-by: Andrew Davis <afd@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Dhruva Gole <d-gole@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Manorit Chawdhry <m-chawdhry@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Anshul Dalal <anshuld@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Bryan Brattlof <bb@ti.com>
The implementation of FW_LOADER requires CMDLINE to be enabled, and
expressses this. In order to not have to have every users also depends
on CMDLINE introduce SUPPORTS_FW_LOADER. This depends on CMDLINE and
ENV_SUPPORT and then we have all users depends on SUPPORTS_FW_LOADER.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
In cases where phys_addr_t/phys_size_t is being printed, it's possible to
use tiny-printf-friendly %pap instead of %llx. For instance, in SPL, with
tiny-printf:
Before the patch:
fdtdec_setup_memory_banksize: DRAM Bank #0: start = 0xx, size = 0xx
After the patch:
fdtdec_setup_memory_banksize: DRAM Bank #0: start = 80000000, size = 40000000
Signed-off-by: Alexander Sverdlin <alexander.sverdlin@siemens.com>
Sync the command configuration across ADI SC5xx defconfigs by
enabling commands that were missing on some boards.
Signed-off-by: Ozan Durgut <ozan.durgut@analog.com>
The virtio spec clearly states in "3.1.1 Driver Requirements: Device
Initialization" the sequence a client has to follow after device reset.
Because u-boot resets here again, it also needs to set the "acknowledge"
bit again even if this was done in virtio_uclass_child_post_bind already
once before.
Signed-off-by: Christian Pötzsch <christian.poetzsch@kernkonzept.com>
Signed-off-by: Adam Lackorzynski <adam@l4re.org>
[trini: Add VIRTIO_CONFIG_S_ACKNOWLEDGE flag check to the test]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Meet Patel <meet.patel2@arm.com> says:
The virtio-rng test to verify effective handling of oversized return
buffers checks that an (undocumented) error is raised, instead of the
real concern, which is the surrounding buffer integrity following a rng
function call.
Update the test to check that the other contents of a buffer remain
unchanged instead of looking for an error code.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20260309165505.4001705-1-meet.patel2@arm.com
If extra random bytes are returned, truncate and use the requested number
instead of returning an error.
Signed-off-by: Kavin Gunasekara <kavin.gunasekara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Meet Patel <meet.patel2@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
The virtio-rng test to verify effective handling of oversized return
buffers checks that an (undocumented) error is raised, instead of the
real concern, which is the surrounding buffer integrity following a rng
function call.
Update the test to check that the other contents of a buffer remain
unchanged instead of looking for an error code.
Signed-off-by: Kavin Gunasekara <kavin.gunasekara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Meet Patel <meet.patel2@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
- MAINTAINERS patch for new MediaTek custodians
- MediaTek pinctrl fix to allow using GPIOs on recent platforms
- The rest is a second wave of MediaTek clock refactoring to remove
duplicate ways of doing the same thing.
Commit f4df9f53b7 ("pinctrl: mediatek: Bind gpio while binding pinctrl")
refactored pinctrl-mtk-common.c and the SoC-specific drivers to register
the gpiochip during the bind phase instead of probe. As part of this
change, each SoC driver must implement a bind callback.
The drivers recently added for mt8188, mt8189, mt8195 and mt8365 do not
define this callback, which prevents the gpiochip from being registered
properly.
Add the missing bind callback to these drivers.
Signed-off-by: Julien Stephan <jstephan@baylibre.com>
Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20260312-pinctrl-mtk-bind-gpio-v1-1-21b8968902ed@baylibre.com
Signed-off-by: David Lechner <dlechner@baylibre.com>
Convert the mt8195 clock driver to use ext_clock_rates.
Now that we have the ext_clock_rates feature and also mux clock parents
have been converted to struct mtk_parent, we can remove the hack of
adding "missing" topckgen clocks. Instead we can use the proper parents.
The topckgen ID map is still needed though because the upstream
dt-bindings didn't use the conventional number ordering by clock type
for these.
Reviewed-by: Julien Stephan <jstephan@baylibre.com>
Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20260309-clk-mtk-mt8188-drop-extra-top-clocks-v1-2-6ee4743a8465@baylibre.com
Signed-off-by: David Lechner <dlechner@baylibre.com>
Convert the mt8188 clock driver to use ext_clock_rates.
Now that we have the ext_clock_rates feature and also mux clock parents
have been converted to struct mtk_parent, we can remove the hack of
adding "missing" topckgen clocks. Instead we can use the proper parents.
The topckgen ID map is still needed though because the upstream
dt-bindings didn't use the conventional number ordering by clock type
for these.
Reviewed-by: Julien Stephan <jstephan@baylibre.com>
Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20260309-clk-mtk-mt8188-drop-extra-top-clocks-v1-1-6ee4743a8465@baylibre.com
Signed-off-by: David Lechner <dlechner@baylibre.com>
Remove CLK_PARENT_MIXED and all dead code paths related to it.
All mux clocks have been converted to use struct mtk_parent (the
parent_flags field of the parent/parent_flags union). Use of this
struct was indicated by CLK_PARENT_MIXED. Now, this is always the case
and we can drop the flag and the union. All MUX_MIXED* macros are
change to use the equivalent MUX* macros since we no longer need to
set the flag.
Reviewed-by: Julien Stephan <jstephan@baylibre.com>
Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20260317-clk-mtk-unify-mux-parents-v3-15-a4760f5b0a80@baylibre.com
Signed-off-by: David Lechner <dlechner@baylibre.com>
Remove the CLK_BYPASS_XTAL flag completely.
It was a bit of a hack that was meant to handle mux clocks that had
mixed parents (e.g. XTAL and TOPCKGEN). The idea was that if you didn't
have CLK_XTAL as a parent, then you were supposed to add the
CLK_BYPASS_XTAL flag to the clock tree. There are likely a number of
drivers missing this since it is not intuitive.
In the meantime, we have introduced the CLK_PARENT_MIXED flag which
handles this more robustly. All of the affected drivers (the ones
without CLK_BYPASS_XTAL) have been updated to use CLK_PARENT_MIXED, so
the CLK_BYPASS_XTAL flag is no longer needed on other drivers.
Reviewed-by: Julien Stephan <jstephan@baylibre.com>
Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20260317-clk-mtk-unify-mux-parents-v3-14-a4760f5b0a80@baylibre.com
Signed-off-by: David Lechner <dlechner@baylibre.com>
Move the existing 16GB single-rank configuration to HW_CFG 0x03 and use
the previous HW_CFG 0x01 value for the new 16GB dual-rank configuration.
There is no hardware using the former 16GB single-rank configuration,
so reuse the HW_CFG value for the new 16GB dual-rank configuration,
which will be used in production.
Signed-off-by: Emanuele Ghidoli <emanuele.ghidoli@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Francesco Dolcini <francesco.dolcini@toradex.com>
The memory controller configuration doesn't depend only on the memory
size, so refactor the code to use the memory configuration read from
the HW_CFG pin instead of the memory size.
Additionally, make use of one header file for all the memory
configurations.
Signed-off-by: Emanuele Ghidoli <emanuele.ghidoli@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Francesco Dolcini <francesco.dolcini@toradex.com>
Create a class around mk_fs() (and later setup_image()) to handle the
common tasks of image creation. Many callers of fs_helper.mk_fs()
create their own scratch directories while users of
fs_helper.setup_image() rely on one being returned. Unify this by
adding 'srcdir' as a field while converting to a class.
The class delegates to the existing mk_fs() function for the actual
filesystem creation, adding lifecycle management for scratch
directories and the image file.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <simon.glass@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This function actually allows creating two partitions now, so update its
comment to match that.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <simon.glass@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
In many cases callers only want to see warnings and errors from the
filesystem-creation tools, not their normal output.
Add a quiet parameter to mk_fs() that suppresses the output of mkfs
and switches mcopy from verbose to quiet mode.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <simon.glass@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The mk_fs() function always generates its own image filename from the
prefix and fs_type. Some callers need to specify a custom leaf name
while still keeping the image under the persistent-data directory.
Add an fs_img parameter that accepts a leaf filename. When provided,
it is joined with persistent_data_dir instead of the default name.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <simon.glass@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
bootcmd_ti_mmc had cpsw0_qsgmii_phyinit related scripts even though this
was only relevant for the j721e/j7200 SoCs. This patch instead factors
out those scripts into a generic 'board_init' which is called as part of
bootcmd_ti_mmc.
This allows boards to more easily add custom behaviour to the ti_mmc
bootflow instead of having to modify the ti_common.env file.
Signed-off-by: Anshul Dalal <anshuld@ti.com>
As exposed by "make randconfig", some symbols such as
XILINX_MICROBLAZE0_PVR can be set without TARGET_MICROBLAZE_GENERIC but
have a transitive dependency on it. The easiest path of resolution here
is that since there is only one valid microblaze "board", rework that
symbol to be non-optional.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20260317012412.4162279-1-trini@konsulko.com
As exposed by "make randconfig", we have an issue with the dependencies
for XILINX_TIMER. This symbol is a case where we have one that covers
both main U-Boot and SPL. In this case, we need to select SPL_REGMAP not
when SPL is enabled but rather when SPL_TIMER is enabled (and in turn,
SPL_DM).
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20260317012446.4162630-1-trini@konsulko.com
The BOOTENV_DEV_UFS macro is incomplete - it only initializes UFS
and scans SCSI devices but does not actually boot anything. This
causes the boot sequence to stop after scsi scan without loading
a kernel.
Update BOOTENV_DEV_UFS to set the devnum environment variable to
the UFS instance number, initialize the device using $devnum, and
delegate the boot process to the shared scsi_boot script. Remove
the explicit scsi scan, as it is already handled by scsi_boot.
This matches the pattern used by other boot device macros and
ensures that UFS devices can successfully boot using the distro
boot framework.
Signed-off-by: Padmarao Begari <padmarao.begari@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/5447ce1d5c4a21b0b62ce76ad642296110364041.1772801284.git.michal.simek@amd.com
The Zynq GEM TX status register retains the transfer‑complete bit
until it is explicitly cleared. The current flow waits for
transfer‑complete but never clears it, so on the next send the wait
loop returns immediately because transfer‑complete is already high.
This causes the driver to report TX completion before the new DMA
transfer has actually finished, which breaks back‑to‑back
transmissions. This issue causes timeouts during LWIP TFTP transfers
when cache coherency is enabled.
Fix this by explicitly clearing transfer‑complete (write‑to‑clear)
after the wait completes, so each transmit starts with a clean TXSR.
Co-developed-by: Harini Katakam <harini.katakam@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: Harini Katakam <harini.katakam@amd.com>
Co-developed-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: Padmarao Begari <padmarao.begari@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/f354680d43fba0f590a6fae693848e5bf7114ba5.1772437409.git.michal.simek@amd.com
Fix a missing closing quote in the error message when a regulator name
is not unique.
Signed-off-by: David Lechner <dlechner@baylibre.com>
Reviewed-by: Julien Stephan <jstephan@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Add support for eMMC specification version 5.1B by defining
MMC_VERSION_5_1B and including it in the version array.
eMMC 5.1B (JESD84-B51B) is a minor revision of the 5.1 specification
that primarily addresses MDT (Manufacturing Date) adjustment for dates
beyond 2025. This aligns with the Linux kernel commit 9996707822f82
("mmc: core: Adjust MDT beyond 2025").
Since the manufacturing date field is not currently used in U-Boot,
this change has no functional impact beyond proper device recognition.
It allows the driver to correctly identify and initialize eMMC devices
that report version 5.1B in their Extended CSD register.
Signed-off-by: Han Xu <han.xu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
This driver adds the base support of pinctrl over SCMI. The driver
does two main things. First, it allows you to configure the initial
pin states. Secondly, it's used a base to build a GPIO driver on
top of it.
To configure the states then add a pinmux config to the scmi_pinctrl
section:
scmi_pinctrl: protocol@19 {
reg = <0x19>;
pinmux1: pinmux_test {
pinmux = <0 1 0xFFFFFFFF 18 1
0 2 0xFFFFFFFF 18 1
0 3 0xFFFFFFFF 18 1>;
function = "f_gpio1";
groups = "grp_1", "grp_3";
};
};
Under linux the pinctrl subsystem will parse the function and group
properties and use that to handle muxing. However, under u-boot the
pin muxing is done using the "pinmux" property, which feeds raw SCMI
pinctrl PINCTRL_SETTINGS_CONFIGURE commands to the server. The
numbers are: selector, identifier, function_id, config_type, and
config_value. In the example above, it sets pins 1, 2, and 3 to 1.
The linux-kernel ignores this pinmux property.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Delete some extra space characters to make checkpatch.pl happy:
WARNING: please, no space before tabs
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Add all the pinctrl message IDs. I renamed SCMI_MSG_PINCTRL_CONFIG_SET
to SCMI_PINCTRL_SETTINGS_CONFIGURE so the naming matches the spec better.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Linus Walleij <linusw@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
As exposed by "make randconfig", how we have SCMI_FIRMWARE today is
incomplete, and in one case, used incorrectly. First, SCMI_FIRMWARE has
a build-time dependency on OF_CONTROL being enabled, so add that.
Second, RESET_SCMI depends on SCMI_FIRMWARE being enabled, it should not
select that symbol. In turn, a number of platforms need to now enable
SCMI_FIRMWARE explicitly and not rely on RESET_SCMI to enable it for
them.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Acked-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Anshul Dalal <anshuld@ti.com>
Acked-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com> # Versal Gen 2
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Add a condition to enable the PMIC sysreset function via the
system-power-controller device tree property in addition to the existing
Kconfig dependency, provided the PMIC supports it.
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de> # RK8xx
Currently, U-Boot fails with an FDT patching error if the LG Optimus 2X
device tree lacks a panel node. Since the panel is optional hardware,
patching should be optional as well. Fix this by allowing bootflow to
continue if the panel node is missing.
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
Align with existing Linux Tegra device trees to simplify using U-Boot
device trees as a base for future Linux adaptations.
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
Remove interrupt and GPIO controller properties from MAX8907 node since
the PMIC does not have any GPIO cells and does not expose any interrupt
features.
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
Mot based devices use LM3532 LED controller with 3 sources. Panel
backlight uses LED 0 while keypad uses LED 1 and 2. Adjust device tree
accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
Check for 'cpcap' within the compatible string, as various CPCAP
compositions always include this component.
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
The Linux kernel CPCAP driver uses uppercase regulator node names, while
this driver uses lowercase. Since regulator names can be case-insensitive,
update the driver to support both uppercase and lowercase node names.
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
The bit_offset_from_cpcap_lowest_voltage value was inherited from the
downstream kernel as a quirk. With the correct voltage table, it is no
longer needed. An additional benefit is that SW1, SW2, and SW4 now share
the same voltage table.
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
The pulse width field requires better precision during calculation. Add a
proper frequency divider calculation based on the PWM clock instead of
hardcoding it to 1.
Signed-off-by: Ion Agorria <ion@agorria.com>
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
The pulse_width is expressed as N/256. A 100% duty cycle is only possible
when multiplied by 256 instead of 255.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Schwöbel <jonasschwoebel@yahoo.de>
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
Add active-low support to the PWM controller, useful for active-low
pwm-leds.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Schwöbel <jonasschwoebel@yahoo.de>
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
When PWM config was updated the clock was restarted which caused loss of
previous configuration of other channels. Further this fixes a bug/hang
that can happen when set_enable was called before set_config.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Schwöbel <jonasschwoebel@yahoo.de>
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
Add debug log prints with a message that SKU is unknown.
Signed-off-by: Ion Agorria <ion@agorria.com>
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
Until now all Tegra chips except Tegra20 had a fallback if SKU is not
known. This caused issues previously when certain SKU wasn't known. Add a
fallback for Tegra20 aligning it with other Tegra SoC generations.
Signed-off-by: Ion Agorria <ion@agorria.com>
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
Add definition for Tegra20 SKU 0x4 / A04 found in Sony Tablet P.
Signed-off-by: Ion Agorria <ion@agorria.com>
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> says:
Each arch does something slightly different before booting the OS. Some
archs even do different things depending on the CPU type.
It is quite hard to know what actually happens in the final milliseconds
before the OS boot.
This series attempts to start cleaning up U-Boot in this area.
The basic intent is to create a new bootm_final() function which can be
called by all archs. It provides some flags for a couple of necessary
variations but otherwise it is generic.
All architectures are converted over to use this new function.
board_quiesce_devices() is moved into bootm_final() so that all archs
benefit from it.
This series fixes a bug in device_remove() is fixed where removing a
parent with specialised flags (e.g. DM_REMOVE_ACTIVE_ALL) could leave
children activated, since they do not match the flags. This fixes is
needed to avoid bootm_final() causing test failures on sandbox.
Future work could take this a little further:
- Convert EFI loader to use the same function
- Improve comments for cleanup_before_linux() across architectures
- Support fake-run tracing on all archs
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20260306023638.2678886-1-sjg@chromium.org
Add a call to bootm_final() before the simulated kernel jump. This
adds the "Starting kernel" message, bootstage tracking,
board_quiesce_devices() and dm_remove_devices_active() which were not
previously called on sandbox.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <simon.glass@canonical.com>
Add a call to bootm_final() before jumping to the kernel. This adds
the "Starting kernel" message, bootstage tracking,
board_quiesce_devices() and dm_remove_devices_active() which were not
previously called on Xtensa.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <simon.glass@canonical.com>
Add a call to bootm_final() before jumping to the kernel. This adds
the "Starting kernel" message, bootstage tracking,
board_quiesce_devices() and dm_remove_devices_active() which were not
previously called on SH.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <simon.glass@canonical.com>
Add a call to bootm_final() before jumping to the kernel. This adds
the "Starting kernel" message, bootstage tracking,
board_quiesce_devices() and dm_remove_devices_active() which were not
previously called on Nios2.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <simon.glass@canonical.com>
Add a call to bootm_final() before jumping to the kernel. This adds
the "Starting kernel" message, bootstage tracking,
board_quiesce_devices() and dm_remove_devices_active() which were not
previously called on m68k.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <simon.glass@canonical.com>
Acked-by: Angelo Dureghello <angelo@kernel-space.org>
Tested-by: Angelo Dureghello <angelo@kernel-space.org>
Acked-by: Kuan-Wei Chiu <visitorckw@gmail.com>
Replace the open-coded bootstage_fdt_add_report() and
bootstage_report() with a call to bootm_final(). This also adds the
"Starting kernel" message, board_quiesce_devices() and
dm_remove_devices_active() which were not previously called on
PowerPC.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <simon.glass@canonical.com>
Replace the open-coded bootstage_fdt_add_report() and
bootstage_report() with a call to bootm_final(). This also adds the
"Starting kernel" message, board_quiesce_devices() and
dm_remove_devices_active() which were not previously called on MIPS.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <simon.glass@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Replace the open-coded printf and bootstage_mark_name with a call to
bootm_final(). This also adds board_quiesce_devices() and
dm_remove_devices_active() which were not previously called on
MicroBlaze.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <simon.glass@canonical.com>
Replace the open-coded printf and bootstage_mark_name with a call to
bootm_final(). This also adds board_quiesce_devices() and
dm_remove_devices_active() which were not previously called on ARC.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <simon.glass@canonical.com>
The ARM announce_and_cleanup() duplicates the common pre-boot steps.
Replace it with a call to bootm_final().
Drop the ARM weak board_quiesce_devices() definition since it is now
called from bootm_final() and the generic weak definition in bootm.h
is used instead.
Note that the printf() ordering changes slightly: it now prints before
bootstage processing rather than after, matching x86 and RISC-V.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <simon.glass@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
ARM stashes bootstage data to a known memory location before booting,
so the kernel can pick it up. Add this to bootm_final() so all
architectures benefit from it.
The bootstage_stash_default() function is a no-op when bootstage or
stashing is disabled.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <simon.glass@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The RISC-V announce_and_cleanup() duplicates the common pre-boot
steps. Replace it with a call to bootm_final().
Move board_quiesce_devices() into bootm_final() so it is available to
all architectures. Drop the RISC-V weak definition and header
declaration since the generic one in bootm.h is used instead.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <simon.glass@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The x86 code in bootm_announce_and_cleanup() is very similar to the new
bootm_final() function, so just use the latter.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <simon.glass@canonical.com>
There are various functions which announce that booting is imminent and
do related preparation. Most of these are arch-specific.
In practice, most archs do a similar thing. It would be better to
have a common function, with perhaps some events for things that are
really arch- and board-specific.
Create a new bootm_final() function with the common pre-boot steps:
printing the "Starting kernel" message, recording bootstage data,
optionally writing bootstage to the FDT and printing a report, and
removing active devices.
Be careful to avoid using BIT() macros which are not available with host
tools.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <simon.glass@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Neither bootstage_fdt_add_report() nor bootstage_report() has a dummy
double for when bootstage is disabled. Add them.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <simon.glass@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
When dm_remove_devices_active() removes devices using specialised flags
like DM_REMOVE_ACTIVE_ALL, a parent device may match (e.g. MMC has
DM_FLAG_OS_PREPARE) while its children do not. This deactivates the
parent but leaves children activated, an inconsistent state.
Later, when uclass_destroy() calls device_remove() with DM_REMOVE_NORMAL
on the already-deactivated parent, it returns early without touching the
children. The subsequent device_unbind() then fails because the children
are still activated.
Fix this by dropping only the DM_REMOVE_ACTIVE_ALL requirement for child
removal when the parent is being removed. This ensures children are
removed along with their parent, while still preserving other flags like
DM_REMOVE_NON_VITAL so that vital devices remain protected.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <simon.glass@canonical.com>
Move the flags_remove() call before device_chld_remove() and save the
result in a separate variable. This is just a refactoring with no
behaviour change, preparing for the next commit which needs to know
whether the parent will be removed before deciding how to remove its
children.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <simon.glass@canonical.com>
Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de> says:
This migrates the last user of the legacy LED API, IMX233-OLinuXino and
net/bootp.c, to the modern LED framework.
I do have concern about being able to use BOOTP in SPL? In which case, I
should probably add an additional check on CONFIG_IS_ENABLED(LED) in
addition to IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_LED_BOOT)?
I haven't tested this as I do not own an IMX233-OLinuXino, so please
give this a try if you own this device.
Then, since there's no user left of this legacy API, it is entirely
removed.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20251120-legacy-led-removal-v1-0-369d44338358@cherry.de
No user of the legacy LED API anymore (except Sunxi with the PinePhone
but that is now a Sunxi-specific implementation), so let's remove
anything related.
Signed-off-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
This migrates the last user of the legacy LED API, IMX233-OLinuXino, to
the modern LED framework.
The current implementation does the following:
- lit the LED when booting,
- turn off the LED the moment a BOOTP packet is received,
The first step is easily reproduced by using the
/options/u-boot/boot-led property to point at the LED. Unfortunately,
the boot-led is only lit by U-Boot proper at the very end of the boot
process, much later than currently. We can however force the LED on
whenever the GPIO LED driver is bound by marking the LED as
default-state = "on", and this happens slightly before board_init() is
called. We then do not need /options/u-boot/boot-led property for that
anymore.
However, the second step relies on /options/u-boot/boot-led and
CONFIG_LED_BOOT being set to reproduce the same behavior and requires us
to migrate net/bootp.c to the modern LED framework at the same time to
keep bisectability.
I couldn't figure out how to map CONFIG_LED_STATUS_BIT=778 to an actual
GPIO on the SoC but according to the schematics[1] only one LED is
present. I couldn't also map the SoC pin number to an actual GPIO from
the IMX23 manual, but there's already one GPIO LED specified in the
Device Tree so my guess is all of those are one and the same.
This was only build tested as I do not own this device.
[1] https://github.com/OLIMEX/OLINUXINO/blob/master/HARDWARE/iMX233-OLinuXino-Mini/1.%20Latest%20hardware%20revision/iMX233-OLINUXINO-MINI%20hardware%20revision%20E/iMX233-OLINUXINO-MINI_Rev_E.pdf
Signed-off-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
For once, replacing the legacy LED API with a more lean alternative,
just for sunxi's SPL. IIUC, this would be one step closer to dropping
this deprecated subsystem altogether.
Also adding two DRAM cleanups for the A133 SoC. There is a third patch
which requires some changes, will care about that later.
Gitlab CI passed, and I booted that briefly on an A133 board and some
board with a GPIO controlled power LED.
- A fix for mt8188 clock oscillator rates.
- New driver for mt8189 clocks.
- The rest is a first wave of a larger effort to refactor and clean up the
mediatek clocks to replace various hacks that built up over time with
something that is easier to understand and maintain.
Test pkcs11 URI support for UEFI capsule generation. Both
public certificate and private key are used over pkcs11
protocol.
Pkcs11-tool has been introduced as softhsm tool doesn't have
functionality to import certificates in commonly distributed
version (only in the latest).
Signed-off-by: Wojciech Dubowik <Wojciech.Dubowik@mt.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <simon.glass@canonical.com>
Mkeficapsule can dump signature for signed capsules. It can
be used in test to validate signature i.e. with openssl.
Add an entry for device tree node.
Signed-off-by: Wojciech Dubowik <Wojciech.Dubowik@mt.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <simon.glass@canonical.com>
Only short option has been present. Also rename dump_sig
to dump-sig to match with other parameter names.
Fixes: 16abff246b ("tools: mkeficapsule: add firmware image signing")
Signed-off-by: Wojciech Dubowik <Wojciech.Dubowik@mt.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
With pkcs11 support in mkeficapsule we can now accept URI
tokens and not only files.
Signed-off-by: Wojciech Dubowik <Wojciech.Dubowik@mt.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <simon.glass@canonical.com>
With pkcs11 support it's now possible to specify keys
with URI format. To use this feature the filename must
begin "pkcs11:.." and have valid URI pointing to certificate
and private key in HSM.
The environment variable PKCS11_MODULE_PATH must point to the
right pkcs11 provider i.e. with softhsm:
export PKCS11_MODULE_PATH=<path>/libsofthsm2.so
Example command line:
tools/mkeficapsule --monotonic-count 1 \
--private-key "pkcs11:token=EX;object=capsule;type=private;pin-source=pin.txt" \
--certificate "pkcs11:token=EX;object=capsule;type=cert;pin-source=pin.txt" \
--index 1 \
--guid XXXXXXXX-XXXX-XXXX-XXXX-XXXXXXXX \
"capsule-payload" \
"capsule.cap"
Signed-off-by: Wojciech Dubowik <Wojciech.Dubowik@mt.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Update the guidance for adding new tests to describe the subdirectory
structure instead of the numbering scheme.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <simon.glass@canonical.com>
Now that iMX8 has full coverage the allow_failures list in
RunTestCoverage() is no longer needed.
Drop the list.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <simon.glass@canonical.com>
Three files are currently missing test coverage: nxp_imx8mcst,
nxp_imx8mimage and cst
Add test methods to cover all missing code paths, trying to reuse the
same .dts files where possible.
This brings all three files to 100% coverage.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <simon.glass@canonical.com>
Move key.key and key.pem into the security/ subdirectory. These are
used by security, vendor, and capsule tests but security is the most
natural home for key material. Update all references.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <simon.glass@canonical.com>
Move the signing-related test data (keys, certificates, OpenSSL and
SoftHSM2 configuration, dummy engine source) into the fit/ subdirectory
alongside the FIT DTS test files. Drop the 340_ prefix from files that
had it. Update the Makefile and all ftest.py references.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <simon.glass@canonical.com>
Move descriptor.bin, fitimage.bin.gz and ifwi.bin.gz into the x86/
subdirectory alongside the x86 DTS test files and update all
references.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <simon.glass@canonical.com>
Move the remaining 60 or so test files into an entry/ subdirectory.
These cover general entry types and features: entry args, fill, text,
env, compress, replace, template, collection, ELF, overlap, listing,
sections, symlink, TEE OS, and other miscellaneous entries. Drop the
numeric prefixes and update all references.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <simon.glass@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
Move about 10 test files for binman symbol patching into a symbols/
subdirectory. Drop the numeric prefixes and the redundant symbols_
filename prefix, and update all references.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <simon.glass@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
Move about 20 test files for vendor-specific platform support (TI, NXP
i.MX, Renesas R-Car, Rockchip, PowerPC MPC85xx) into a vendor/
subdirectory. Drop the numeric prefixes and update all references.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <simon.glass@canonical.com>
Move about a dozen test files for UEFI capsule creation (signed,
versioned, accept, revert) into a capsule/ subdirectory. Drop the
numeric prefixes and the redundant capsule_ filename prefix, and
update all references.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <simon.glass@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
Move about 15 test files for ARM Trusted Firmware FIP, ATF BL31, SCP,
OpenSBI, and BL1 entries into a fip/ subdirectory. Drop the numeric
prefixes and the redundant fip_ filename prefix, and update all
references.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <simon.glass@canonical.com>
Move about a dozen test files for mkimage entries into a mkimage/
subdirectory. Drop the numeric prefixes and the redundant mkimage_
filename prefix, and update all references.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <simon.glass@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
Move about 10 test files for ChromeOS entries (GBB, vblock, FMAP)
into a cros/ subdirectory. Drop the numeric prefixes and update all
references.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <simon.glass@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
Move about a dozen test files for Coreboot File System entries into a
cbfs/ subdirectory. Drop the numeric prefixes and the redundant cbfs_
filename prefix, and update all references.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <simon.glass@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
Move about 20 test files for signing, encryption, hash, pre-load,
x509, and Xilinx bootgen entries into a security/ subdirectory. Drop
the numeric prefixes and update all references.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <simon.glass@canonical.com>
Move about a dozen test files for blob, blob-ext, blob-ext-list,
fake-blob, and blob-symbol entries into a blob/ subdirectory. Drop
the numeric prefixes and the redundant blob_ filename prefix, and
update all references.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <simon.glass@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
Move about 30 test files for FDT update, fdtmap, DTB compression,
alternates, and bootph into an fdt/ subdirectory. Drop the numeric
prefixes and the redundant fdt_ filename prefix, and update all
references.
Remove the unused no_alt_format.dts which has no references in any
test.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <simon.glass@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
Move about 40 test files for FIT images (signing, external data,
split-elf, encryption, alignment, firmware loadables, templates) into
a fit/ subdirectory. Drop the numeric prefixes and the redundant fit_
filename prefix, and update all references.
Rename the three signature.dts variants to have unique names:
signature.dts, signature_multi_key.dts and signature_no_nodes.dts.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <simon.glass@canonical.com>
Move about 40 test files for x86 and Intel platform support (ROM,
microcode, ME, IFWI, FSP, descriptor, reset16, start16, FIT) into an
x86/ subdirectory. Drop the numeric prefixes and the redundant x86_
filename prefix, and update all references.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <simon.glass@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
Move about a dozen test files for U-Boot image variants (SPL, TPL,
VPL, DTB, nodtb, bss-pad) into an xpl/ subdirectory. Drop the
numeric prefixes and the redundant u_boot_ filename prefix, and
update all references.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <simon.glass@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
Move about 50 test files related to basic layout, packing, alignment,
sections, and image structure into a pack/ subdirectory. Drop the
numeric prefixes from the filenames and update all references in
ftest.py, entry_test.py, and binman_tests.rst
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <simon.glass@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
Tests are supposed to run silently and capture any output produced.
Fix testRemoveTemplate() so that the message about the missing openssl
is captured, along with the invalid-images message.
Fix testNxpImx9Image() as well, since it is expected that container.img
and bl31.bin are missing.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <simon.glass@canonical.com>
There is a mistmatch between Allwinner's dram_para BSP definitions and the
parameters names in mainline u-boot for TPR1-3. What we call TPR1 is actually
MR22 while TPR2 is TPR0 and TPR3 is TPR1. MR22 does get written to the
corresponding register. This only concerns LPDDR4 support.
Introduce a new Kconfig entry for MR22 and proceed with the rename.
Update the only config currently using it.
See the list of parameters from the Allwinner BSP at the end of:
https://linux-sunxi.org/A133/DRAMC
Note that the H616/H6 code is coherent with this new TPR0 definition
(and does not use TPR1 and MR22).
Signed-off-by: Paul Kocialkowski <contact@paulk.fr>
Sponsored-by: MEC Electronics GmbH <https://www.mec.at/>
Acked-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec@gmail.com>
Some of the offsets for the DRAM PHY dx delays are wrong (as compared
to the H616 code and the reference binary) since the
mctl_phy_dx_delay0_inner function does not perform the correct
calculation for some of them.
Introduce a mctl_phy_dx_delay0_inner0 to fix the incorrect offsets and
rename the existing function to mctl_phy_dx_delay0_inner1 for the
offsets it correctly handles.
Also add memory barriers that are also present in the H616 code while
at it.
This fixes detection of 4 GiB DRAM on some boards using LPDDR4.
Signed-off-by: Paul Kocialkowski <paulk@sys-base.io>
Sponsored-by: MEC Electronics GmbH <https://www.mec.at/>
Acked-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec@gmail.com>
Add support for external clock parent type in MediaTek clock driver to
allow multiple external clock sources.
This is intended to eventually replace CLK_PARENT_XTAL which only allows
a single external clock source. Replacing CLK_PARENT_XTAL is not trivial
since it would required touching all chip-specific drivers. So that is
saved for another day.
Before this change, the only way to add additional external clocks was
to use a clock ID mapping and add the external clock in the fixed clocks
portion of the CLK_PARENT_TOPCKGEN clocks. After this change, such hacks
are no longer necessary and external clocks can be added in a cleaner
way.
Reviewed-by: Julien Stephan <jstephan@baylibre.com>
Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20260303-mtk-mt8189-clocks-v4-4-ee85f8dd2f0d@baylibre.com
Signed-off-by: David Lechner <dlechner@baylibre.com>
Add helper functions to check if a clock ID corresponds to a particular
clock type (mux, gate, fdiv). This simplifies the code and makes it more
readable.
Additionally, it removes the restriction that fdivs_offs < muxes_offs <
gates_offs by making the checking more strict in some places. This will
allow future drivers to not have to define a mapping to meet this
requirement.
Reviewed-by: Julien Stephan <jstephan@baylibre.com>
Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20260303-mtk-mt8189-clocks-v4-3-ee85f8dd2f0d@baylibre.com
Signed-off-by: David Lechner <dlechner@baylibre.com>
Refactor duplicate parent rate lookup code into a common function.
Instead of relying on rules like X is always the parent of Y, we use
the driver ops pointer to make sure we are actually getting the correct
parent clock device. This allows the same function to be called from
different clock types and will allow future chip-specific clock drivers
to not have to follow the rules as strictly.
Reviewed-by: Julien Stephan <jstephan@baylibre.com>
Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20260303-mtk-mt8189-clocks-v4-2-ee85f8dd2f0d@baylibre.com
Signed-off-by: David Lechner <dlechner@baylibre.com>
Bring U-Boot support for the BeagleV-Fire by adding a device tree and
supporting board files etc.
Signed-off-by: Jamie Gibbons <jamie.gibbons@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
U-Boot produces flash.bin as the final boot image when building for
the i.MX95 EVK, but the documentation refers to imx-boot-imx95.bin.
Update the instructions to use flash.bin when copying the image to
the SD card.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@nabladev.com>
The imx-oei and imx-sm build systems defaults to:
TC_VERSION ?= 14.2.rel1
but the documentation still instructs users to download the 13.3 toolchain.
This causes the build to fail because the expected directory name does
not exist.
Update the documentation to reference the 14.2 toolchain to match the build
system default.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@nabladev.com>
Acked-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
To gain access to certain registers that are protected by GMID, the SPL
must release XSPI ownership to the current core.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Alice Guo <alice.guo@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
The XSPI SET GMID command is used to assign GMID ownership to the
requester, allowing access to protected XSPI control registers. This API
must be called in SPL if XSPI GMID-protected settings need to be
modified. Otherwise, XSPI configuration depends on the previous GMID
owner to provide the correct settings.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Alice Guo <alice.guo@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Add new driver to support NXP XSPI controller for NOR and NAND flash.
XSPI controller also uses a programmable sequence engine to provide
flexibility to support existing and future memory devices. It supports
single, dual, quad, octal modes of operation.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Alice Guo <alice.guo@nxp.com>
The maximum length of the board name is not 11 characters
but 14: 11 bytes for the prefix + 3 bytes for the u8 + 1 NULL byte.
Hence, this commit increases the size of the name buffer variable
to 15. Also, this commit fixes the format specifier for the rev_id
variable.
Signed-off-by: Francois Berder <fberder@outlook.fr>
If CONFIG_CMD_FUSE is not enabled in imx93_11x11_evk_defconfig, then
compilation fails with various undefined references to 'fuse_read',
such as:
| .../arch/arm/mach-imx/imx9/soc.c:188:(.text.get_cpu_rev+0x38): undefined reference to `fuse_read'
therefore remove the 'fuse' command dependency in order to compile
fuse.c unconditionally to mitigate the issue.
Signed-off-by: Niko Mauno <niko.mauno@vaisala.com>
Add U-Boot specific device tree configuration for i.MX952 EVK board.
Signed-off-by: Alice Guo <alice.guo@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
i.MX952 is designed for AI-powered sensor fusion and vision sensing
applications, it features 4 Corte-A55, 1 Cortex-M33, 1 Cortex-M7 and
NXP eIQ NPU and advanced graphics, video and advanced security with
edgelock. Product info could be found at:
https://www.nxp.com/products/i.MX-952
The basic device tree includes:
- clock, pin, power header files
- device nodes: CPU[0-3], SCMI firmware, Interrupt Controller, Sys counter,
eDMA, MU, SPI, UART, I2C, USB and etc
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Shawn Guo <shawnguo@kernel.org>
[ upstream commit: b516a4dd6a1ff7ddbaf3ab30ddec88088a6ec9e6 ]
(cherry picked from commit 3546aa155a84b8af636d44c852c864845e654864)
On i.MX952, WDG3 and WDG4 are not used for system reset. PSCI is used
instead. Keep WDG3 and WDG4 in their default state rather than
explicitly disabling them.
Signed-off-by: Alice Guo <alice.guo@nxp.com>
This patch is used to add the imx type string of i.MX952 so that the
i.MX952 CPU info can be printed.
Signed-off-by: Alice Guo <alice.guo@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Add basic SoC support for i.MX952:
- Add CONFIG_IMX952 Kconfig option
- Include i.MX952 clock and power headers
- Set CPU speed grade to 1.7GHz for i.MX952
Signed-off-by: Alice Guo <alice.guo@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: David Zang <davidzangcs@gmail.com>
Multiple pads can drive the same module input pin, and a daisy chain
register is used to select the active input path. This patch defines
DAISY_OFFSET_IMX952 (0x460) and allows binding on i.MX952.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Alice Guo <alice.guo@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Change to use default board_phys_sdram_size implementation in soc.c,
which will call SM API to get DDR size.
If board has special implementation for DDR size, then board_phys_sdram_size
could be implemented in board file to override the default one in soc.c.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Alice Guo <alice.guo@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
System Manager(SM) has implemented the MISC protocol to retrieve DDR
information. Using this API, U-Boot can obtain the DDR size dynamically
instead of relying on static configuration macros.
This change addresses the DDR ECC enabled case, where 1/8 of the total
DDR size is reserved for ECC data. The scmi_misc_ddrinfo() returns the
DDR size with EEC overhead already deducted.
Implementation details:
- Query the DDR size via scmi_misc_ddrinfo()
- Replace direct REG_DDR_CS[0,1]_BNDS register reads with SCMI call
- Switch from PHYS_SDRAM[x]_SIZE macros to runtime detection
- For backward compatibility with older SM firmware, fall back to
static PHYS_SDRAM[x]_SIZE configuration if the SCMI call fails
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Alice Guo <alice.guo@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
We are trying to get rid of the legacy LED API and PinePhone is one of
the last ones requiring it.
Unlike all other users of the legacy LED API, PinePhone is controlling
the GPIO LED in SPL. Unfortunately, Sunxi doesn't enable DM support in
SPL because of tight space constraints, so we cannot make use of the
modern LED framework as that is based on DM_GPIO.
Since PinePhone is the last user of this API, I'm moving the logic to
Sunxi SPL code and will let this community decide how to handle this hot
potato.
The logic is extremely simplified as only one GPIO LED is currently
controlled in SPL by PinePhone. No need for handling multiple LEDs or
inverted polarity, let's keep it simple.
This however allows us to use the modern LED framework once in U-Boot
proper since this logic won't collide with the new framework.
Since the only misc drivers that were compiled in SPL were guarded by
CONFIG_LED_STATUS and CONFIG_LED_STATUS_GPIO, we can also disable
CONFIG_SPL_DRIVERS_MISC (which does nothing anymore).
This also saves some space for PinePhone in SPL and proper.
Tested-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <simon.glass@canonical.com>
Describe build with OpenSBI fw_dynamic.bin path as OPENSBI=<path> on the
same line instead of as an export. Also remedy a typo which had the wrong
directory path before the filename.
Fixes: 8304f32267 ("doc: board: starfive: update jh7110 common description")
Signed-off-by: E Shattow <e@freeshell.de>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Describe build with output directory as O=<dir> environment variable
and not unrelated -O <output sync> command line argument.
Fixes: 8304f32267 ("doc: board: starfive: update jh7110 common description")
Signed-off-by: E Shattow <e@freeshell.de>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
OrangePi RV is a board that uses the same EEPROM product serial identifier
as the StarFive VisionFive 2 1.3b.
In fact it is not completely compatible with the StarFive VisionFive 2
1.3b for use with Linux Kernel however it is good enough for use with
U-Boot SPL and U-Boot Main. Describe how to set the devicetree search path
and, for advanced users, suggest that it is possible to update the EEPROM
data with an invented "XOPIRV" identifier for automatic board detection.
Signed-off-by: E Shattow <e@freeshell.de>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Add XOPIRV identifier for Orange Pi RV to dts selection callback in SPL,
and to fdtfile environment variable default value selection in payload.
Signed-off-by: E Shattow <e@freeshell.de>
Reviewed-by: Hal Feng <hal.feng@starfivetech.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Set $fdtfile to the VisionFive 2 Lite DTB if the board is matched.
Reviewed-by: E Shattow <e@freeshell.de>
Signed-off-by: Hal Feng <hal.feng@starfivetech.com>
Get and enable a optional power gpio. This feature is ported
from the jh7110 pcie driver in Linux. VisionFive 2 Lite needs
this gpio to enable the PCI bus device (M.2 M-Key) power.
Signed-off-by: Hal Feng <hal.feng@starfivetech.com>
Add eeprom data format v3 support. Add onboard_module field in
ATOM4 and add "mac onboard_module <?>" command to modify it.
The onboard module field marks the additional modules compared
with VisionFive 2 board. Now we define
bit7-1: reserved, bit0: WIFI/BT
Signed-off-by: Hal Feng <hal.feng@starfivetech.com>
pcb_revision is stored in the pcb_revision field of ATOM4. Correct it.
Move the function description to the header file.
Return 0 instead of 0xFF if read_eeprom() fails.
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Fixes: aea1bd95b6 ("eeprom: starfive: Enable ID EEPROM configuration")
Signed-off-by: Hal Feng <hal.feng@starfivetech.com>
Directly return the DDR size instead of the field of 'DxxxExxx'.
Move the function description to the header file.
Return 0 instead of 0xFF if read_eeprom() fails.
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Fixes: aea1bd95b6 ("eeprom: starfive: Enable ID EEPROM configuration")
Signed-off-by: Hal Feng <hal.feng@starfivetech.com>
The exported sub_make_done variable leaks into the environment of all
child processes. When make targets like tcheck spawn independent
make-invocations with O=, those child-makes inherit sub_make_done=1,
skip the KBUILD_OUTPUT setup and try to build in the source tree.
A global 'unexport sub_make_done' cannot be used because the build
system itself re-invokes the top-level Makefile for syncconfig (via
'$(MAKE) -f $(srctree)/Makefile syncconfig'). Without sub_make_done,
that child make re-enters the KBUILD_OUTPUT block and recomputes
abs_objtree. With a relative O= path this resolves to a nested
directory (e.g. build/build/) where .config does not exist.
Instead, use 'env -u sub_make_done' in the test-target recipes so only
the test scripts see a clean environment. This allows their child make
invocations to process O= correctly without affecting internal kbuild
recursion.
This is not strictly a bugfix, but compare with:
commit 27529f1cb0 ("kbuild: skip parsing pre sub-make code for recursion")
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Per the SCSI SPC-4 specification, the standard inquiry data length
should not be less than 36 bytes. The current implementation uses 512
bytes, which causes detection failures on some UFS devices (e.g.,
Longsys) that do not expect a transfer length exceeding the standard
inquiry size.
Align the default standard inquiry length with the Linux kernel's
implementation (see drivers/scsi/scsi_scan.c), which uses 36 bytes as
the default. Devices requiring vendor-specific inquiry lengths should
be handled through quirk settings in the future.
Signed-off-by: ht.lin <ht.lin@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: Macpaul Lin <macpaul.lin@mediatek.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut@mailbox.org>
Introduce a new fragment configuration in u-boot to enable support for
the snagfactory tool [1], used for factory flashing of boards. Snagfactory
tool first recovers the board via USB DFU (peripheral boot), and then
uses fastboot to flash given binaries/images to MMC or other on-board
memory via USB. The fragment config can be used to generate boot binaries
for board recovery. This fragment config needs to be added additionally,
while building a53 images for USB DFU boot.
The fragment config enables configurations to allow flashing via
fastboot, manage MMC partitions and boot partitions, customize buffer
size and memory usage for fastboot and also integrate OEM commands and
UUU compatibility. It sets CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND to start fastboot mode
immediately on startup. It also sets BOOTDELAY to 0 to reduce snagfactory
recovery time. Since BOOTCOMMAND and BOOTDELAY configs are being
modified, these changes cannot be placed in existing DFU fragment config.
Snagfactory used mtd support for flashing both SPI NAND and SPI NOR
devices. The fragment config enables mtd in u-boot and also allows SPI
flash to be treated as an MTD device.
[1]: https://github.com/bootlin/snagboot
Signed-off-by: Paresh Bhagat <p-bhagat@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Mahammed Sadik Shaik <s-sadik@ti.com>
Although the J742S2 EVM supports PCIe boot in Hardware, since it is not
enabled yet in Software, disable PCIe boot related configurations that are
not applicable.
Signed-off-by: Hrushikesh Salunke <h-salunke@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Siddharth Vadapalli <s-vadapalli@ti.com>
Although the J742S2 EVM supports PCIe boot in Hardware, since it is not
enabled yet in Software, disable PCIe boot related configurations that are
not applicable.
Signed-off-by: Hrushikesh Salunke <h-salunke@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Siddharth Vadapalli <s-vadapalli@ti.com>
AM69 SK does not contain PCIe Boot in the list of supported Boot Modes.
Hence, disable PCIe Boot related configurations that are not applicable.
Signed-off-by: Hrushikesh Salunke <h-salunke@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Siddharth Vadapalli <s-vadapalli@ti.com>
AM69 SK does not contain PCIe Boot in the list of supported Boot Modes.
Hence, disable PCIe Boot related configurations that are not applicable.
Signed-off-by: Hrushikesh Salunke <h-salunke@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Siddharth Vadapalli <s-vadapalli@ti.com>
J784S4 SoC has two instances of PCIe, namely PCIe0 and PCIe1. The
PCIe1 instance is used for PCIe endpoint boot. Enable the configs
required for PCIe boot on the J784S4 platform.
Signed-off-by: Hrushikesh Salunke <h-salunke@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Siddharth Vadapalli <s-vadapalli@ti.com>
J784S4 SoC has two instances of PCIe, namely PCIe0 and PCIe1. The
PCIe1 instance is used for PCIe endpoint boot. Enable the configs
required for PCIe boot on the J784S4 platform.
Additionally, enable configs for J721E WIZ SERDES wrapper, Cadence
Torrent PHY, and MMIO multiplexer. These are required to configure
the SERDES lanes at the R5 SPL stage for PCIe endpoint operation.
Signed-off-by: Hrushikesh Salunke <h-salunke@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Siddharth Vadapalli <s-vadapalli@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Udit Kumar <u-kumar1@ti.com>
Add SPL_PHY_J721E_WIZ configuration option to enable the WIZ SERDES
wrapper driver in SPL stage. This is required for PCIe boot support
where SERDES configuration must be done early in the boot sequence
before loading the bootloader image over PCIe.
Signed-off-by: Hrushikesh Salunke <h-salunke@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Siddharth Vadapalli <s-vadapalli@ti.com>
Add SPL_PHY_CADENCE_TORRENT configuration option to enable the Cadence
Torrent PHY driver in SPL stage. This is required for PCIe boot support
where SERDES configuration must be done early in the boot sequence
before loading the bootloader image over PCIe.
Signed-off-by: Hrushikesh Salunke <h-salunke@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Siddharth Vadapalli <s-vadapalli@ti.com>
To enable PCIe boot on J784S4 SoC SERDES0 and PCIE1 should be enabled
and configured at the R5 stage. Add the required clk-data and dev-data
for SERDES0 and PCIE1.
Signed-off-by: Hrushikesh Salunke <h-salunke@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Siddharth Vadapalli <s-vadapalli@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Udit Kumar <u-kumar1@ti.com>
Pull request efi-2026-03-14
CI: https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-efi/-/pipelines/29512
UEFI:
* Require at least 128 KiB of stack space to use EFI sub-system.
* Avoid buffer overrun in efi_var_restore().
* Avoid superfluous variable store writes on unchanged data
* Implement SPI Flash store for EFI variables.
* Add an efidebug ecpt sub-command to display the ECPT table
and a unit test for the command.
Others:
* Add missing include string.h to make exception command build again.
* lib: uuid: add EBBR 2.1 conformance profile GUID
u-boot-dfu-20260316
DFU:
* Make DFU_WRITE_ALT symbol available outside of DFU
* Fix PCI subclass_code warning in spl_dfu
Usb Gadget:
* Mark udc_disconnect() as static
When building qemu_arm64_defconfig with CMD_EXCEPTION a build error occurs:
In file included from cmd/arm/exception64.c:87:
include/exception.h: In function ‘exception_complete’:
include/exception.h:41:23: error: implicit declaration of
function ‘strlen’ [-Wimplicit-function-declaration]
41 | len = strlen(argv[1]);
| ^~~~~~
Add the missing include.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Currently U-Boot uses ESP as storage for EFI variables.
Devices with SPI Flash are used for storing environment with this
commit we allow EFI variables to be stored on SPI Flash.
Signed-off-by: Shantur Rathore <i@shantur.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Tested-by: Neil Armstrong <neil.armstrong@linaro.org> # on AML-S905D3-CC
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Every SetVariable() call triggers efi_var_mem_ins() followed by
efi_var_to_storage(), even when the variable value is not actually
changing. This is unfriendly to flash-backed stores that suffer
wear from unnecessary erase/write cycles.
Add a change-detection path to efi_var_mem_ins(): when size2 == 0
(i.e. not an append) and the caller passes a non-NULL changep flag,
look up the existing variable and compare attributes, length, time
and data byte-by-byte. If everything matches, set *changep = false
and return EFI_SUCCESS without touching the variable buffer.
Both efi_set_variable_int() and efi_set_variable_runtime() now
check the flag and skip efi_var_mem_del() / efi_var_to_storage()
when nothing changed.
Introduce efi_memcmp_runtime() - a runtime-safe byte-by-byte memory
comparison helper, following the same pattern as the existing
efi_memcpy_runtime(). The standard memcmp() is not available after
ExitBootServices() and calling it from Linux will crash.
Tested-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
The value of buf->length comes from outside U-Boot and may be incorrect.
We must avoid to overrun our internal buffer for excessive values.
If buf->length is shorter than the variable file header, the variable
file is invalid.
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Add support for printing the EFI_CONFORMANCE_PROFILE_EBBR_2_1_GUID as human
readable text.
This is compiled in only when CONFIG_CMD_EFIDEBUG and CONFIG_EFI_EPCT are
set.
Suggested-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Vincent Stehlé <vincent.stehle@arm.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
The UEFI specification requires at least 128 KiB stack space. Consider this
value as a prerequisite for CONFIG_EFI_LOADER.
Mention the requirement in the CONFIG_STACK_SPACE description and decribe
that the UEFI sub-system uses CONFIG_STACK_SPACE when defining the memory
map.
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Rockchip RK356x supports up to 8 GiB DRAM, however U-Boot only includes
the initial 32-bit 0-4 GiB addressable range in its memory map,
something that matches gd->ram_top and current expected memory available
for use in U-Boot.
The vendor DRAM init blobs add following ddr_mem rk atags [1]:
4 GiB: [0x0, 0xf0000000) and [0x1f0000000, 0x200000000)
8 GiB: [0x0, 0x200000000)
Add the remaining 64-bit 4-8 GiB addressable range, that already is
reported to OS, to the U-Boot memory map to more correctly describe all
available and addressable DRAM of RK356x. While at it also add the
missing UL suffix to the PCIe address range for consistency.
[1] https://gist.github.com/Kwiboo/6d983693c79365b43c330eb3191cbace
Acked-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Neha Malcom Francis <n-francis@ti.com> says:
Typically we do not enable these configs by default but would still like to
have the option to start building them in our default build flow for
testing. Also there is the added advantage of users being able to see what
is needed in case they choose to enable these features.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20260226122508.2269682-1-n-francis@ti.com
Add sections dedicated to explaining how BIST and inline ECC can be
enabled via the config fragments.
Signed-off-by: Neha Malcom Francis <n-francis@ti.com>
K3 OTP bits can only be programmed 25bits at a time. Limit the value
accordingly using a 25 bit mask.
Signed-off-by: Vignesh Raghavendra <vigneshr@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Anshul Dalal <anshuld@ti.com>
Error out if readback value doesn't match the programmed value.
Signed-off-by: Vignesh Raghavendra <vigneshr@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Anshul Dalal <anshuld@ti.com>
Use signed int format to print error codes so that its more readable
Fixes: ed5f2e5bed ("drivers: k3_fuse: Add fuse sub-system func calls")
Signed-off-by: Vignesh Raghavendra <vigneshr@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Anshul Dalal <anshuld@ti.com>
Sparsh Kumar <sparsh-kumar@ti.com> says:
This series updates the Resource Management (RM) configuration files
for AM62 family devices to align with the TIFS v11.02.09 firmware.
Background
----------
With the latest TIFS firmware (v11.02.09), an additional virtual
interrupt and event is reserved for MCU cores to DM usage on am62x,
am62ax, and am62px devices. This series brings the rm-cfg and
tifs-rm-cfg files in sync with these firmware changes across both
TI reference boards and vendor boards.
These changes are backward compatible with older TIFS firmware versions.
Additionally, the am62x platform was originally introduced without a
tifs-rm-cfg.yaml file, unlike other platforms in the AM62 family.
This series addresses that gap and enables tifs-rm-cfg in binman for
am625-sk and am62p-sk platforms.
Changes
-------
TI reference boards (patches 1-4):
- Update rm-cfg.yaml for am62x, am62ax, am62px
- Sync am62px tifs-rm-cfg.yaml with TIFS firmware template
- Add missing tifs-rm-cfg.yaml for am62x
- Enable tifs-rm-cfg in binman for am625-sk and am62p-sk
Vendor boards (patches 5-9):
- beagleplay (am62x-based)
- phytec phycore_am62x
- toradex verdin-am62
- phytec phycore_am62ax
- toradex verdin-am62p
with the required interrupt reservation. The tifs-rm-cfg.yaml files
cannot be updated without access to the corresponding SysConfig files,
as both rm-cfg.yaml and tifs-rm-cfg.yaml must remain in sync.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20260225132425.3096103-1-sparsh-kumar@ti.com
With the latest v11.02.09 TIFS firmware, an additional
virtual interrupt and event is reserved for MCU cores
to DM usage on am62px devices.
Update the rm-cfg to reflect this new reservation.
Signed-off-by: Sparsh Kumar <sparsh-kumar@ti.com>
With the latest v11.02.09 TIFS firmware, an additional
virtual interrupt and event is reserved for MCU cores
to DM usage on am62ax devices.
Update the rm-cfg to reflect this new reservation.
Signed-off-by: Sparsh Kumar <sparsh-kumar@ti.com>
With the latest v11.02.09 TIFS firmware, an additional
virtual interrupt and event is reserved for MCU cores
to DM usage on am62x devices.
Update the rm-cfg to reflect this new reservation.
Signed-off-by: Sparsh Kumar <sparsh-kumar@ti.com>
With the latest v11.02.09 TIFS firmware, an additional
virtual interrupt and event is reserved for MCU cores
to DM usage on am62x devices.
Update the rm-cfg to reflect this new reservation.
Signed-off-by: Sparsh Kumar <sparsh-kumar@ti.com>
With the latest v11.02.09 TIFS firmware, an additional
virtual interrupt and event is reserved for MCU cores
to DM usage on am62x devices.
Update the rm-cfg to reflect this new reservation.
Signed-off-by: Sparsh Kumar <sparsh-kumar@ti.com>
Add rcfg_yaml_tifs node override to use tifs-rm-cfg.yaml instead of
the default rm-cfg.yaml for am625-sk and am62p-sk platforms.
This enables binman to include the tifs-rm-cfg.yaml configuration
when building tiboot3 images, bringing these platforms in line with
other K3 devices like am62a-sk that already use tifs-rm-cfg.yaml.
This builds on the tifs-rm-cfg files added/updated earlier in this series.
Signed-off-by: Sparsh Kumar <sparsh-kumar@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Neha Malcom Francis <n-francis@ti.com>
The am62x platform was originally introduced without a
tifs-rm-cfg.yaml file. Add the tifs-rm-cfg to bring am62x
in line with other am62 family of devices (am62px and am62a)
which all include this file.
This complements the rm-cfg update earlier in this series.
Signed-off-by: Sparsh Kumar <sparsh-kumar@ti.com>
Synchronize tifs-rm-cfg file with the latest v11.02.09
TIFS firmware rm configuration:
- Update am62px tifs-rm-cfg with revised resource allocations
- Apply formatting updates to align with TIFS template
This brings tifs-rm-cfg in sync with the rm-cfg changes
earlier in this series.
Signed-off-by: Sparsh Kumar <sparsh-kumar@ti.com>
With the latest v11.02.09 TIFS firmware, an additional
virtual interrupt and event is reserved for MCU cores
to DM usage on am62x, am62ax and am62px devices.
Update the rm-cfg to reflect this new reservation.
Signed-off-by: Sparsh Kumar <sparsh-kumar@ti.com>
Updates the polarities for the GPIOs on the sc594
EZKIT carrier board for the newest revision, Rev D.
The new carrier board revision has different polarities
for some GPIOs. This patch updates the sc594 entries
to match the sc598 entries that were updated in a previous
commit, as both SOMs can utilize the EZKIT.
Note that these updates are for the EZKIT carrier
board used by both sc598 and sc594 SOMs, not the SOMs themselves.
Fixes: be79378 ("board: adi: Add support for SC594")
Signed-off-by: Caleb Ethridge <caleb.ethridge@analog.com>
Reviewed-by: Greg Malysa <malysagreg@gmail.com>
Add NULL check after memalign() call in get_mem() to prevent
potential NULL pointer dereference (CWE-476).
The function memalign() can return NULL on allocation failure.
Dereferencing the returned pointer without checking for NULL
may cause a crash in low-memory conditions.
Changes:
- Add NULL check after memalign() allocation
- Return NULL on failure, consistent with function semantics
This fixes the static analyzer warning:
linux_compat.c:34: dereference of memalign return value without NULL check
Reported-by: static analyzer Svace
Signed-off-by: Anton Moryakov <ant.v.moryakov@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The R5 SPL requires 32-bit address mappings for OSPI1(QSPI) access.
Override the OSPI1 node with appropriate 32-bit register ranges to
enable proper address translation on the 32-bit R5 core, while
preserving 64-bit mappings for A72 cores. While at it, remove the
disabled status override for ospi1 node to support booting from
qspi.
Signed-off-by: Anurag Dutta <a-dutta@ti.com>
On Xilinx MB-V there is a need to use ELF file for SPL which is placed
in BRAM (Block RAM) because tools for placing code to bitstream requires to
use ELF. That's why introduce SPL_REMAKE_ELF similar to REMAKE_ELF option
as was originally done by commit f4dc714aaa ("arm64: Turn u-boot.bin back
into an ELF file after relocate-rela").
There is already generic and simple linker script (arch/u-boot-elf.lds)
which can be also used without any modification.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
When CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_SOFT_RESET is enabled, spi_nor_remove() is called
after spl_load() to switch the flash back to legacy SPI mode. However,
the return value of spi_nor_remove() unconditionally overwrites the
return value of spl_load(), discarding any load error.
Fix this by preserving the spl_load() error and only propagating the
spi_nor_remove() error as a fallback. Also log a message when
spi_nor_remove() fails, since in the case where spl_load() already
failed its error would otherwise be silently discarded.
Signed-off-by: Dimitrios Siganos <dimitris@siganos.org>
Revert commit eb052cbb89 ("lmb: add and reserve memory above ram_top")
and commit 1a48b0be93 ("lmb: prohibit allocations above ram_top even from
same bank"). These are based on incorrect premise of the first commit, that
"U-Boot does not use memory above ram_top". While U-Boot itself indeed does
not and should not use memory above ram_top, user can perfectly well use
that memory from the U-Boot shell, for example to load content in there.
Currently, attempt to use that memory to load large image using TFTP ends
with "TFTP error: trying to overwrite reserved memory...". With this change
in place, the memory can be used again.
Fixes: eb052cbb89 ("lmb: add and reserve memory above ram_top")
Fixes: 1a48b0be93 ("lmb: prohibit allocations above ram_top even from same bank")
Reported-by: Yuya Hamamachi <yuya.hamamachi.sx@renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Pull request net-20260312.
net:
- Move network PHY under NETDEVICES
- s/DM_CLK/CLK/ in HIFEMAC_{ETH,MDIO}
- Add support for Airoha AN8811HB PHY
- airoha: PCS and MDIO support for Airoha AN7581 SoC
net-lwip:
- Fix issue when TFTP blocksize is >8192
- Adjust PBUF_POOL_SIZE/IP_REASS_MAX_PBUFS for better performance and
resource usage.
- Enable mii command for NET_LWIP
A number of network PHY drivers have Kconfig dependencies on various
network drivers under NETDEVICES. This is in addition to logical
dependencies of network PHYs needing network drivers. Resolve the
Kconfig problems by moving the network PHY lines to be after the network
devices, within the overall NETDEVICES guard.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Acked-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@arm.com>
TFTP transfers fail when tftpblocksize is set to 8192 or larger due to
insufficient buffer resources for IP fragment reassembly.
Calculate PBUF_POOL_SIZE and IP_REASS_MAX_PBUFS dynamically based on
CONFIG_TFTP_BLOCKSIZE using IP fragmentation boundaries (1480 usable
bytes per fragment at 1500 MTU). The pool size includes headroom for
TX, ARP, and protocol overhead, while ensuring PBUF_POOL_SIZE remains
greater than IP_REASS_MAX_PBUFS as required by lwIP.
Signed-off-by: Pranav Tilak <pranav.vinaytilak@amd.com>
The PBUF_POOL_BUFSIZE ends up being only 592 bytes, instead of 1514,
when PROT_TCP_LWIP Kconfig option is disabled. This results in a full
Ethernet frame requiring three PBUFs instead of just one.
This happens because the PBUF_POOL_BUFSIZE constant depends on the value
of a TCP_MSS constant, something that defaults to 536 when PROT_TCP_LWIP
is disabled.
PBUF_POOL_BUFSIZE = LWIP_MEM_ALIGN_SIZE(TCP_MSS + 40 + PBUF_LINK_HLEN)
Ensure that a full Ethernet frame fits inside a single PBUF by moving
the define of TCP_MSS outside the PROT_TCP_LWIP ifdef block.
Fixes: 1c41a7afaa ("net: lwip: build lwIP")
Acked-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
For enabling the clock driver we use symbol CONFIG_CLK.
Select this symbol for the HiSilicon Fast Ethernet Controller driver.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
Don't imply non-existent symbols CONFIG_SIFIVE_CLINT and SPL_SIFIVE_CLINT.
MPFS boards neither use SPL nor do they run main U-Boot in M-mode.
So we don't need CONFIG_(SPL_)ACLINT either.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Acked-by: Conor Dooley <conor.dooley@microchip.com>
Under single core boot platform, the secondary cores won't enter the
u-boot spl. Therefore we move the pl2 driver from u-boot to the Opensbi.
Signed-off-by: Nick Hu <nick.hu@sifive.com>
Signed-off-by: Jimmy Ho <jimmy.ho@sifive.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Tested on HiFive Unleashed and HiFive Unmatched, both SPIFlash and MMC boot.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Schwab <schwab@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
If we are using the legacy or the LWIP network stack,
should not influence our decision to provide command `mii`.
Let BOOT_DEFAULTS_CMDS imply MII if either of the network
stacks is available.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Current code just bind mt7531 mdio with it's driver, so mdio device may
not be probed and hense not usable.
This patch:
* Forces probing of mt7531 mdio for GDM1 port
* Renames the mt7531 mdio bus interface to 'mt7531-mdio'. We may have
multiple available MDIO, so the name 'mdio' isn't descriptive enough.
* Sets mdio bus for the GDM port device
Signed-off-by: Mikhail Kshevetskiy <mikhail.kshevetskiy@iopsys.eu>
It's not possible to disable PCS support just now, an7581 u-boot will not
compile. This patch fixes an issue.
Signed-off-by: Mikhail Kshevetskiy <mikhail.kshevetskiy@iopsys.eu>
Add required changes to call PCS function to configure the Serdes Port.
The Ethernet driver is adapted following Upstream Kernel node structure.
Function calling order is the same of Phylink upstream kernel.
With the PCS support, also add support for attaching PHY. With
"in-band-status" set in DT for the managed property, a rudimental
support for SFP module is present.
Signed-off-by: Christian Marangi <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
A fix:
* Fixing compiling MT8195 due to some independent changes that were applied
around the same time as MT8195 support was merged. (CI would not have caught
this since we didn't have a defconfig until now).
And few small features:
* New defconfig for MT8395/Genio 1200 EVK.
* pinctrl support for MT8189-compatible SoCs.
pcs-airoha-common.o should not build unconditionally,
also make building rules looks better.
Signed-off-by: Mikhail Kshevetskiy <mikhail.kshevetskiy@iopsys.eu>
Add support for Airoha PCS driver present on AN7581 SoC.
This is needed to configure the Serdes port for the different PHY mode.
Signed-off-by: Christian Marangi <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Call airoha_switch_init() before creating GDM instances, so if
allocation of GDM port fails, early created GDM instances will work
normally.
Signed-off-by: Mikhail Kshevetskiy <mikhail.kshevetskiy@iopsys.eu>
We should not call airoha_fe_init() from GDM port independent code,
because it do a GDM specific things.
Makes airoha_fe_maccr_init() and airoha_fe_init() port dependent
and call them from airoha_eth_port_probe()
Signed-off-by: Mikhail Kshevetskiy <mikhail.kshevetskiy@iopsys.eu>
Declare airoha_eth_port as U_BOOT_DRIVER(), fix airoha_alloc_gdm_port()
to lookup a driver instead of direct airoha_eth_port usage.
Signed-off-by: Mikhail Kshevetskiy <mikhail.kshevetskiy@iopsys.eu>
In the case of an7581 possible GDM port id are: 1, 2 and 4.
Initialization of port GDM4 will lead to out of boundary writing
to gdm_port_str[] array.
Let's increase the array size by 1 to avoid it.
Signed-off-by: Mikhail Kshevetskiy <mikhail.kshevetskiy@iopsys.eu>
Rework the driver to support multiple GDM port. The driver is split to
main driver as a MISC driver with forced probe (by using the
DM_FLAG_PROBE_AFTER_BIND) and each GDM port register a ETH driver.
This permit a 1:1 implementation with the linux kernel driver and permit
to use the same exact DT nodes.
Signed-off-by: Christian Marangi <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Instead of having duplicate priv struct for mdio-mt7531-mmio driver in
both driver and header, use the one exposed by the header directly.
This make sure we have consistent priv struct if the driver will be
updated in the future.
Signed-off-by: Christian Marangi <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
The subclass_code member of the pci_ep_header structure is a 1-byte
field. The macro PCI_CLASS_MEMORY_RAM is a concetation of baseclass_code
and subclass_code as follows:
PCI_BASE_CLASS_MEMORY: 0x05
Subclass Code for RAM: 0x00
PCI_CLASS_MEMORY_RAM: 0x0500
Hence, instead of extracting it via an implicity type conversion from int
to u8 which throws a warning, explicitly mask the bits to extract the
subclass_code.
Fixes: cde77583cf ("spl: Add support for Device Firmware Upgrade (DFU) over PCIe")
Signed-off-by: Siddharth Vadapalli <s-vadapalli@ti.com>
Tested-by: Anshul Dalal <anshuld@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@kernel.org>
Tested-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@kernel.org> # am62x_evm_a53
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20260305103815.999886-1-s-vadapalli@ti.com
Signed-off-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@kernel.org>
Add minimal infrastructure to build SPL images with support for UFS
storage devices. This also pulls in SCSI support and charset functions,
which are dependencies of the UFS code.
With this, only a fixed offset is supported for loading the next image,
which should be specified in CONFIG_SPL_UFS_RAW_U_BOOT_SECTOR as the
number of 4096-byte sectors into the UFS block device.
Reviewed-by: Neil Armstrong <neil.armstrong@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Alexey Charkov <alchark@gmail.com>
Link: https://patch.msgid.link/20260120-rk3576-ufs-v5-1-0edb61b301b7@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <neil.armstrong@linaro.org>
Enable firmware TPM (fTPM) support via OP-TEE for K3 platforms with
MMC hardware. This provides TPM 2.0 functionality through
Microsoft's fTPM Trusted Application running in OP-TEE secure world,
using eMMC RPMB as persistent storage.
fTPM support in U-Boot provides the foundation for measured boot
and disk encryption use cases.
The ARM64 condition ensures these apply only to A53/A72 cores and the
MMC condition ensures fTPM is enabled only on platforms with eMMC
hardware support.
Signed-off-by: Shiva Tripathi <s-tripathi1@ti.com>
Acked-by: Andrew Davis <afd@ti.com>
* The symbol for the x86 architecture is CONFIG_X86 and not CONFIG_x86.
* Correct the description. The partition type is called MBR.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
We removed configuration symbol CONFIG_DM_PCI with
commit 3232bdf0b3 ("pci: Drop DM_PCI").
Don't select it for TARGET_POMELO.
Fixes: b9d0f00a9d ("arm: add initial support for the Phytium Pomelo Board")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Varadarajan Narayanan <varadarajan.narayanan@oss.qualcomm.com> says:
The disk_read() and disk_write() functions of the FAT driver use the
blk_dread() and blk_dwrite() respectively. The blk_* APIs read and write
to the devices in terms of the device block size. However, the FAT
driver reads in terms of the device block size (from fat_set_blk_dev and
read_bootsectandvi) and sector size in the rest of the places.
This causes buffer overflows or partial reads when the FAT sector size
is not equal to device block size. Fix this by using blk_dread in
fat_set_blk_dev and read_bootsectandvi instead of disk_read. And update
disk_read/disk_write to handle FAT sector size and block size mismatch.
Tested on
blksz | FAT sector size
------+----------------
4096 | 4096
512 | 512
4096 | 512
512 | 4096
CI test results
---------------
https://github.com/u-boot/u-boot/pull/871
All checks have passed
93 successful checks
No conflicts with base branch
Code size change info
---------------------
arm: (for 1/1 boards) all +32.0 text +32.0
qemu_arm : all +32 text +32
u-boot: add: 0/0, grow: 2/0 bytes: 24/0 (24)
function old new delta
read_bootsectandvi 420 432 +12
fat_set_blk_dev 204 216 +12
aarch64: (for 1/1 boards) all +12.0 rodata -8.0 text +20.0
qemu_arm64 : all +12 rodata -8 text +20
u-boot: add: 0/0, grow: 2/0 bytes: 20/0 (20)
function old new delta
read_bootsectandvi 408 420 +12
fat_set_blk_dev 204 212 +8
aarch64: (for 1/1 boards) all -2.0 data -8.0 rodata +6.0
qcom_qcs9100 : all -2 data -8 rodata +6
u-boot: add: 1/-1, grow: 8/-1 bytes: 708/-224 (484)
function old new delta
disk_rw - 628 +628
read_bootsectandvi 408 428 +20
fat_itr_root 500 520 +20
get_cluster 376 388 +12
set_contents 2076 2084 +8
fat_set_blk_dev 204 212 +8
static.set_fatent_value 536 540 +4
get_fatent 420 424 +4
fat_next_cluster 368 372 +4
disk_read 100 - -100
disk_write 132 8 -124
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20260224035000.1617869-1-varadarajan.narayanan@oss.qualcomm.com
Enable FS_FAT_HANDLE_SECTOR_SIZE_MISMATCH to handle the different
combination of FAT sector size and device block size present in QCOM
platforms.
Signed-off-by: Varadarajan Narayanan <varadarajan.narayanan@oss.qualcomm.com>
The disk_read() and disk_write() functions of the FAT driver use the
blk_dread() and blk_dwrite() respectively. The blk_* APIs read and write
to the devices in terms of the device block size. However, the FAT
driver reads in terms of the device block size (from fat_set_blk_dev and
read_bootsectandvi) and sector size in the rest of the places.
This causes buffer overflows or partial reads when the FAT sector size
is not equal to device block size. Fix this by using blk_dread in
fat_set_blk_dev and read_bootsectandvi instead of disk_read. And update
disk_read/disk_write to handle FAT sector size and block size mismatch.
Tested on
blksz | FAT sector size
------+----------------
4096 | 4096
512 | 512
4096 | 512
512 | 4096
Signed-off-by: Varadarajan Narayanan <varadarajan.narayanan@oss.qualcomm.com>
Booting into SPL using ramboot can take several seconds on some SoCs due
to the large size of the usb472 payload sent over USB to BootROM.
A large chunk of the usb472 payload, around 1-2 MiB, is padding used to
avoid overlapping when loading e.g. TF-A to 0x40000.
BootROM is likely wasting unnecessary time crc16 validating the padding
of the payload.
Place the FIT payload directly after SPL and memmove it to the expected
memory location, SPL_LOAD_FIT_ADDRESS, to avoid excessive padding and
help speed up ramboot.
Binman symbols are used to get the position and size of the FIT payload
that is initially loaded into DRAM by the BootROM.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The ATAGS set by Rockchip DDR init blob[1] specify DRAM banks above the
first addressable 4GiB which we haven't done in the mem_map for RK3588
yet.
For 4GiB DRAM, the 256MiB missing from the first addressable 4GiB (due
to MMIO) are accessible at the end of the 8GiB address space. For 8GiB,
4-8GiB address space is used for the additional 4GiB and the missing
256MiB are at the end of 12GiB address space. For 12, 4-12GiB and the
missing 256MiB at the end of 20GiB address space. For 16GiB, 4-~16GiB
with two holes (reasons unknown) around 16GiB and the missing 256MiB is
at the end of 20GiB address space. For 32GiB, 4-16~GiB with two holes
and then 16GiB to 32GiB address space (so likely missing 256MiB from
MMIO address space).
[1] https://gist.github.com/Kwiboo/1c020d37e3adbc9d0d79dc003d921977
Suggested-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Signed-off-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Rockchip RK3506 is a ARM-based SoC with tri-core Cortex-A7.
Add initial arch support for the RK3506 SoC.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Acked-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@kernel.org> # drivers/usb/gadget
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Rockchip RK3506 has two Ethernet controllers based on Synopsys DWC
Ethernet QoS IP.
Add initial support for the RK3506 GMAC variant.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Add support for the OTP controller in RK3506. The OTPC is similar to the
OTPC in RK3568 and can use the same ops for reading OTP data.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Add pinctrl driver for RK3506.
Imported from vendor U-Boot linux-6.1-stan-rkr6 tag with adjustments
to use regmap_update_bits().
Signed-off-by: Ye Zhang <ye.zhang@rock-chips.com>
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Tested-by: Aaron Griffith <aargri@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Add clock driver for RK3506.
Imported from vendor U-Boot linux-6.1-stan-rkr6 tag with minor
adjustments and fixes for mainline.
Signed-off-by: Finley Xiao <finley.xiao@rock-chips.com>
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The first RK35xx SoC was initially appended to the end of the otherwise
alphanumerically sorted spl_infos list, possible because it was using a
new header structure.
Re-sort the spl_infos list to keep it alphanumerically ordered based
on imagename.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Multiple newer Rockchip SoCs report 0x81 instead of 0xa when booting
from USB, i.e. on RK3576, RK3528, RK3506 and RV1106.
Move the bootsource_id 0x81 handling currently only used for RK3528 to
the common read_brom_bootsource_id() to reduce the need to override this
function when support for newer SoCs is introduced.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The rk3288 power-controller node contains an assigned-clocks property
that conflicts with the bindings. From the git history it shows that they
wanted to assign the rk3288 EDP_24M clock input centrally before an edp
node was available. Move the edp assigned-clocks property to the edp node
to reduce dtbs_check output.
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Link: https://patch.msgid.link/7d6fa223-ab90-4c44-9180-54df78467ea5@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko@sntech.de>
[ upstream commit: 10712ce694a67304a99dbba20f8cb146ca5f4fd6 ]
(cherry picked from commit e1b4137b6bbc9998b13cde2eba0655cfdd358c69)
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The u-boot,spl-boot-order property requires a label at a boot
device node. In order to migrate to OF_UPSTREAM more easier
add a spi_flash label to the rk3288-veyron.dtsi file.
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Link: https://patch.msgid.link/8a423a6f-bfdc-4947-aef9-35ee7c4f6ca2@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko@sntech.de>
[ upstream commit: ac7116a626e00d3024adedb43b74bdf2ce45efc2 ]
(cherry picked from commit 38e6f7cd300f66cc9f657cd0e8881a01acc664d0)
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The NanoPi Zero2 is a small single board computer developed by
FriendlyElec, based on the Rockchip RK3528A SoC.
Add support for the FriendlyElec NanoPi Zero2 board.
Features tested on a FriendlyElec NanoPi Zero2 2407:
- SD-card boot
- eMMC boot
- Ethernet
- USB host
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Christopher Obbard <christopher.obbard@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Tiger suffers from eMMC signal integrity issues which means we can only
run it at HS200 max.
The Device Tree has these properties removed since v6.18 (commit
baa18d577cd4 ("arm64: dts: rockchip: disable HS400 on RK3588 Tiger")),
which has now merged in U-Boot.
Since the controller side doesn't support HS400 anymore, let's not
confuse users as to why HS400 is enabled in the config but not working
as we know it cannot work (and won't be used anyway since the controller
doesn't advertise support for it in the Device Tree).
Signed-off-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Enable use of DMA when loading FIT images from eMMC, SD-card and SPI
flash now that access to PMU_SRAM for non-secure masters is allowed.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The firewall block access to pmu sram for non-secure masters by default
after reset (0xffffbfff).
Change the pmu lookup configuration to match the default lookup config
for ddr and system sram (0xffff3fff) to allow loading TF-A using DMA.
Mainline TF-A will re-configure the firewall to use an even less
restrictive lookup (0xbffe3ff0), so this change is not expected to have
any real security implication.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Tested-by: Alexey Charkov <alchark@gmail.com> # UFS
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Add Kconfig option OF_SYSTEM_SETUP=y to support booting ROCK 5C Lite
boards with a RK3582 SoC. CPU and GPU cores are failed based on ip-state
and policy.
Tested on a ROCK 5C Lite v1.1:
cpu-code: 35 82
ip-state: 00 80 00 (otp)
ip-state: c0 9e 04 (policy)
remove cpu-map cluster2
fail gpu
fail rkvdec1
fail rkvenc1
fail cpu cpu@600
fail cpu cpu@700
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The a53_0 clock properties are already set correctly in their
common k3-<soc>-r5.dtsi includes. Stop overriding them in
the r5 board device trees.
Fixes the following error message:
Failed to set clock rates for '/a53@0': -61
Signed-off-by: Wadim Egorov <w.egorov@phytec.de>
Reviewed-by: Anshul Dalal <anshuld@ti.com>
Tested-by: Francesco Dolcini <francesco.dolcini@toradex.com> # Verdin AM62 Solo
Reviewed-by: Bryan Brattlof <bb@ti.com>
Convert a duplicate dtbs recipe into a dependency in the main Makefile.
Another recipe is already defined on line 2369, so we are getting
spurious warnings like:
Makefile:2369: warning: overriding recipe for target 'dtbs'
Makefile:1425: warning: ignoring old recipe for target 'dtbs'
The removed recipe was a no-op anyway so can be safely removed.
Signed-off-by: David Lechner <dlechner@baylibre.com>
Add Kconfig option OF_SYSTEM_SETUP=y to support booting boards with a
RK3582 SoC. CPU and GPU cores are failed based on ip-state and policy.
Tested on a ROCK 5C Lite v1.1:
cpu-code: 35 82
ip-state: 10 00 00 (otp)
ip-state: 30 9e 04 (policy)
remove cpu-map cluster1
rename cpu-map cluster2
fail gpu
fail rkvdec1
fail rkvenc1
fail cpu cpu@400
fail cpu cpu@500
and on a Radxa E52C:
cpu-code: 35 82
ip-state: 00 04 00 (otp)
ip-state: c0 9e 04 (policy)
remove cpu-map cluster2
fail gpu
fail rkvdec1
fail rkvenc1
fail cpu cpu@600
fail cpu cpu@700
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The RK3582 SoC is a variant of the RK3588S with some IP blocks disabled.
What blocks are disabled/non-working is indicated by ip-state in OTP.
This add initial support for RK3582 by using ft_system_setup() to mark
any cpu, gpu and/or vdec/venc node with status=fail as indicated by
ip-state.
This apply same policy as vendor U-Boot for RK3582, i.e. two big cpu
cores, the gpu and one vdec/venc core is always failed/disabled.
Enable Kconfig option OF_SYSTEM_SETUP in board defconfig to make use of
the required DT fixups for RK3582 board variants.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The USB OTG U3 port may have been disabled early, add support to the
COMBPHY driver to re-enable the U3 port.
This matches changes made in the Linux commit 7bb14b61b7d0 ("phy:
rockchip: naneng-combphy: Enable U3 OTG port for RK3568").
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Acked-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
RK3588 has two known memory gaps when using 16+ GiB DRAM,
[0x3fc000000, 0x3fc500000) and [0x3fff00000, 0x400000000).
The vendor TPL blob encodes this information in the DDR_MEM tag data
passed to later boot phases. U-Boot proper will normally use this
information to configure the DRAM banks.
When a DDR_MEM tag cannot be found the fallback is to use the entire
range above 4 GiB. Something that will cause issues when OS try to use
memory from the two known memory gaps.
Add a weak dram init banksize fixup function and implement it for RK3588
to fix issues observed when trying to RAM boot RK3588 boards with 16+
GiB DRAM into Linux.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Add a simple unit test for testing the RAUC bootmethod. Provide only the
very basic tests for now, running a scan and list, to verify correct
detection of the RAUC bootmethod. More advanced boot tests of this
bootmethod can be added in a separate patch.
This requires another mmc image (mmc10) to contain the following
partitions:
1. boot A: contains a dummy boot.scr
2. root A: contains an empty root filesystem
3. boot B: contains a dummy boot.scr
4. root B: contains an empty root filesystem
The bootmeth_rauc scans all four partitions for existence and expects a
boot script in each boot partition.
Also add BOOTMETH_RAUC as a dependency on sandbox so that we can test
this with:
$ ./test/py/test.py -B sandbox --build -k test_ut # build the mmc10.img
$ ./test/py/test.py -B sandbox --build -k bootflow_rauc
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwan <m.schwan@phytec.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <simon.glass@canonical.com>
[trini: mmc9 is now in use, switch to mmc10]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
FIT images don't work without having to explicitly specify physical
load addresses. Digging into that it looks like a flaw in
bootm_load_os().
It duplicates images->os for convenience. However, the code handling
"kernel_noload" images then updates the load address in the copy with
the value lmb_alloc_mem() returned. Later there's another call to
lmb_alloc_mem() that uses the old value. This leads to havoc due
to subsequent calls of lmb_alloc_mem() picking too low addresses.
The "fix" is to mark the local variable const to avoid accidental
assignments. This works but IMO the logic is still flawed somehow as
this leads to overlapping lmb reservations. I guess the fixed
reservation should only be done when the noload path wasn't hit.
Without the change:
+ bootm 0x40200000#qemu-arm 0x40200000#qemu-arm 0x40000000
Using 'qemu-arm' configuration
Verifying Hash Integrity ... OK
Trying 'kernel' kernel subimage
Description: Linux kernel
Created: 2026-02-24 14:10:09 UTC
Type: Kernel Image (no loading done)
Compression: gzip compressed
Data Start: 0x402000b8
Data Size: 12227440 Bytes = 11.7 MiB
Hash algo: sha256
Hash value: 7ea661fdecdd1127edd419cfbf8bff52e2d5ac55c...
Verifying Hash Integrity ... sha256+ OK
Using 'qemu-arm' configuration
Verifying Hash Integrity ... OK
Trying 'ramdisk' ramdisk subimage
Description: Initial ramdisk
Created: 2026-02-24 14:10:09 UTC
Type: RAMDisk Image
Compression: uncompressed
Data Start: 0x40da9528
Data Size: 1067114 Bytes = 1 MiB
Architecture: AArch64
OS: Linux
Load Address: unavailable
Entry Point: unavailable
Hash algo: sha256
Hash value: 2a711dcb5f58615187645ccec615c67eddcfbb3138...
Verifying Hash Integrity ... sha256+ OK
Booting using the fdt blob at 0x40000000
Working FDT set to 40000000
Uncompressing Kernel Image (no loading done) to 13a400000
Loading Ramdisk to 400fb000, end 401ff86a ... OK
device tree - allocation error
FDT creation failed!
resetting ...
Bloblist at 0 not found (err=-2)
alloc space exhausted ptr 400 limit 0
Bloblist at 0 not found (err=-2)
[reset]
After:
+ bootm 0x40200000#qemu-arm 0x40200000#qemu-arm 0x40000000
Using 'qemu-arm' configuration
Verifying Hash Integrity ... OK
Trying 'kernel' kernel subimage
Description: Linux kernel
Created: 2026-02-24 14:10:09 UTC
Type: Kernel Image (no loading done)
Compression: gzip compressed
Data Start: 0x402000b8
Data Size: 12227440 Bytes = 11.7 MiB
Hash algo: sha256
Hash value: 7ea661fdecdd1127edd419cfbf8bff52e2d5ac55ce...
Verifying Hash Integrity ... sha256+ OK
Using 'qemu-arm' configuration
Verifying Hash Integrity ... OK
Trying 'ramdisk' ramdisk subimage
Description: Initial ramdisk
Created: 2026-02-24 14:10:09 UTC
Type: RAMDisk Image
Compression: uncompressed
Data Start: 0x40da9528
Data Size: 1067114 Bytes = 1 MiB
Architecture: AArch64
OS: Linux
Load Address: unavailable
Entry Point: unavailable
Hash algo: sha256
Hash value: 2a711dcb5f58615187645ccec615c67eddcfbb3138...
Verifying Hash Integrity ... sha256+ OK
Booting using the fdt blob at 0x40000000
Working FDT set to 40000000
Uncompressing Kernel Image (no loading done) to 13a400000
Loading Ramdisk to 13a2fb000, end 13a3ff86a ... OK
Loading Device Tree to 000000013a1f8000, end 000000013a2fafff ... OK
Working FDT set to 13a1f8000
Starting kernel ...
Signed-off-by: Ludwig Nussel <ludwig.nussel@siemens.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl> says:
I found flash_write_buf() somehow more difficult to follow than needed.
Some code turned out to be inconsistent and some not really needed.
There is a set of 6 patches that should be small enough to make them easy
to review. I was wondering if I should squash patches 5 and 6 but ended up
with sending two smaller diffs.
Those changes shouldn't really change any behaviour (except for smaller mem
alloc). Let me know if there are any issues with this!
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20260221100011.29049-1-zajec5@gmail.com
Recent cleanups made some variables redundant. Both: "blocklen" and
"erase_len" ended up being used as temporary variables used locally in
some short code paths.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Calculate "erasesize" in the same place where other offsets and lengths
/ sizes are calculated. It makes code more consistent and will allow
further cleanups.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
In both code paths "blockstart" is calculated the same way. Unify it.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
We already have DIV_ROUND_UP() to simplify code so add ROUND_UP() as
well. This makes code in flash_write_buf() easier to follow.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
When dealing with env data not aligned to flash blocks flash_write_buf()
has to use an extra buffer. It reads existing flash content to it,
modifies required part and writes it back.
While reading and writing a size stored in "write_total" is used. It's
what should be used when allocating the buffer too.
In some cases allocating memory of "erase_len" size could result in
allocating too big buffer. That wouldn't break anything but it was
making code less intuitive.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Use "erasesize" instead of "blocklen" in flash_write_buf()'s loop. This
change touches code executed for bad NAND blocks so it doesn't affect
any behaviour (for NAND flashes "blocklen" and "erasesize" are equal).
This just makes code a bit more consistent as "erasesize" is what is
used all around inside the writing loop.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
The upstream devicetree am33xx.dtsi does not have a "ti,am33xx-usb"
compatible, it uses "ti,sysc-omap4" for the same node. The
implementation of ti-musb uses a wrapper driver that binds to
ti,am33xx-usb and creates new devices ti-musb-host and
ti-musb-peripheral depending on the dr_mode property.
To avoid this wrapper driver with the upstream devicetree, add
compatibles for "ti,musb-am33xx" to both ti-musb-host and
ti-musb-peripheral. Add a bind function that checks for the correct
dr_mode value and rejects binding if it is not the correct driver.
Reviewed-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Markus Schneider-Pargmann (TI.com) <msp@baylibre.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut@mailbox.org>
For the upstream DT the ctrl_mod node is using a relative register
address which is not translated by the current code.
Make address parsing understand relative addresses.
Reviewed-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Markus Schneider-Pargmann (TI.com) <msp@baylibre.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut@mailbox.org>
CI: https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-imx/-/pipelines/29404
- Miscelanous improvements for Siemens Capricorn board.
- Convert i.MX6 IPUv3 driver to use clock framework.
- Skip voltage switching for fixed 1.8V regulator on fsl_esdhc_imx.
- Support printing imx8m pinmux.
- Enter fastboot on USB boot by default on phycore-imx93.
- Use arch override for env_get_location() on imx95.
Like commit b9e48705e0 ("arm: imx: imx9: Use arch override for
env_get_location()"), use arch-level implementation here so that
env_get_location() can be used on board-level.
Signed-off-by: Sébastien Szymanski <sebastien.szymanski@armadeus.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut@mailbox.org>
The i.MX9 pinctrl match table currently lists all SoC compatibles
unconditionally, which may lead to unused entries being included when
building for specific SoC variants. Guard each compatible entry with
the corresponding CONFIG_IMX9[X] option so only the required SoC
entries are compiled in, which reduces unnecessary data.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Add support for printing pin names and current mux configuration on i.MX91
when CMD_PINMUX is enabled by adding full pin descriptor table for i.MX91
pads.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Add support for printing pin names and current mux configuration on
i.MX93 when CMD_PINMUX is enabled.
- A full pin descriptor table for i.MX93 pads.
- Implementation of get_pins_count(), get_pin_name(), and
get_pin_muxing() in the i.MX9 pinctrl driver.
There is no good way to add real mux names, so just dump the function ID
from the mux register.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
We are going to add pinctrl data support for both i.MX93 and i.MX91.
Since these SoCs share the same pinctrl driver structure, rename
pinctrl-imx93.c to a more generic pinctrl-imx9.c and update all related
variable and function names accordingly.
This prepares the driver for supporting additional i.MX9 family SoCs.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
The i.MX8M pinctrl match table currently lists all SoC compatibles
unconditionally, which may lead to unused entries being included when
building for specific SoC variants. Guard each compatible entry with
the corresponding CONFIG_IMX8M[X] option so only the required SoC
entries are compiled in, which reduces unnecessary data.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Add support for printing pin names and current mux configuration on i.MX8MQ
when CMD_PINMUX is enabled by adding full pin descriptor table for i.MX8MQ
pads.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Add support for printing pin names and current mux configuration on i.MX8MM
when CMD_PINMUX is enabled by adding full pin descriptor table for i.MX8MM
pads.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Add support for printing pin names and current mux configuration on i.MX8MN
when CMD_PINMUX is enabled by adding full pin descriptor table for i.MX8MN
pads.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Add support for printing pin names and current mux configuration on
i.MX8MP when CMD_PINMUX is enabled.
- imx_pinctrl_pin_desc structure and PINCTRL_PIN()/IMX_PINCTRL_PIN()
helpers for defining pin descriptors.
- A full pin descriptor table for i.MX8MP pads.
- Implementation of get_pins_count(), get_pin_name(), and
get_pin_muxing() in the i.MX8M pinctrl driver.
There is no good way to add real mux names, so just dump the function ID
from the mux register.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Enable the remoteproc command, i.MX remoteproc driver, System
Manager SCMI CPU and LMM support to control the Cortex-M7.
Signed-off-by: Emanuele Ghidoli <emanuele.ghidoli@toradex.com>
Acked-by: Francesco Dolcini <francesco.dolcini@toradex.com>
With ENV_WRITEABLE_LIST only specific environment variables lisetd in
CFG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC are read from the u-boot environment storage.
All other environment variables are set to default values and are not
written back to the storage.
The u-boot environment usually stays for the lifetime of the product.
There is no A/B copy mechanism as for the firmware itself. That means
that incompatible changes to environment variables in future u-boot
versions may lead to serious issues if the old environment is used with
a new u-boot version or vice versa.
Having this protection in place ensures that only a limited set of
environment variables are persisted across u-boot versions. All the
macros not listed in CFG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC are now part of the
u-boot binary which is redundant and immutable. This guarantees that
the u-boot version and the default values of these environment variables
are always in sync and cannot be changed at runtime.
ustate and rastate are not relevant for u-boot itself. ustate is used
by swupdate which persists the transaction state in the environment.
rastate is a similar variable used by another user space application.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Freihofer <adrian.freihofer@siemens.com>
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@nabladev.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Freihofer <adrian.freihofer@siemens.com>
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@nabladev.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Rework the boot state machine to a significantly simpler and more
robust implementation. The basic idea is to revert to the previous
partition whenever an issue is detected during the boot process.
- Broken SPL
If one of the two SPLs does not boot, the ROM code of the i.MX8 SoC
automatically starts the second SPL from the second boot partition.
For example, if the system's active partition is A but the SPL from
partition A is broken, the ROM code automatically uses the SPL/u-boot
from partition B.
Proceeding with this boot procedure would lead to booting the kernel/
rootfs from partition A, which could potentially successfully boot
the system and allow the user to apply the firmware update with the
broken SPL again. This would lead to a non-bootable system because
the second update would overwrite the last working bootloader.
To prevent such situations, zigzag boots are detected and the system
reverts to the previous partition rather than booting the kernel/rootfs
from the currently active partition. Detecting zigzag boots is done
via the new fallback variable.
To make this state machine even more consistent, the partitionset_active
variable is no longer used to determine the active partition during
boot. Instead, the active partition is always read from the eMMC
partconf registers.
For backward compatibility, the partitionset_active variable is still
updated whenever a partition switch occurs. However, u-boot no longer
relies on this variable, as it could potentially be out of sync with
the actual partition state, leading to situations where the ROM code
of the i.MX8 SoC would be out of sync with u-boot.
- Broken kernel, initramfs or rootfs
If the upgrade_available variable is set, u-boot counts the number of
consecutive boots via the bootcount variable. If the bootcount exceeds
the bootlimit variable, u-boot starts the altbootcmd instead of the
bootcmd. Previously, this logic was bypassed by assigning the regular
bootcmd to altbootcmd. Now, the altbootcmd is used to revert to the
previous partition when the bootlimit is exceeded.
The netdev variable is changed to eth0 by default. This is what the FEC
driver uses on Capricorn boards. For devices with switches and DSA
subsystems in use, the netdev should be set accordingly by additional
logic in the environment or u-boot code. This is not part of this commit.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Freihofer <adrian.freihofer@siemens.com>
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@nabladev.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
When dtb_name is missing or a configuration is missing, try to
boot the default configuration in the image. The call to bootm needs
the correct loadaddr to succeed.
Fixes booting when factoryset is missing.
Signed-off-by: Walter Schweizer <walter.schweizer@siemens.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
drop Environment variable mmcautodetect and the board logic
behind it, as we want always to autodetct the emmc device.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@nabladev.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
add logic in board code for detecting the real boot
partition and set a local hush shell variable fallback
which can be used later in boot variables for detecting
a ROM bootloader fallback case.
We use the local hush shell variable, as we do not want
to save in any case the fallback variable in U-Boot
Environment, as the default Environment is maybe saved
in boards, which are downgraded to older U-Boot versions.
And than the board code does not run, and fallback never
gets the correct value.
Introduce also hush shell variable envvers to value "v2_"
so we can use them in Environment for running different
versions of variables between new and old U-Boot images.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@nabladev.com>
Signed-off-by: Walter Schweizer <walter.schweizer@siemens.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Enable the "wget" command to allow download using TCP / HTTP protocol.
This is faster than TFTP download.
Signed-off-by: Walter Schweizer <walter.schweizer@siemens.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@nabladev.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
fec2 config does not belong to the Capricorn CPU module, move it to
the main board.
Signed-off-by: Lukas Stockmann <lukas.stockmann@siemens.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
This is required since
commit aebb523a23 ("mmc: mmc-uclass: Use max-frequency from device tree with default handling")
and the related patches of the same series.
The error observed without this change is:
Autobooting in 3 seconds, press "<Esc><Esc>" to stop
EXT_CSD[179], PARTITION_CONFIG:
BOOT_ACK: 0x0
BOOT_PARTITION_ENABLE: 0x1 (boot0)
PARTITION_ACCESS: 0x0 (user)
Loading from eMMC ...fit
U-Boot SPL 2026.01-4238dcfcbfe (Jan 09 2026 - 08:19:45 +0000)
For this example it's the following commands which does no longer work
for larger images:
ext4load mmc 0:1 0x88000000 boot/fitImage
On latest master branch the problematic commit gets reverted with
commit c4f5b1d4b0 ("Revert "mmc: mmc-uclass: Use max-frequency from device tree with default handling"")
but for v2026.01 this fix is still required. Maybe it's anyway a good
idea to have this property set explicitly.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Freihofer <adrian.freihofer@siemens.com>
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@nabladev.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
gpio4.29 belongs to eth0 and not to emmc0 and is
handled by the mainboard dts and not here in the
cpu module dtsi.
Signed-off-by: Lukas Stockmann <lukas.stockmann@siemens.com>
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@nabladev.com>
When using a fixed 1.8V regulator for vqmmc (indicated by vs18_enable),
attempting to change the voltage produces spurious errors since the
regulator cannot be adjusted. The driver currently attempts the voltage
change, receives -ENOSYS from the regulator subsystem, and reports:
Setting to 1.8V error: -38
esdhc_set_voltage error -5
Fix this by checking vs18_enable early in esdhc_set_voltage() and
returning -ENOTSUPP for all voltage switch requests, not just 3.3V.
This prevents unnecessary regulator operations and eliminates the
error messages when the hardware is correctly configured with a fixed
1.8V supply.
Signed-off-by: Kory Maincent <kory.maincent@bootlin.com>
Clocks are now configurable via the common clock framework, however,
users have the option use the legacy clocks if desired. The intent is to
keep the changes minimal for this old SoC.
Signed-off-by: Brian Ruley <brian.ruley@gehealthcare.com>
In preparation for CCF migration for IPUv3 separate existing clock code
to legacy files. These will be used by i.MX5 that currently does not
support the CCF. No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Brian Ruley <brian.ruley@gehealthcare.com>
This caused linker errors in cases where IPUv3 was enabled (which
defines its own clocks).
Fixes: bfc778cb93 ("driver: pwm: pwm-imx: get and enable per/ipg
clock using dm")
Signed-off-by: Brian Ruley <brian.ruley@gehealthcare.com>
This is required for the IPUv3 driver to migrate to CCF, changes are
largely based on the Linux kernel equivalent.
Add new gate2_flags function (also present in the Linux code) to set
required flags.
Add usboh clock to get rid of error.
Signed-off-by: Brian Ruley <brian.ruley@gehealthcare.com>
Somehow I missed that ipuv3_fb_shutdown() can be called for inactive
devices, resulting in invalid memory access and preventing the kernel
from booting.
Fixes: 32da6773f62 ("video: imx: ipuv3: refactor to use dm-managed state")
Signed-off-by: Brian Ruley <brian.ruley@gehealthcare.com>
Reviewed-by: David Zang <davidzangcs@gmail.com>
add boottype command, which saves the boot_type
primary (0) or fallback (1) in environment
variable "boottype". If argument "print" is
passed, it also prints the boottype on console.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@nabladev.com>
Signed-off-by: Walter Schweizer <walter.schweizer@siemens.com>
In case board is booted from USB, enter fastboot by default to enable
the UUU flashing. In case of abort continue with the regular bootstd
scan. User also has possibility to override the default bootcmd from
the environment. Last but not least, this syncs behavior with other
PHYTEC boards from the i.MX family.
Signed-off-by: Primoz Fiser <primoz.fiser@norik.com>
Reviewed-by: Benjamin Hahn <B.Hahn@phytec.de>
When booting from eMMC, there is error log:
MMC: FSL_SDHC: 1, FSL_SDHC: 2
Loading Environment from MMC... MMC: no card present
Add board_mmc_get_env_dev() to get the correct device number.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Both the two boards have clk framework enabled, so rely on serial driver
calling clk_enable to enable the uart clk.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Enable SPL_CLK_IMX8M to make sure clk_enable could work proper in SPL
phase by using clock framework driver.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Symbol CONFIG_SPL_DM_REGULATOR_FAN53555 is selected by
SPL_DM_PMIC_FAN53555 and used in a Makefile. But the
symbol definition is missing.
Add the missing configuration symbol.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Enable PMIC and regulators on MT8365 EVK now that there are drivers for
these. Also enable the associated commands.
Signed-off-by: David Lechner <dlechner@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Add support for the PMIC wrapper (pwrap) IP block found on MediaTek
MT8365 and similar SoCs.
On these SoCs the PMIC is connected via SPI. The SPI controller is not
directly visible to the CPU, but only through the PMIC wrapper inside
the SoC.
Signed-off-by: Julien Masson <jmasson@baylibre.com>
Co-developed-by: Macpaul Lin <macpaul.lin@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: Macpaul Lin <macpaul.lin@mediatek.com>
Co-developed-by: Bo-Chen Chen <rex-bc.chen@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: Bo-Chen Chen <rex-bc.chen@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: David Lechner <dlechner@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Add a new regulator driver for MT6359P and similar PMIC chips.
The MT6359P is a eco version for MT6359 regulator. For the MT8391
platform, we use the MT6359P (MT6365) as the main PMIC. The MT6359 and
MT6359P have different register maps. Therefore, on the MT8391 platform,
we only provide support for the MT6359P. If support for the MT6359 PMIC
it can be added later.
Signed-off-by: Bo-Chen Chen <rex-bc.chen@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: David Lechner <dlechner@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
The Name: line of 'mmc info' command prints a trailing space before
newline. This is not useful and shows up as trailing space e.g. when
the output is checked into documentation. Remove the trailing space.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
As explained in commit 03d2d5fc00 ("board: sifive: unmatched: set
fdtfile with unquoted variable.") using the syntax of
'fdtfile=CONFIG_DEFAULT_FDT_FILE' in the plain text environment files
will lead to extraneous and problematic "s in the output. This is fixed
by using fdtfile=DEFAULT_FDT_FILE which was introduced recently.
Acked-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Christian Marangi <ansuelsmth@gmail.com> says:
This small series consolidate header usage of mdio-mt7531-mmio driver
and improve usage in preparation for support of OF PHY autoprobe.
This driver is still not used (as it will be used by AN7581/AN7583)
in the OF mode (it's used by MT7988 for the MDIO functions)
For OF PHY to be correctly autoprobed, the MDIO driver needs to attached
to the MDIO node (the parent of the PHY nodes)
With such change the MDIO driver can be binded with the MDIO node instead
of the switch node as previously required.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20260209114515.1916-1-ansuelsmth@gmail.com
The MDIO node is ALWAYS a parent of the MT7531 switch node and the MDIO
registers are in the MT7531 register space (in the context of MT7988
it's all memory-mapped)
With these assumption, we can simplify and permit better usage of PHY OF
automatic probing by binding the mt7531-mdio-mmio driver with the MDIO
node instead of the switch node.
For OF PHY to be correctly autoprobed, the MDIO driver needs to attached
to the MDIO node (the parent of the PHY nodes).
The driver will reach the parent node (the switch node) and will parse
the register address from there.
Signed-off-by: Christian Marangi <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Instead of having duplicate priv struct for mdio-mt7531-mmio driver in
both driver and header, use the one exposed by the header directly.
This make sure we have consistent priv struct if the driver will be
updated in the future.
Signed-off-by: Christian Marangi <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Enable SPI flash support for AM62DX EVM by adding Cadence QSPI driver,
configuring 25MHz speed, and enabling SFDP support with Spansion
S28HX-T flash compatibility. Enable required SPI and MTD configs for
both A53 and R5 configurations to allow booting from SPI flash.
Signed-off-by: Paresh Bhagat <p-bhagat@ti.com>
Currently when CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R and CONFIG_SPL_SYS_MALLOC_SIMPLE is
enabled then spl_relocate_stack_gd() will setup a layout where the stack
lays inside the heap and grows down to heap start. Also the global data
is part of the heap. This can lead to corruption of stack and global
data. The current layout is:
0x0 +-------------+
. .
. .
gd->malloc_base +- - - - - - -+
| |\
| HEAP/STACK | \
| | } SPL_STACK_R_MALLOC_SIMPLE_LEN
gd->start_addr_sp +- - - - - - -+ / (gd->malloc_limit)
| GLOBAL DATA |/
CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R_ADDR +-------------+
The above broken layout was actually introduced with commit adc421e4ce
("arm: move gd handling outside of C code").
This commit changes the layout so that the stack is below the heap and
the global data. It is now similar to the one before relocation:
0x0+-------------+
. .
. .
+- - - - - - -+
| |
| STACK |
| |
gd->start_addr_sp +-------------+
| GLOBAL DATA |
gd->malloc_base +-------------+
| |\
| HEAP | } SPL_STACK_R_MALLOC_SIMPLE_LEN
| |/ (gd->malloc_limit)
CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R_ADDR +-------------+
Fixes: adc421e4ce ("arm: move gd handling outside of C code")
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Anshul Dalal <anshuld@ti.com>
Cc: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Cc: Dhruva Gole <d-gole@ti.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Albert ARIBAUD <albert.u.boot@aribaud.net>
Signed-off-by: Ronald Wahl <ronald.wahl@legrand.com>
These three platforms set CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT value to what the default
value for the question is, once evaluated. Remove this unnecessary line.
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@nabladev.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Update am62ax and am62dx tifs-rm-cfg with allocation entries for C7x
core to match with their rm-cfg. Following updates are added for C7x:
- Share split BCDMA tx and rx channels between DM R5 and C7x.
- Share rings for split BCDMA tx and rx channels between DM R5 and C7x.
- Add global events and virtual interrupts for C7x.
Fixes: 01e0127753 ("am62a: yaml: Add board configs for AM62ax")
Signed-off-by: Sparsh Kumar <sparsh-kumar@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Paresh Bhagat <p-bhagat@ti.com>
This patch adds support for the ISSI IS25WP02GG QSPI NOR flash device.
Tested on the Versal VMK180
board in dual-parallel QSPI configuration.
Signed-off-by: jeffrey yu <jeyu@issi.com>
i.MX8QXP rev C.0 requires boot container stored at offset 0KB
for eMMC, while i.MX8QXP pre C.0 requires boot container stored
at offset 32KB for eMMC.
To use one U-Boot binary to support different chip revisions,
introduce fb_mmc_get_boot_offset() to allow override the default
offset when writing to eMMC boot partitions.
This enables support for devices with non-standard boot partition
layouts, such as those requiring an offset for correct bootloader
placement.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Freihofer <adrian.freihofer@siemens.com>
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@nabladev.com>
Reviewed-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@kernel.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20260217103604.71029-2-hs@nabladev.com
Signed-off-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@kernel.org>
Niko Mauno <niko.mauno@vaisala.com> says:
In this series, we first introduce a clean-up where we switch to use
predefined bit masks instead of hard-coded values for count and magic
halves in the single-word (32-bit) boot count scheme.
Then we fix a case of missing boot count value masking in single-word
scenario in bootcount.c, which allowed clobbering of the magic half
when storing the value. With this change the clobbering preventing
behavior becomes consistent with existing single word bootcount storing
implementations in bootcount_at91.c and bootcount_davinci.c.
Finally, we enable the DM I2C bootcount driver to work also in single
word (4 byte) mode, in addition to the pre-existing half-word (2 byte)
mode. By default the driver still operates in half word mode as so far,
but can now be used alternatively in single word mode by adding
'size = <0x4>;' in the associated device tree node.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/cover.1770197302.git.niko.mauno@vaisala.com
In addition to pre-existing half-word (2 byte) mode, add support for
the driver to work also in single word (4 byte) mode by adding
'size = <0x4>;' in the device tree node.
Signed-off-by: Niko Mauno <niko.mauno@vaisala.com>
When storing the single word bootcount value, apply the bootcount count
mask to prevent clobbering the magic half of the value.
Signed-off-by: Niko Mauno <niko.mauno@vaisala.com>
Use predefined bit masks in operations where only the magic half or
only the count half of the 32-bit value are processed.
Signed-off-by: Niko Mauno <niko.mauno@vaisala.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
David Lechner <dlechner@baylibre.com> says:
While compile-testing things to make sure I wasn't breaking other
platforms when making mach-wide changes for mediatek, I kept getting a
warning about a a SPI controller node with the wrong name in
mt7622.dtsi. The first patch addresses this. And since we are here, I
added a second patch to generic names in general in that file even if
they aren't causing warnings.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20260209-mtk-dtb-fix-spi-bus-bridge-warning-v1-0-84e3e2d8352d@baylibre.com
Replace node names in mt7622.dtsi with generic names. This makes it more
consistent with the upstream bindings.
Signed-off-by: David Lechner <dlechner@baylibre.com>
Change SPI node name to generic "spi" in mt7622.dtsi. This fixes the
following compile warning:
w+../arch/arm/dts/mt7622.dtsi:56.22-65.4: Warning (spi_bus_bridge): /snor@11014000: node name for SPI buses should be 'spi'
w+arch/arm/dts/mt7622-rfb.dtb: Warning (spi_bus_reg): Failed prerequisite 'spi_bus_bridge'
Signed-off-by: David Lechner <dlechner@baylibre.com>
The MT798x series SoCs have IES regiter definitions. They should
belong to the pinctrl v1 revision.
Signed-off-by: Shiji Yang <yangshiji66@outlook.com>
The following clocks have been added for MT8195 SoC:
apmixedsys, topckgen, infracfg
These clocks driver are based on the ones present in the kernel:
drivers/clk/mediatek/clk-mt8195-*
Signed-off-by: Chris-QJ Chen <chris-qj.chen@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: Julien Stephan <jstephan@baylibre.com>
This adds basic support for MediaTek MT8195 SoC.
Add watchdog support by adding upstream compatible string.
Signed-off-by: Julien Stephan <jstephan@baylibre.com>
Julien Stephan <jstephan@baylibre.com> says:
I recently submitted the clock driver for MT8188. I naively submitted a
driver that was ported from the kernel driver, and mostly work to boot a
kernel.
Recently David Lechner, added support for the clk dump command for
Mediatek clock drivers, so I used it to check the MT8188 and found
several issues fixed on this series:
- removed topckgen_cg, gates are now part of topckgen
- fixed several parents clocks
- added missing fixed clocks
While at it, I also refactored a bit the driver to improve readability,
and future additions to it.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20260202-mt8188-fix-clock-v2-0-b39bddfcac66@baylibre.com
Refactor some part of the driver to improve readability and future
additions:
- use CLK_TOP_NR_CLK for added clocks
- rename the id map to make it more clear that the map applies to top
clocks only
- refactor the id map to improve readability
- xtal2_rate is only used for PLL clocks, so only the apmixedsys clock
tree needs it. Remove it elsewhere.
Signed-off-by: Julien Stephan <jstephan@baylibre.com>
Remove the separate topckgen-cg driver for handling clock gates in the
topckgen address space.
Commit 8aeeeff50d ("clk: mediatek: allow gates in topckgen drivers")
added support for gates in topckgen driver.
This commit fixes MT8188 driver, the same way commit ba207d7f54 ("clk:
mediatek: mt8365: remove separate topckgen-cg driver") does for MT8365.
Signed-off-by: Julien Stephan <jstephan@baylibre.com>
This adds support for the MT8370 EVK board with the following
features enabled/tested: Boot, UART, Watchdog and MMC.
MT8370 is based on MT8188.
Reviewed-by: Macpaul Lin <macpaul.lin@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: Julien Stephan <jstephan@baylibre.com>
Add a CONFIG_MTK_MEM_MAP_DDR_BASE_PHY variable to specify the DDR base
physical address for the Mediatek ARMv8 memory map. This will be used
by MT8196 in the future which has a different DDR base address than
other Mediatek SoCs.
Signed-off-by: David Lechner <dlechner@baylibre.com>
Reviewed-by: Macpaul Lin <macpaul.lin@mediatek.com>
Consolidate all mem_map definitions for MediaTek ARMv8 platforms into a
single file. The size of the DDR and MMIO regions can vary, so Kconfig
options are added to configure them by target.
Signed-off-by: David Lechner <dlechner@baylibre.com>
Move the mt8365_evk and mt8390_evk MAINTAINERS files to a common
MAINTAINERS file. We will be deleting the board-specific directories
soon but we need to keep the MAINTAINERS for the defconfig entries.
Signed-off-by: David Lechner <dlechner@baylibre.com>
Make the mtk_pll_early_init() function static in several files. It is
only used within those files, so there is no need to have it in the
global namespace.
Reviewed-by: Macpaul Lin <macpaul.lin@mediatek.com>
Add a weak default implementation of mtk_soc_early_init() in spl.c to
avoid having to define it in every SoC init.c file that does not need
any additional early initialization.
The init.h header file is no longer needed in this case and is removed.
Signed-off-by: David Lechner <dlechner@baylibre.com>
Raymond Mao <raymondmaoca@gmail.com> says:
From: Raymond Mao <raymond.mao@riscstar.com>
This series finish the last missing puzzle of required SMBIOS types by:
1) Fixing duplicated handles when multiple instances exist in one type;
2) Implementing the rest of required types 9/16/17/19;
3) Adding version control when printing properties for all types.
Type 9/16/17/19 are generally DT-based, the idea is to write these tables
using a hybrid approach:
Explicit DT definitions under existing '/smbios/smbios' take precedence,
with fallback to scan and interpret values from the entire DT.
Moreover, all below APIs:
smbios_get_val_si()
smbios_get_u64_si()
smbios_add_prop_si()
are on top of sysinfo, thus allow vendors to get values from other
subsystems by implementing their own sysinfo driver if needed.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20260213225254.2544596-1-raymondmaoca@gmail.com
By checking the payload length, we can know the version of the spec and
skip the ones which are not expected to exist.
Signed-off-by: Raymond Mao <raymondmaoca@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
This commit implements SMBIOS Type 19 (Memory Array Mapped Address)
generation with a hybrid approach supporting both:
1. Explicit definition via Device Tree 'smbios' node:
Child node under '/smbios/smbios/memory-array-mapped-address' will be
used to populate as individual Type 19 structure directly.
- Properties follow SMBIOS field names with lowercase letters and
hyphen-separated words (e.g., 'starting-address', 'ending-address',
'partition-width', etc.).
- This method supports precise platform-defined overrides and system
descriptions.
2. Fallback to automatic DT-based discovery:
If child node under '/smbios/smbios/memory-array-mapped-address' does
not exist, the implementation will:
- Scan all top-level 'memory@' nodes to populate Type 19 structure with
inferred size and location data.
- Scan nodes named or marked as 'memory-controller' and parse
associated 'dimm@' subnodes (if present) to extract DIMM sizes and
map them accordingly.
This dual-mode support enables flexible firmware SMBIOS reporting while
aligning with spec-compliant naming and runtime-detected memory topology.
Type 19 support is under GENERATE_SMBIOS_TABLE_VERBOSE to avoid
increasing rom size for those platforms which only require basic SMBIOS
support.
Signed-off-by: Raymond Mao <raymondmaoca@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
This commit implements SMBIOS Type 17 (Memory Device) generation with a
hybrid approach supporting both:
1. Explicit definition via Device Tree 'smbios' node:
Child node under '/smbios/smbios/memory-device' will be used to
populate as individual Type 17 structure directly.
- Properties follow SMBIOS field names with lowercase letters and
hyphen-separated words (e.g., 'physical-memory-array-handle',
' memory-error-information-handle', 'configured-memory-speed', etc.).
- This method supports precise platform-defined overrides and system
descriptions.
2. Fallback to automatic DT-based discovery:
If child node under '/smbios/smbios/memory-device' does not exist,
the implementation will:
- Scan all top-level 'memory@' nodes to populate Type 17 structure with
inferred size and location data.
- Scan nodes named or marked as 'memory-controller' and parse
associated 'dimm@' subnodes (if present) to extract DIMM sizes and
map them accordingly.
This dual-mode support enables flexible firmware SMBIOS reporting while
aligning with spec-compliant naming and runtime-detected memory topology.
Type 17 support is under GENERATE_SMBIOS_TABLE_VERBOSE to avoid
increasing rom size for those platforms which only require basic SMBIOS
support.
Signed-off-by: Raymond Mao <raymondmaoca@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
This commit implements SMBIOS Type 16 (Physical Memory Array)
generation with a hybrid approach supporting both:
1. Explicit definition via Device Tree 'smbios' node:
Child node under '/smbios/smbios/memory-array' will be used to
populate as individual Type 16 structure directly.
- Properties follow SMBIOS field names with lowercase letters and
hyphen-separated words (e.g., 'memory-error-correction',
'maximum-capacity', 'extended-maximum-capacity', etc.).
- This method supports precise platform-defined overrides and system
descriptions.
2. Fallback to automatic DT-based discovery:
If child node under '/smbios/smbios/memory-array' does not exist,
the implementation will:
- Scan all top-level 'memory@' nodes to populate Type 16 structure with
inferred size and location data.
- Scan nodes named or marked as 'memory-controller' and parse
associated 'dimm@' subnodes (if present) to extract DIMM sizes and
map them accordingly.
This dual-mode support enables flexible firmware SMBIOS reporting while
aligning with spec-compliant naming and runtime-detected memory topology.
Type 16 support is under GENERATE_SMBIOS_TABLE_VERBOSE to avoid
increasing rom size for those platforms which only require basic SMBIOS
support.
Signed-off-by: Raymond Mao <raymondmaoca@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
This commit introduces support for generating SMBIOS Type 9 (System Slot)
tables using a hybrid approach:
1. Explicit Device Tree definitions:
Child node under '/smbios/smbios/system-slot' will be interpreted as
individual slot definitions.
- Each child represents a slot (e.g., isa, pcmcia, etc.).
- Properties follow the SMBIOS specification using lowercase
hyphen-separated names such as 'slot-type', 'slot-id',
'segment-group-number', 'bus-number', 'slot-information', etc.
- This approach allows full customization of each system slot and is
especially suitable for platforms with well-defined slot topology.
2. Automatic detection fallback:
If child node under '/smbios/smbios/system-slot' does not exist, the
implementation will scan the entire device tree for nodes whose
'device_type' matches known slot-related types ("pci", "isa", "pcmcia",
etc.).
- When a match is found, default values or heuristics are applied to
populate to the System Slot table.
- This mode is useful for platforms that lack explicit SMBIOS nodes
but still expose slot topology via standard DT conventions.
Together, two approaches ensure that SMBIOS Type 9 entries are available
whether explicitly described or automatically derived.
Signed-off-by: Raymond Mao <raymondmaoca@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Some smbios types can have multiple instances (e.g. Type 7, 9, 16, 17,
19), thus the 'handle' argument should be a pointer so that the value
can be accumulated when writing all the instances.
This also fix the observed duplicated Type 7 handles.
Fixes: bcf456dd36 ("smbios: add detailed smbios information")
Signed-off-by: Raymond Mao <raymondmaoca@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Peng Fan (OSS) <peng.fan@oss.nxp.com> says:
This patch set primarily removes unused DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR
instances.
Many files declare DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR and include
asm/global_data.h even though gd is never used. In these cases,
asm/global_data.h is effectively treated as a proxy header, which is
not a good practice.
Following the Include What You Use principle, files should include
only the headers they actually depend on, rather than relying on
global_data.h indirectly. This approach is also adopted in Linux kernel
[1].
The first few patches are prepartion to avoid building break after
remove the including of global_data.h.
A script is for filtering the files:
list=`find . -name "*.[ch]"`
for source in ${list}
do
result=`sed -n '/DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR/p' ${source}`
if [ "${result}" == "DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR;" ]; then
echo "Found in ${source}"
result=`sed -n '/\<gd\>/p' ${source}`
result2=`sed -n '/\<gd_/p' ${source}`
result3=`sed -n '/\<gd->/p' ${source}`
if [ "${result}" == "" ] && [ "${result2}" == "" ] && [ "${result3}" == "" ];then
echo "Cleanup ${source}"
sed -i '/DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR/{N;/\n[[:space:]]*$/d;s/.*\n//;}' ${source}
sed -i '/DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR/d' ${source}
sed -i '/global_data.h/d' ${source}
git add ${source}
fi
fi
done
[1] https://lpc.events/event/17/contributions/1620/attachments/1228/2520/Linux%20Kernel%20Header%20Optimization.pdf
CI: https://github.com/u-boot/u-boot/pull/865
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20260209-cleanup-v2-0-73a3a84ddbdb@nxp.com
Remove DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR from files where gd is not used, and
drop the unnecessary inclusion of asm/global_data.h.
Headers should be included directly by the files that need them,
rather than indirectly via global_data.h.
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com> #STMicroelectronics boards and STM32MP1 ram test driver
Tested-by: Anshul Dalal <anshuld@ti.com> #TI boards
Acked-by: Yao Zi <me@ziyao.cc> #TH1520
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
struct udevice and u32 are used in this file. Add missing header to avoid
building break after asm/global_data.h is removed from this file.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
struct bd_info is defined in asm-generic/u-boot.h. Include it to avoid
building error after asm/global_data.h are removed from this file.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
struct fdt_resource, u32 and bool types are used in this header, add
missing header files following "include what you use".
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
There is no user of gd, drop the usage of DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR and
the including of "asm/global_data.h". Include config.h to avoid
build error.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
There is no user of 'gd', so drop the usage of DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR
and the including of 'asm/global_data.h'. Also include correct headers
to avoid build error.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
No gd users, so remove DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR and the including of
"asm/global_data.h". And include "asm/arch-tegra/tegra.h" to avoid
build error.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Include linux/types.h and asm-generic/u-boot.h. Missing the two header
files will cause building error after cleaning up usage of
asm/global_data.h.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
snprintf is used, need to include vsprintf.h. Otherwise there will
be build error after asm/global_data.h is removed.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
CI: https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-tpm/-/pipelines/29283
An update on AB subsystem allowing multiple FWU metadata
storage drivers to be selected simultaneously instead of
being mutually exclusive. The board can then select the
appropriate driver at runtime based on the devicetree
description.
Pull request efi-next-2026-02-15
CI: https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-efi/-/jobs/1380382
UEFI:
* Add MBR support to EFI_PARTITION_INFO_PROTOCOL
* disk: part_dos: Move header to the main include directory
* disk: part_dos: Align dos_partition_t with struct partition
* disk: part_efi: Remove redundant struct partition definition
* disk: part_dos: Document part_get_info_extended() helper function
* disk: part_dos: Refactor to allow retrieving raw MBR partition data
* efi_loader: disk: Extend EFI_PARTITION_INFO_PROTOCOL to support MBR
* efi_selftest: Enhance MBR test for PARTITION_INFO_PROTOCOL
* Prepare for supporting more stores (e.g. SPI-flash) for EFI variables.
* efi_var: Unify read/write access helper function
* efi_loader: Setup default location for UEFI Variables storing
* efi_var_file: refactor to move buffer functions
EFI_VARIABLE_FILE_STORE is only available when FAT_WRITE is enabled but
that's not valid for all platforms and dependency should be covered.
Also Kconfig behavior is that if default option is not valid then Kconfig
selects the first presented valid option instead hence it is better to
record EFI_VARIABLE_NO_STORE as safe default option.
Suggested-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
efi_var_to/from_file() suggest method where variables are placed. But there
is no reason for it and generic name can be used to wire also different
locations for variables.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Neil Armstrong <neil.armstrong@linaro.org> # on AML-S905D3-CC
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Currently efi_var_file.c has functions to store/read
EFI variables to/from memory buffer. These functions
can be used with other EFI variable stores so move
them out to efi_var_common.c
Signed-off-by: Shantur Rathore <i@shantur.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Tested-by: Neil Armstrong <neil.armstrong@linaro.org> # on AML-S905D3-CC
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
The EFI_PARTITION_INFO_PROTOCOL test was added before the protocol fully
supported MBR partitions. As a result, it lacked specific checks for the
content of the raw MBR partition record.
Now that MBR support has been implemented, enhance the selftest to provide
coverage for the MBR entries too.
This verifies that the protocol correctly reads and exposes MBR partition
records and prevents this functionality to regress due future changes.
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
The EFI_PARTITION_INFO_PROTOCOL provides detailed information about
partitions. The UEFI specification mentions that both GPT and MBR
partition schemes are supported, but the U-Boot implementation only
supports the former.
This can cause compatibility issues for platforms whose boot ROM only
supports MBR. This change adds support for MBR partition tables to
the protocol, making U-Boot compatible with systems that require a
legacy MBR table.
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Refactor the part_get_info_extended() helper function (which already
recursively traverses DOS partitions) to optionally return the raw MBR
partition structure (dos_partition_t).
This allows other subsystems, such as EFI, to retrieve the partition
details in the legacy MBR format.
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
The function receives many parameters but these are not documented.
Add a description for these to make it easier to follow what it does.
Suggested-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Now that dos_partition_t and struct partition are identical, the duplicated
data structure definition in the part_efi.h header can just be removed.
This results in a single, shared definition for MBR partition table
entries, instead of having the same definition in two different places.
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
The dos_partition_t struct defined in part_dos.h is nearly identical to
the struct partition defined in part_efi.h. They differ primarily in how
define their starting sector and number of sectors fields.
The former uses unsigned char arrays while the latter uses __le32 types.
Using __le32 is preferable, as it removes the ambiguity and potential
misuse of a raw byte array. This also aligns the structure with how the
Linux kernel defines it nowadays, which is the original source of it.
To prepare for future consolidation where one of the data structures can
be removed, this change aligns both definitions and updates all accessors
for dos_partition_t.
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
There are two different struct definitions for MBR partition table
entries: one in part_dos.h and a nearly identical one in part_efi.h.
To enable future consolidation of these two structures, move part_dos.h
to the main include directory. This makes it accessible from other parts
of the codebase, such as part_efi.h, and is the first step toward removing
the redundant definition.
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
This pull request updates SoCFPGA platforms with DDR improvements, new
board support, Agilex5 enhancements and general cleanup across the
codebase.
DDR and memory handling
* Add DRAM size checking support for Arria10.
* Widen MEM_TOTAL_CAPACITY mask handling in IOSSM mailbox driver.
* Assign unit address to memory node for improved memory
representation and consistency.
Agilex / Agilex5 updates
* Restore multi-DTB support for NAND boot and fix NAND clock handling.
* Enable SD card UHS mode and eMMC HS200/HS400 mode support on Agilex5.
* Fix DT property naming conventions for Agilex5.
* Exclude AGILEX_L4_SYS_FREE_CLK from clock enable/disable operations
to avoid unintended clock control.
New board support
* Add support for CoreCourse Cyclone V boards:
* AC501
* AC550
Including device trees, QTS configuration, defconfigs and maintainers
entries.
Fixes and cleanup
* Fix GEN5 handoff script path.
* Remove incorrect CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT settings.
* Replace legacy TARGET namespace and perform related cleanup across
SoCFPGA code.
* General Kconfig, build and SoCFPGA maintenance updates.
Overall this pull request improves platform robustness, adds new board
coverage and cleans up legacy configuration usage across the SoCFPGA
U-Boot codebase.
[trini: Change TARGET_SOCFPGA_CYCLONE5 to ARCH_SOCFPGA_CYCLONE5 in the
new platforms this added]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Add a test when delay is set to 0 to improve performances
by 20% on ARM based systems
Signed-off-by: Jean-Marie Verdun <verdun@hpe.com>
Reviewed-by: Neil Armstrong <neil.armstrong@linaro.org>
TARGET namespace is for machines / boards / what-have-you that
building U-Boot for. Simply replace from TARGET to ARCH
make things more clear and proper for ALL SoCFPGA.
Signed-off-by: Brian Sune <briansune@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@altera.com>
# Conflicts:
# drivers/ddr/altera/Makefile
Enable high-speed eMMC modes on Agilex5 SoC development kit for
improved storage performance.
Defconfig changes:
- Enable CONFIG_MMC_HS400_SUPPORT and CONFIG_SPL_MMC_HS400_SUPPORT
Device tree changes:
- Add mmc-hs200-1_8v and mmc-hs400-1_8v capabilities
- Add sdhci-caps-mask to mask SDHCI_CLOCK_V3_BASE_MASK bits
- Add sdhci-caps to set 200MHz base clock and 8-bit bus width
- Add PHY and controller timing configuration for HS200 mode
- Add PHY and controller timing configuration for HS400 mode
Signed-off-by: Tanmay Kathpalia <tanmay.kathpalia@altera.com>
Acked-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@altera.com>
Enable Ultra High Speed (UHS-I) mode support for SD cards on
Agilex5 SoC development kit.
Defconfig changes:
- Enable CONFIG_MMC_UHS_SUPPORT and CONFIG_SPL_MMC_UHS_SUPPORT
Device tree changes:
- Remove no-1-8-v to allow 1.8V signaling for UHS modes
- Add sd-uhs-sdr50 and sd-uhs-sdr104 capabilities
- Add sdhci-caps and sdhci-caps-mask for proper capability reporting
- Add PHY and controller timing configuration
Signed-off-by: Tanmay Kathpalia <tanmay.kathpalia@altera.com>
Acked-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@altera.com>
Replace underscores with hyphens in the PHY timing configuration
property names to follow standard devicetree naming conventions:
- phy-gate-lpbk_ctrl-delay-sd-ds -> phy-gate-lpbk-ctrl-delay-sd-ds
- phy-gate-lpbk_ctrl-delay-sd-hs -> phy-gate-lpbk-ctrl-delay-sd-hs
Signed-off-by: Tanmay Kathpalia <tanmay.kathpalia@altera.com>
Acked-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@altera.com> Best regards, Tien
The previous mask for MEM_TOTAL_CAPACITY_INTF was limited to 8 bits,
which could truncate DDR size values on larger-memory systems.
Update INTF_CAPACITY_GBITS_MASK to 32 bits to correctly represent
the full capacity field according to the hardware specification.
Signed-off-by: Naresh Kumar Ravulapalli <nareshkumar.ravulapalli@altera.com>
Signed-off-by: Chen Huei Lok <chen.huei.lok@altera.com>
Reviewed-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@altera.com> Best regards,
AGILEX_L4_SYS_FREE_CLK is a free-running clock with no gate control in
hardware, therefore attempting to enable or disable it is not applicable.
Update the clock driver to explicitly exclude this clock ID from
enable/disable operations by returning -EOPNOTSUPP in bitmask_from_clk_id()
and treating this as a no-op in the socfpga_clk_enable() and
socfpga_clk_disable() functions.
This prevents unnecessary register access for clocks that cannot be gated
and ensures clean handling when the clock is present in the device tree.
Signed-off-by: Alif Zakuan Yuslaimi <alif.zakuan.yuslaimi@altera.com>
Reviewed-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@altera.com>
Assign unit address of 0 to memory node following latest Linux convention.
Without this unit address, SPL will not be able to retrieve proper memory
node values set from the device tree.
Update all dts files which includes the common .dtsi to add unit address
as well.
Fixes: e291277689 ("sync socfpga common u-boot dts")
Signed-off-by: Alif Zakuan Yuslaimi <alif.zakuan.yuslaimi@altera.com>
Reviewed-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@altera.com>
Add DRAM size checking compare between size from device tree and actual
hardware.
Trigger hang if DRAM size from device tree is greater than actual hardware.
Display warning message if DRAM size mismatch between device tree and
actual hardware.
Signed-off-by: Alif Zakuan Yuslaimi <alif.zakuan.yuslaimi@altera.com>
Reviewed-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@altera.com> Best regards,
In v2025.10, the Agilex clock driver was updated to support
clk_enable() and clk_disable() using clock-ID based bitmasks.
However, only AGILEX_NAND_CLK was implemented, while the NAND DT
node still referenced both nand and nand_x clocks.
Since AGILEX_NAND_X_CLK is not defined in the clock driver or the
clock-ID specification, clk_enable() failed during NAND probe.
As a result, the Denali NAND controller never completed
initialization.
Fix this by mapping the NAND X clock to the existing l4_mp clock
bitmask, aligning the DT expectations with the clock driver and
restoring proper NAND controller initialization.
Signed-off-by: Dinesh Maniyam <dinesh.maniyam@altera.com>
Reviewed-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@altera.com>
These platforms set CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT to a file that doesn't exist,
and in turn were using the default of arch/arm/cpu/armv8/u-boot-spl.lds
instead.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@altera.com>
From v2025.10 onward, Agilex platforms use the upstream Linux device
tree sources instead of local copies.
To continue using a single defconfig while supporting NAND boot,
restore Multi-DTB support and update the DT paths to the upstream
intel directory.
NAND boot is configured to use FDT-1, while other boot flows
continue to use the default device tree.
No functional change is intended for non-NAND boot paths.
Signed-off-by: Dinesh Maniyam <dinesh.maniyam@altera.com>
Reviewed-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@altera.com>
`dram_init()` is called by R5 SPL and U-Boot, both. It starts by
computing the size of the RAM. In verdin-am62(p), it does so by calling
`get_ram_size()`. This function computes the size of the RAM by writing
over the RAM.
When R5 computes the size of the RAM, it does not update the DT with
this size. As a result, when A53 invokes `dram_init()` again, it has to
compute the size through `get_ram_size()` again.
Commit 13c54cf588 and 0c3a6f748c add firewall over ATF's and OPTEE's
regions. This firewall is added during the R5 SPL stage of boot. So when
A53 attempts to write over RAM in `get_ram_size()`, it writes over the
protected region. Since A53 is a non-secure core, this is blocked by the
firewall.
To fix this, do the following:
* Implement `spl_perform_board_fixups()` function for verdin-am62
and verdin-am62p. Make this function call `fixup_memory_node()`,
which updates the DT.
* Add an if-block in `dram_init()`, to ensure that only R5 is able
to call `get_ram_size()`, and that A53 reads this size from the
DT.
Signed-off-by: Suhaas Joshi <s-joshi@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Francesco Dolcini <francesco.dolcini@toradex.com>
In theory, for the same vendor, we should use the same instructions as
the spi-nor-core implementation.
Fixes: 72151ad10f ("mtd: spi-nor-core: Add Cypress manufacturer ID in set_4byte")
Fixes: 5bf3f3dd11 ("mtd: spi-nor: Enable QE bit for ISSI flash")
Signed-off-by: Shiji Yang <yangshiji66@outlook.com>
These chips are internally made of two/four dies with linear addressing
capabilities to make it transparent to the user that two/four dies were
used. There is one drawback however, the read status operation is racy
as the status bit only gives the active die status and not the status of
the other die. For commands affecting the two dies, it means if another
command is sent too fast after the first die has returned a valid
status (deviation can be up to 200us), the chip will get corrupted/in an
unstable state.
The solution adopted here is to iterate manually over all internal
dies (which takes about 30us per die) until all are ready. This approach
will always be faster than a blind delay which represents the maximum
deviation, while also being totally safe.
A flash-specific hook for the status register read had to be
implemented. Testing with the flash_speed benchmark in Linux shown no
difference with the existing performances (using the regular status read
core function).
As the presence of multiple dies is not filled in these chips SFDP
tables (the table containing the crucial information is optional), we
need to manually wire the hook.
This change is adapted from Linux.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/all/20250110-winbond-6-12-rc1-nor-volatile-bit-v3-1-735363f8cc7d@bootlin.com/
Signed-off-by: Miquel Raynal <miquel.raynal@bootlin.com>
Invert the conditional when to exit, and fall back to common code
in the default case. This should have no functional impact on either
code path.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
The spi_slave_of_to_plat() is called from one place, spi_child_post_bind().
Squash it into the later and remove the public declaration, make this
function local static. No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Some Winbond Flash chips share the same device ID. Names are not that
important for the SPI Flash, hence we don't need these duplicate ID
definitions. And the Flash size of w25q512jv is actually wrong. Clean
them up to keep the source file tidy.
Signed-off-by: Shiji Yang <yangshiji66@outlook.com>
Change the Kconfig from a "choice" to a conditional block, allowing
multiple FWU metadata storage drivers to be selected simultaneously
instead of being mutually exclusive.
This enables systems with FWU metadata on different storage types
(e.g., both GPT-partitioned block devices and MTD devices) to have
both drivers compiled in. The board can then select the appropriate
driver at runtime based on the devicetree description.
The change converts FWU_MDATA to a menuconfig and replaces the
"choice/endchoice" block with "if FWU_MDATA/endif", making
FWU_MDATA_GPT_BLK default to 'y' for backward compatibility.
Signed-off-by: Kory Maincent <kory.maincent@bootlin.com>
Acked-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Add a GPIO controller driver that provides configurable delays when
setting GPIO output values. This is useful for hardware that requires
specific timing delays during power sequencing or GPIO state changes.
The driver wraps underlying GPIO controllers and adds programmable
ramp-up and ramp-down delays specified in microseconds through the
device tree. Each GPIO can have independent delay timings.
Device tree binding matches Linux.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/575998efc6ba0e405640789cf8d05f0b633f496e.1770105146.git.michal.simek@amd.com
Although the pinctrl pm requests are implemented in the PMU firmware,
PM_QUERY_DATA is actually implemented in ATF. In SPL (or when running in
EL3), ATF is not yet running, so we need to implement this API
ourselves. Do the bare minimum, allowing SPL to enumerate functions, but
don't bother with groups. Groups take up a lot of space, and can be
emulated with pins. For example, a node like
display-port {
mux {
groups = "dpaux0_1";
function = "dpaux0";
};
};
can be replaced by
display-port {
mux {
pins = "MIO34", "MIO35", "MIO36", "MIO37";
function = "dpaux0";
};
};
While this isn't backwards-compatible with existing devicetrees, it's
more than enough for SPL where we may only need to mux one or two pins.
Add SPL_PINCTRL_ZYNQMP to ensure there's no SPL size growth when pinctrl
is enabled in U-Boot but isn't necessary for SPL. The only config this
would affect is Kria, but SPL_PINCTRL_GENERIC is disabled so
SPL_PINCTRL_ZYNQMP is not selected.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@linux.dev>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20260129184011.3932790-1-sean.anderson@linux.dev
Move DRAM bank detection from fdtdec to custom implementation to
ensure memory banks are populated before get_page_table_size() is
called during MMU initialization.
The current fdtdec-based approach populates gd->bd->bi_dram[] too
late in the boot sequence, causing get_page_table_size() to be
called with unpopulated DRAM information. This prevents dynamic
page table sizing based on actual memory configuration.
Parse /memory nodes in dram_init() to fill versal2_mem_map[]
early enough for MMU setup. Supports up to
CONFIG_NR_DRAM_BANKS (36) non-contiguous banks with high memory
regions (>4GB) and use __weak get_page_table_size implementation
to estimate page table size based on the populated DRAM banks.
Signed-off-by: Pranav Sanwal <pranav.sanwal@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20260129120021.1328653-3-pranav.sanwal@amd.com
Add get_next_memory_node() function declaration to fdtdec.h to support
iterating through multiple memory nodes in device tree. This function
is used to enumerate memory banks when the system has non-contiguous
or multiple memory regions defined with device_type = "memory".
The function implementation already exists in lib/fdtdec.c (lines
1298-1305) but was missing the public declaration in the header file.
This patch adds the declaration and includes dm/ofnode_decl.h for the
ofnode type definition.
This is needed for platforms that require early memory enumeration
before standard fdtdec_setup_memory_banksize() is called, particularly
for dynamic MMU page table size calculation based on actual DRAM
configuration.
Signed-off-by: Pranav Sanwal <pranav.sanwal@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20260129120021.1328653-2-pranav.sanwal@amd.com
Add support for reading RTC clock from device tree using clock
framework also update the default calibration value to 0x7FFF
as per RTC specifications.
Falls back to 'calibration' property if clock unavailable, and uses
default calibration if neither is present. Only writes calibration when
hardware register reads zero.
The calibration write previously in zynqmp_rtc_set() has been moved to
the probe function. The earlier implementation wrote calibration on
every time update to clear the tick counter, but since calibration is
now dynamically configured from clock framework or device tree during probe,
it only requires one-time initialization. This avoids repeated tick
counter resets and unnecessary overhead.
Signed-off-by: Pranav Tilak <pranav.vinaytilak@amd.com>
Reviewed-by: Tomas Melin <tomas.melin@vaisala.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20260120110056.3640303-1-pranav.vinaytilak@amd.com
Kory has updated the A/B implementation and added an invalid bank
state. This is already described in the spec and can help boards
boot faster by skipping banks marked as invalid
When boot_idx differs from active_idx at boot time, it indicates a
rollback scenario where the firmware update failed and the system
reverted to the previous working bank. In this case, mark the failed
bank (active_idx) as invalid to prevent future boot attempts from that
bank.
Signed-off-by: Kory Maincent <kory.maincent@bootlin.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Change fwu_state_machine_updates() to accept an enum fwu_bank_states
parameter instead of a boolean. This makes the function interface more
explicit and prepares for adding FWU_BANK_INVALID support to handle
boot failures on the active bank.
Convert the FWU_BANK_* defines to an enum and update all call sites
accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Kory Maincent <kory.maincent@bootlin.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
The fdtdfile variable contains quotes:
printenv fdtfile
fdtfile="sifive/hifive-unmatched-a00.dtb"
But this leads to issues which booting with an extlinux.conf format
file failing to find the .dtb file:
Retrieving file: /usr/lib/linux-image-6.12.63+deb13-riscv64/"sifive/hifive-unmatched-a00.dtb"
Skipping fdtdir /usr/lib/linux-image-6.12.63+deb13-riscv64/ for failure retrieving dts
Use the DEFAULT_FDT_FILE variable which has the quotes removed.
Signed-off-by: Vagrant Cascadian <vagrant@debian.org>
Some boards use CONFIG_DEFAULT_FDT_FILE to specify the value of
fdtfile, althugh the quotes get embedded in the value.
Provide DEFAULT_FDT_FILE with the quotes stripped.
This is a similar work-around to the one provided in commit
d085e692c9 for
CONFIG_DEFAULT_DEVICE_TREE.
Signed-off-by: Vagrant Cascadian <vagrant@debian.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Rasmus Villemoes <ravi@prevas.dk> says:
Make it possible to update the (whole) bootloader on am335x robustly,
i.e. so that a power failure or random OOM killing of the update
process or other interruptions do not result in a bricked board.
The order the trial bits gets set is somewhat odd, but is clearly what
happens, and somebody else trying to reverse engineer the ROM code has
observed the same thing: See the TracingVectors.ods in
https://github.com/sjgallagher2/am335xbootrom .
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20260129105433.2624686-1-ravi@prevas.dk
Document how one can use the CONFIG_SPL_AM33XX_MMCSD_MULTIPLE option
to implement a scheme for failsafe updating of the whole bootloader on
the am335x.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <ravi@prevas.dk>
The am335x knows nothing about eMMC boot partitions, so in order to
implement an update procedure of the bootloader which is robust
against power failure or other interruptions, one must make use of the
fact that ROM code on the am335x looks for a valid first stage
bootloader at several different offsets. Updating that can then be
implemented by (assume we put MLO at offsets 128K and 256K):
(1) At least one of the two slots must contain a valid header, since
we successfully booted. Pick the other one.
(2) Overwrite the first sector of the slot chosen in step (a) with all
zeroes.
(3) Write everything but the first sector to the chosen slot.
(4) Write the first sector (containing the magic signature that the
boot ROM uses to identify a valid image) to the chosen slot.
(5) Repeat steps (2)-(4) for the other slot.
It's not possible to simply write the whole MLO in one go, especially
not when updating the 128K slot, because an interruption after the
first sector is written would make the ROM code believe the image is
valid.
But this only caters for SPL itself; regardless of where SPL was
loaded from, it would go on to load U-Boot proper from
SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_SECTOR. So in order to update the whole
bootloader, we need to teach SPL to use a different offset for U-Boot
proper depending on where SPL itself was loaded from (*). With that,
the update procedure is just amended by a step
(3a) Write U-Boot proper to the offset corresponding to the SPL slot
being updated.
We can know (*) because the ROM code sets a new bit in a certain
"trace vector" before each successive attempt.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <ravi@prevas.dk>
OVERRIDE:"-a UNIT_TEST -a ~CMD_EFIDEBUG -a CMD_BOOTMENU -a CMD_LOG -a ~CMD_BOOTEFI_SELFTEST -a CMD_TFTPPUT -a FIT -a FIT_SIGNATURE -a FIT_BEST_MATCH -a SYS_BOOTM_LEN=0x4000000 -a BOOTSTAGE -a BOOTSTAGE_STASH -a CMD_BOOTSTAGE -a BOOTSTAGE_STASH_ADDR=0x02400000"
Raspberry Pi 4 (rpi_arm64, lwIP):
<<:*sage_lab_dfn
needs:["Raspberry Pi 4 (rpi_arm64)"]
variables:
LABGRID_EXPORTER:"sage-exporter-rpi4-1"
LG_PLACE:"rpi4-1"
TEST_PY_BD:"rpi_arm64"
OVERRIDE:"-a UNIT_TEST -a ~CMD_EFIDEBUG -a CMD_BOOTMENU -a CMD_LOG -a ~CMD_BOOTEFI_SELFTEST -a FIT -a FIT_SIGNATURE -a FIT_BEST_MATCH -a SYS_BOOTM_LEN=0x4000000 -a BOOTSTAGE -a BOOTSTAGE_STASH -a CMD_BOOTSTAGE -a BOOTSTAGE_STASH_ADDR=0x02400000 -a NET_LWIP"
# DHCP is not being run first, needs to be investigated.
OVERRIDE:"-a UNIT_TEST -a ~CMD_EFIDEBUG -a CMD_BOOTMENU -a CMD_LOG -a ~CMD_BOOTEFI_SELFTEST -a FIT -a FIT_SIGNATURE -a FIT_BEST_MATCH -a SYS_BOOTM_LEN=0x4000000 -a BOOTSTAGE -a BOOTSTAGE_STASH -a CMD_BOOTSTAGE -a BOOTSTAGE_STASH_ADDR=0x02400000"
Raspberry Pi 4 (rpi_4_32b):
<<:*sage_lab_dfn
needs:["Raspberry Pi 4 (rpi_arm64, lwIP)"]
needs:["Raspberry Pi 4 (rpi_arm64)"]
variables:
LABGRID_EXPORTER:"sage-exporter-rpi4-1"
LG_PLACE:"rpi4-1"
@@ -197,20 +190,13 @@ Raspberry Pi 3 (rpi_arm64):
LABGRID_EXPORTER:"sage-exporter-rpi3-1"
LG_PLACE:"rpi3-1"
TEST_PY_BD:"rpi_arm64"
OVERRIDE:"-a UNIT_TEST -a ~CMD_EFIDEBUG -a CMD_BOOTMENU -a CMD_LOG -a ~CMD_BOOTEFI_SELFTEST -a CMD_TFTPPUT -a FIT -a FIT_SIGNATURE -a FIT_BEST_MATCH -a SYS_BOOTM_LEN=0x4000000 -a BOOTSTAGE -a BOOTSTAGE_STASH -a CMD_BOOTSTAGE -a BOOTSTAGE_STASH_ADDR=0x02400000"
Raspberry Pi 3 (rpi_arm64, lwIP):
<<:*sage_lab_dfn
needs:["Raspberry Pi 3 (rpi_arm64)"]
variables:
LABGRID_EXPORTER:"sage-exporter-rpi3-1"
LG_PLACE:"rpi3-1"
TEST_PY_BD:"rpi_arm64"
OVERRIDE:"-a UNIT_TEST -a ~CMD_EFIDEBUG -a CMD_BOOTMENU -a CMD_LOG -a ~CMD_BOOTEFI_SELFTEST -a FIT -a FIT_SIGNATURE -a FIT_BEST_MATCH -a SYS_BOOTM_LEN=0x4000000 -a BOOTSTAGE -a BOOTSTAGE_STASH -a CMD_BOOTSTAGE -a BOOTSTAGE_STASH_ADDR=0x02400000 -a NET_LWIP"
# DHCP is not being run first, needs to be investigated.
OVERRIDE:"-a UNIT_TEST -a ~CMD_EFIDEBUG -a CMD_BOOTMENU -a CMD_LOG -a ~CMD_BOOTEFI_SELFTEST -a FIT -a FIT_SIGNATURE -a FIT_BEST_MATCH -a SYS_BOOTM_LEN=0x4000000 -a BOOTSTAGE -a BOOTSTAGE_STASH -a CMD_BOOTSTAGE -a BOOTSTAGE_STASH_ADDR=0x02400000"
Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff
Show More
Reference in New Issue
Block a user
Blocking a user prevents them from interacting with repositories, such as opening or commenting on pull requests or issues. Learn more about blocking a user.
